Quantcast
Channel: New Drug Approvals
Viewing all 2025 articles
Browse latest View live

Opicapone

$
0
0

STR1

Image result for Opicapone

Opicapone

2,5-dichloro-3-(5-(3,4-dihydroxy-5-nitrophenyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)-4,6-dimethylpyridine-1-oxide

BIA-9-1067; ONO-2370; BIA-91067
CAS No.923287-50-7

MF C15H10Cl2N4O6
MW: 411.9977

TRADE NAME (Ongentys®)

Approved EU 2016-06-24 BIAL PORTELA

PORTELA & CA. S.A. [PT/PT]; Av. Da Siderurgia Nacional, P-4745-457 S. Mamede do Coronado (PT)

LEARMONTH, David Alexander; (PT).
KISS, Laszlo Erno; (PT).
LEAL PALMA, Pedro Nuno; (PT).
DOS SANTOS FERREIRA, Humberto; (PT).
ARAÚJO SOARES DA SILVA, Patrício Manuel Vieira; (PT)

MOA:Catechol-O-methyl transferase (COMT) inhibitor

Indication:Parkinson’s disease (PD)

A COMT inhibitor used as adjunctive therapy for parkinson’s disease.

STR1

Opicapone was approved by European Medicine Agency (EMA) on Jun 24, 2016. It was developed and marketed as Ongentys® by Bial – Portela in EU.

Opicapone is a selective and reversible COMT inhibitor, used as adjunctive therapy for Parkinson’s disease.

Ongentys® is available as hard capsules, containing 25 mg and 50 mg of opicapone. The recommended dose is 50 mg, taken once a day at bedtime, at least one hour before or after levodopa combination medicines.

Catechol-O-methyltransferase (COMTa) catalyzes the transfer of a methyl group from S-adenosyl-l-methionine to catecholic substrates such as endogenous catechol neurotransmitters(2)and xenobiotics including (S)-2-amino-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)propanoic acid (l-Dopa), the gold standard drug for treatment of Parkinson’s disease (PD). Coadministration of a peripheral amino acid decarboxylase (AADC) inhibitor prevents breakdown of l-Dopa in the periphery by blocking enzymatic decarboxylation, and inhibition of COMT further improves its bioavailability by reducing the formation of 3-O-methyl-l-Dopa (3-OMD).

Abbreviations: COMT, catechol-O-methyltransferase; PD, Parkinson’s disease; AADC, amino acid decarboxylase; SAR, structure−activity relationship; ADMET, absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion, toxicity; l-Dopa, (S)-2-amino-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)propanoic acid; 3-OMD, 3-O-methyl-l-Dopa.

“First-generation” COMT inhibitors such as pyrogallol, tropolone, and gallic acid are poorly selective and have poor efficacy in vivo. “Second-generation” inhibitors are exemplified by tolcapone 1, entacapone 2,(13) and nebicapone (BIA 3-202) 3 . Structure−activity (SAR) studies exploring the position of the nitro group and various side-chain substituents have been reported. Subtle differences in the mode of COMT inhibition by 1are thought to be relevant in terms of efficacy. Entacapone 2 is a short-acting,peripherally selective inhibitor which is taken concomitantly with every dose of l-Dopa. Albeit the most widely marketed COMT inhibitor, the clinical efficacy of 2 has been questioned. Tolcapone 1 is a more potent, longer acting but nonselective inhibitor of both cerebral and peripheral COMT. Unlike2, clinical use of 1 is severely restricted due to its elevated hepatotoxicity risk, postulated to occur through uncoupling of oxidative phosphorylation. Nebicapone 3 possesses a longer duration of peripheral COMT inhibition than 2 and more limited access to the brain than 1, but due to limited clinical experience, firm conclusions concerning safety have not yet been established. Undoubtedly therefore, a requirement exists for improved COMT inhibitors to address the unmet medical needs of many PD patients.
Figure

 Chemical structures of tolcapone 1, entacapone 2, and nebicapone 3.

ChemSpider 2D Image | Opicapone | C15H10Cl2N4O6

Opicapone

A preferred method of treatment of Parkinson’s disease is the administration of a combination of levodopa and a peripherally selective aromatic amino acid decarboxylase inhibitor (AADCI) together with a catechol-O-methyltransferase (COMT) inhibitor. The currently employed COMT inhibitors are tolcapone and entacapone. However, some authorities believe that each of these COMT inhibitors have residual problems relating to pharmacokinetic or pharmacodynamic properties, or to clinical efficiency or safety. Hence, not all patients get most benefit from their levodopa/AADCI/COMT inhibitor therapy.

Favoured new COMT inhibitors were disclosed in L. E. Kiss et al, J. Med. Chem., 2010, 53, 3396-3411 (D1), WO 2007/013830 (D2) and WO 2007/117165 (D3) which are believed to have particularly desirable properties so that patients can benefit from enhanced therapy.

D1, D2 and D3 also disclosed methods of preparing the new COMT inhibitors. Those processes, although effective, would benefit from an increase in yields. Other benefits which would be appropriate include those selected from reduction in number of process steps, reduction in number of unit operations, reduction of cycle-times, increased space yield, increased safety, easier to handle reagents/reactants and/or increase in purity of the COMT inhibitor, especially when manufacture of larger quantities are envisaged. A process has now been discovered that proceeds via a new intermediate which is suitable for manufacture of commercially useful quantities of a particularly apt COMT inhibitor in good yield. Additional benefits occur such as those selected from a reduced number of process steps and number of unit operations, reduced cycle-times, increased space yield, increased safety, with easier to handle reagents/reactants, improved impurity profile and/or good purity.

CLINICAL

https://clinicaltrials.gov/show/NCT01851850

SYN1

Discovery of a Long-Acting, Peripherally Selective Inhibitor of Catechol-O-methyltransferase

Laboratory of Chemistry
Laboratory of Pharmacology
Department of Research and Development, BIAL, À Avenida da Siderurgia Nacional, 4745-457 S. Mamede do Coronado, Portugal
J. Med. Chem., 2010, 53 (8), pp 3396–3411
*To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail: Psoares.silva@bial.com. Phone: +351-22-9866100. Fax: +351-22-9866192.
Abstract Image
Novel nitrocatechol-substituted heterocycles were designed and evaluated for their ability to inhibit catechol-O-methyltransferase (COMT). Replacement of the pyrazole core of the initial hit 4 with a 1,2,4-oxadiazole ring resulted in a series of compounds endowed with longer duration of COMT inhibition. Incorporation of a pyridine N-oxide residue at position 3 of the 1,2,4-oxadiazole ring led to analogue 37f, which was found to possess activity comparable to entacapone and lower toxicity in comparison to tolcapone. Lead structure 37f was systematically modified in order to improve selectivity and duration of COMT inhibition as well as to minimize toxicity. Oxadiazole 37d (2,5-dichloro-3-(5-(3,4-dihydroxy-5-nitrophenyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)-4,6-dimethylpyridine 1-oxide (BIA 9-1067)) was identified as a long-acting, purely peripheral inhibitor, which is currently under clinical evaluation as an adjunct to l-Dopa therapy of Parkinson’s disease
2,5-Dichloro-3-(5-(3,4-dihydroxy-5-nitrophenyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)-4,6-dimethylpyridine 1-oxide (37d). Compound 37d was synthesized by a similar procedure as described for 37a. Compound 36d (500 mg, 0.84 mmol) was reacted with BBr3 (1.05 g, 4.21 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) at -78°C. Recrystallization from dichloromethane-ethanol afforded 37d (284 mg, 82%) as a yellow solid.
STR1
NMR (DMSO-d6):
1H : 11.07 (2H, br, OH), 8.11 (1H, d, J = 2 Hz, H6), 7.73 (1H, d, J = 2 Hz, H2), 2.66 (3H, s, H15),2.24 (3H, s, H14).
13C : 175.2 (C7), 164.5 (C8), 150.4 (C12), 148.7 (C3), 146.3 (C4), 139.4 (C13), 137.8 (C5), 134.1(C10), 131.1 (C11), 122.7 (C9), 116.6 (C2), 115.7 (C6), 112.7 (C1), 17.9 (C14), 16.5 (C15).
Elemental Analysis:
(C15H10Cl2N4O6) C, H, N, S: Calc: C, 43.60; H, 2.44; N, 13.56; Found: C, 44; H, 2.3; N, 13.6.

PATENT

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2007013830&recNum=1&maxRec=&office=&prevFilter=&sortOption=&queryString=&tab=PCTDescription

LEARMONTH, David Alexander; (PT).
KISS, Laszlo Erno; (PT).
LEAL PALMA, Pedro Nuno; (PT).
DOS SANTOS FERREIRA, Humberto; (PT).
ARAÚJO SOARES DA SILVA, Patrício Manuel Vieira; (PT)

PATENT

The present invention in one aspect provides 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4,oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene and salts thereof, that is the compound of the formula (I):

and salts thereof.

Most aptly the compound of formula (I) is unsalted. However, salts of the hydroxy group with metal ions such as the alkali or alkaline earth metals, particularly the sodium and potassium salts are provided as well as those of highly basic organic compounds such as guanidine or the like.

Particularly suitably the compound of formula (I) or its salt is provided in a form suitable for use as a chemical intermediate. This may be, for example, in a form at least 50% pure, in crystalline form, in solid form or in an organic solvent or the like.

The compound of formula (I) is useful as an intermediate in the preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-3-nitrobenzene-1,2-diol i.e. the compound of formula II):

The compound of formula (II) may also be referred to as opicapone or 2,5-dichloro-3-(5-(3,4-dihydroxy-5-nitrophenyl)-[1,2,4]-oxadiazole-3-yl)-4,6-dimethylpyridine-1-oxide. Opicapone has been found to be more potent than tolcapone in inhibiting liver COMT both at 3 hours and 6 hours post oral administration to rats [ED50 in mg/kg, opicapone 0.87 at 3 hours and 1.12 at 6 hours as compared to tolcapone 1.28 at 3 hours and 2.08 at 6 hours]. Opicapone at a dose of 3 mg/kg was found to be more effective at inhibiting rat liver COMT with nearly complete inhibition occurring 2 to 6 hours post oral administration with only about 90% of enzyme activity recovered after 72 hours while tolcapone provided shorter duration of activity with about 84% recovery after only 9 hours. Both opicapone and tolcapone inhibit human recombinant S-COMT but opicapone has an inhibitory constant of 16pM being 10 fold lower than that for tolcapone. With respect to the desirable property of avoiding inhibition of COMT in the brain, opicapone following oral administration to the rat was found to be devoid of effect whereas tolcapone inhibited about 50% of enzyme activity over a period of 8 hours post administration.

Preparation 1

Cyanoacetamide (280g) was reacted with acetyl acetone (352.9g) in methanol (1015g) and morpholine (14.9g). The reaction was stirred under reflux at 65 °C until the reaction appeared complete. The resulting product suspension was filtered, washed with methanol and dried to provide the desired product about 97% yield.

Preparation 2

The product of Preparation 1 (159g) was suspended in acetonitrile (749.5g) and cooled to 0-5°C. Sulfuryl chloride (178.9g) was added and the reaction mixture warmed to room temperature and stirred until the reaction appeared complete.

The resulting suspension is cooled to 0-5°C and filtered. The solid was washed with acetonitrile, ethyl acetate and heptane. The product was then dried under vacuum at 50°C to yield the desired product (82%).

Preparation 3

Phosphoryl chloride (973.2g), tetramethylammonium chloride (67.3g) and compound of Preparation 2 (227.1g) were added to dichloromethane (500g). The suspension was heated to 85°C and stirred for 5 hours. Excess of phosphoryl chloride was removed by distillation in vacuo. The reaction mixture was cooled below 30°C and diluted with dichloromethane. The resulting solution was added to water (1350g) at room temperature and stirred for 30 minutes. The lower organic phase was separate and the aqueous phase extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phases were combined, washed with water and then treated with charcoal. The charcoal was filtered and a solvent swap to heptane was performed by distillation at atmospheric pressure. The solution was filtered at 50°C and then cooled to 30°C. On further cooling to 0°C

crystals were obtained. These were isolated by filtration, washed twice with heptane. After drying at 50°C the desired product was obtained typically at 88-91 % .

The above process was repeated with a reduction in dichloromethane during crystallisation and adding some methanol. The resulting plate-like crystals were more easily transferred for subsequent use.

Preparation 4a

Product of Preparation 3 (68.6g) and 1,10-phenanthroline monohydrate (0.9g) were suspended in methanol (240g) at room temperature. Water (518g) and a hydroxylamine solution (50% in water, 80.9g), were added and the mixture heated to 70-80°C and stirred for 5-6 hours. Water was added at 70-80 °C and the solution held for 1 hour to induce crystallization. Crystallization was completed by cooling to 15°C over 8 hours. The product was filtered off and washed twice with water and dried at 50°C under vacuum. The product was an off white to light yellow and the yield was 87.9% .

Preparation 4b

A suspension of 2,5-Dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-nicotinonitrile (45.0 kg) and 50% hydroxylamine (59.2 kg) in the presence of catalytic amount of 1,10-phenanthroline monohydrate (0.680 kg) in methanol / water (214 kg/362 kg) is heated to 70-80°C. The mixture is agitated at 70-80°C. Water (353 kg) is added slowly into the resulting solution while the temperature is maintained at > 79°C. The solution is cooled to 75 °C with stirring resulting in crystallization of (Z)-2,5-dichloro-N’-hydroxy-4,6-

dimethylnicotinimidamide. The suspension is further cooled to 20 °C, the solid is filtered off and the wet cake is washed with water (160 kg). (Z)-2,5-dichloro-N’-hydroxy-4,6-dimethylnicotinimidamide is dried under vacuum at max. 60°C until residual water level is max 0.15% (KF).

Example 1a

Preparation of 4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3 nitrobenzoic acid

Vanillic acid (75g) was suspended in acetic acid (788g). The suspension was cooled to 10°C to 15°C and nitric acid (49g or 65% solution) was added over three hours at a rate which kept temperature between 10°C and 20°C. The resulting yellow orange was stirred for a further one hour at 18°C to 23°C. The suspension was filtered off, washed with acetic acid, then a mixture of acetic acid and water (1/2) and then water. Yield of 53% of a 87.9% pure product was obtained.

The above crude product was suspended in acetic acid and warmed to 105°C to 110°C until an orange brown solution is obtained. The solution was transferred to the crystallization vessel via a charcoal filter (or polish filtration) at a temperature above 85°C (optional step). The solution was then cooled to 80°C to 85°C. The mixture was stirred for one hour at 70°C to 80°C (optionally at 75°C) during which crystallization occurred. The product suspension was cooled to 20°C to 25°C for 17 hours or stirred for at least 12h at 20°C to 25 °C. The product suspension was filtered and washed with acetic acid, then acetic acid/ water (1/2) and finally water. The product was dried under vacuum at 50°C to 55°C. The yield of 70% corresponds to an overall yield of 44% for both parts of this preparation. The purity of the product assayed at 99.7% .

The preceding crystallization step is optional and the solution may be transferred to the crystallization vessel via polish filtration instead of via a charcoal filter.

The post crystallization suspension may be stirred for at least 12 hours at 20° C to 25 °C as an alternative to 17 hours.

Example 1b

Preparation of 4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3 nitrobenzoic acid

A reactor was charged with 525 kg of glacial acetic acid and 50 kg vanillic acid. The mixture was heated with warm water gradually to 50°C in around 75 minutes. Temperature was set to 16°C. Nitric acid, 31.4 kg was then added gradually over a period of 3 hrs. When the administration was complete the mixture was allowed to stir for additional 3.5-4.5 hours.

The suspension was centrifuged whilst washed with 25 kg of acetic acid, 50 liter deionised water and 25 kg of acetic acid again. The wet crystalline material was suspended in 165 kg of acetic acid and heated at 91°C until complete dissolution. The solution was then cooled to 19.8°C and the mixture was allowed to stir for 1 hr. Centrifugation and washing with 15.2 kg acetic and 40 liter of deionised water was performed. The wet material was then dried in tray vacuum drier between 40-50°C until constant weight, for 72 hours. The dry material weight was 28.7 kg. The calculated yield was 45.4%.

Example 1c

Preparation of 4-h droxy-5-methoxy-3 nitrobenzoic acid

A suspension of vanillic acid (68.8 kg) in acetic acid (720 kg) is cooled to 17°C before an excess of a 65% nitric acid (44.0 kg) is added. After complete dosage of nitric acid the suspension is stirred for 2 hours. The suspension is filtered off and the wet cake is successively washed with acetic acid (80.0 kg), acetic acid/water (1:2 w/w – 105 kg) and finally water (80 kg – if necessary repeat). The solid is dried at 52°C for NMT 12 hours prior going to next step.

A suspension of the crude solid (650 kg) in acetic acid is warmed to 105 °C and stirred until complete dissolution of the crude solid. After polish filtration, the solution is cooled to 20°C over 3h resulting in crystallization and the suspension is stirred for 2h at 20°C. The solid is filtered off and the wet cake is successively washed with acetic acid (80 kg), acetic acid/water (1:2 w/w – 105 kg) and finally water (193 kg – if necessary repeat). 4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3 nitrobenzoic acid pure is dried under vacuum at max. 55 °C until max 0.5% w/w residual acetic acid and max 0.2% w/w water is reached.

Example 2a

Preparation of 4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3-nitrobenzoic acid

The process of Example la was scaled up to employ vanillic acid (375g) in acetic acid (3940g) to which was added nitric acid (65%, 245g) at 12°C over 3 hours followed by stirring for one hour. The overall yield was 40% of a 99.9% pure product.

Example 2b

Preparation of 4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3-nitrobenzoic acid

Vanillic acid methyl ester (33g) and sodium nitrite (0.625g) are charged. Water (158mL) and 1,4-dioxane (158mL) are added at room temperature. The reaction mixture is heated to 40 °C. Nitric acid (65%) (15.75g) is added in the course of three hours and the resulting mixture is stirred for 4h after addition. The reaction mixture is sampled for completion.

The water/nitric-acid/dioxane azeotrope is distilled off in vacuum at 40 °C. The resulting product suspension is quenched by addition of sodium hydroxide solution (50% , 33.2 mL) and then stirred for 16h. The quench mixture is sampled for completion.

Then, HCl (18,5%, 70.2mL.) is added until the pH is below 1. The product is filtered off and washed with water (27.9mL). The product is then dried in vacuum at 50 °C. The overall yield was 81 % of a 97.3 % pure product.

Example 3a

Preparation of 4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3-nitrobenzoyl chloride

A suspension of compound of Example la (1.0 eq) in dioxane (approx 4.5 vol) was treated with thionyl chloride (1.5 eq) and heated to 80°C. A clear solution formed at approximately 75 °C. The mixture was stirred for 3 hours at 80°C. Unreacted thionyl chloride was distilled off and after distillation the residue was cooled to 10°C.

Example 3 b

Preparation of 4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3-nitrobenzoyl chloride

A suspension of compound of Example la (1.0 eq) in DCM (approx 3.4 vol) is treated with thionyl chloride (1.0 – 1.2 eq, for example 1.1 eq) and catalytic amount (0.011 eq) of DMF and the mixture is stirred for 16 h at 40°C. DCM is distilled off (approx 2.7 vol) and the residue is diluted with THF (approx 1.8 vol). The excess of thionylchloride is distilled off with THF/DCM and the residue after distillation is cooled to 10°C.

Example 3c

Preparation of 4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3-nitrobenzoyl chloride

A suspension of compound of Example la (1.0 eq) in DCM (approx 4.5 vol) is treated with thionyl chloride (1.0 – 1.2 eq, for example 1.1 eq) and catalytic amount (0.0055 eq) of DMF and the mixture is stirred for 16 h at reflux. Unreacted thionylchloride is distilled off with DCM and the residue after distillation is diluted with THF (approx 1.8 vol) and cooled to 10°C.

The amount of DCM may be approx 3.4 as an alternative to approx 4.5 vol.

The catalytic amount of DMF may be about 0.011 eq as an alternative to 0.0055 eq.

Example 3d

Preparation of 4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3-nitrobenzoyl chloride

In a reactor 68 kg dichloromethane, 20 kg 5-nitro- vanillic acid of example 1b, 76 gram of N,N-dimethylformamide and 13.4 kg (8 L) thionyl chloride, was charged at 20.2°C.

The mixture was heated to 40°C until all the starting material dissolved and the evolution of HCl and SO2 stopped. When all the starting material was consumed 5-10 L dichloromethane was distilled off at normal pressure at 40°C then the mixture was cooled to 20-25 °C and the distillation was continued until dry under vacuum at 40°C.

The evaporation residue was dissolved in 36 kg dry THF. The THF solution was used in

Example 4d.

Example 3e

Preparation of 4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3-nitrobenzoyl chloride

A suspension of product of example 1C (4-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3 nitrobenzoic acid -160g, 1eq) in 1,4-dioxane (720mL, 4.5vol) is treated with thionyl chloride (169.8g, 103.7mL,1.5eq) and heated to 80°C. A clear solution is formed at approx. 75 °C. The mixture is stirred at 80 °C (3 hours). Unreacted thionyl chloride is distilled off and the residue after distillation is cooled to 10°C.

Example 4a

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene

In this example the compound of formula (IV) is reacted with the compound of formula (V) to produce the compound of the formula (III).

Compound of formula (V) (1.24 eq) was suspended in 1,4-dioxane (approximately 4.5 vol) and the suspension cooled to 10°C. The acyl chloride (compound of formula (IV)) solution of Example 3a in 1,4-dioxane was added slowly maintaining the temperature below 20°C. A clear orange solution was formed. After complete addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 20°C for one hour. Pyridine (approximately 8eq) was added and the reaction mixture heated slowly to 115°C. The mixture was stirred for 6 hours at 115°C and then cooled to 20°C.

The dioxane/pyridine was distilled off under vacuum at 70°C. The residue was kept at 80°C and ethanol (approx 8 vol) added to induce crystallization. The resulting yellow suspension was cooled to 0°C and stirred for two hours. The product was filtered off and washed with ethanol (2.5 vol) water (3.8 vol) and ethanol 2.5 vol). The product was dried under vacuum at 50 °C. Typical yields for this process are 82 to 85%.

In an optional variant, methanol was employed in place of ethanol to induce crystallization.

Example 4b

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene

In a different reactor, compound of formula (V) (1.1 eq) is dissolved in DM Ac (approx 5.8 vol) and the solution is cooled to 5°C. The benzoyl chloride solution of Example 3b in THF/DCM is then added slowly maintaining the temperature below 10°C. After complete addition, the reaction mixture is stirred at 20 ±5°C. Pyridine (1.3 to 1.6 eq, for example 1.5 eq) is charged and the reaction mixture is heated slowly to 110±5°C removing low boiling components by distillation. The mixture is stirred for additional 3 h at 110±5°C.

In a further reactor, concentrated HCl (23.8 eq) is diluted with water (approx. 8.5 vol) and cooled to 10 °C. The reaction mixture in pyridine is dosed slowly to diluted hydrochloric acid. After complete addition, the resulting suspension is stirred for additional 2 h and the solid is filtered off. The crude solid is washed once with water and pre-dried on funnel.

The crude solid is suspended in DCM (approx. 28.6 vol) and the suspension is heated to 40°C to reach a clear solution. Resulting solution is cooled to 20°C and extracted with water. After phase separation, the aqueous phase is re-extracted with DCM and combined organic phase are washed once with water. DCM is distilled off under vacuum followed by addition of ethanol. Resulting suspension is further distilled to reduce the amount of DCM, then cooled to 5°C and stirred for additional 2 h. Finally, the product is filtered off, washed once with cold ethanol and dried under vacuum at 45°C.

Example 4c

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene

In a second reactor, compound of formula (V) (1.1 eq) is dissolved in DMAc (approx. 7 vol) and the solution is cooled to 5°C. The benzoyl chloride solution of Example 3c in THF/DCM is added slowly maintaining the temperature below 10 °C. After complete addition, the reaction mixture is stirred at 20 ± 5°C for 30 min. Pyridine (6.9 to 7.3 eq, for example 7.14 eq) is charged and the reaction mixture is heated slowly to 110°C removing low boiling components by distillation. The mixture is stirred for additional 4 h at 110°C and cooled to 20°C.

In a third reactor an emulsion of diluted hydrochloric acid (prepared from cone. HCl (19.6 eq) and approx. 7.6 vol distilled water) and DCM (approx. 25.5 vol) is cooled to about 15 °C before the reaction mixture in pyridine is dosed slowly to the emulsion. After complete addition, the organic phase is separated and washed with water before DCM is distilled off under vacuum followed by addition of ethanol. The resulting suspension is further distilled to reduce the amount of DCM, then cooled to 5°C and stirred for additional 2 h.

Finally, the product is filtered off, washed once with cold ethanol and dried under vacuum at 45 °C.

Example 4d

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene

140 kg Ν,Ν-dimethyl acetamide was charged into the reactor. 24.2 kg of amidoxime of Preparation 4 was dissolved in N,N-dimethyl acetamide while stirring at 21°C. The solution was cooled to 5-10°C. The THF solution of Example 3d was introduced slowly into the reaction mixture, 1.5-2 hrs, while the internal temperature was maintained at max. 9.5°C by external cooling. When the addition was complete the external cooling

was stopped. The internal temperature was allowed to raise to 21 °C in an hour. After stirring for 30 minutes, pyridine 53.0 kg was added to the mixture, while the temperature was in the range of 22.4°C – 20.6°C. Heating was started and the internal temperature raised to 105-115°C. The mixture started to reflux for 3h while the internal temperature managed to 113°C by partial distillation of some THF. The reaction mixture was then cooled and introduced to a mixture of 220 kg concentrated HCl and 170 kg of deionised water while the internal temperature was maintained between 14-16°C. The reactor was rinsed with 10 kg of Ν,Ν-dimethylacetamide and 20 kg deionised water. The rinse liquid was run to the mixture. The suspension was then further cooled to 5-10°C and stirred for 1.5-2.0 hours. The product was centrifuged and was washed 80 kg deionised water. Crude wet weight of the product was 88.6 kg.

The crude wet product, was dissolved in 460 kg (340 L) dichloromethane at max 40°C. When dissolved the temperature was set to 20-30°C and 120 kg deionised water was added. The organic phase was separated, the inorganic phase was extracted with 80 kg dichloromethane. The organic phase of 460 kg, was then washed with 200 kg deionised water and the phases were separated. The inorganic phase was extracted with the 80 kg dichloromethane and the organic phases were unified. The organic phase obtained so was concentrated in vacuum at 35°C to 200-240 Liter, then 260 kg ethanol 96% was continuously added and the evaporation was continued to a final 200-240 liter volume. Then the mixture was cooled to 5-10°C and was allowed to stir for 3 hrs. Centrifuging, washing with 20 kg ethanol resulted in 35.4 kg wet product. Vacuum drying for 16 hours at 45°C gave 34.09 kg dry product. The yield was 79.9%.

Example 4e

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene

In a second vessel, (Z)-2,5-dichloro-N’-hydroxy-4,6-dimethylnicotiriimidamide (201.2g, 1.24eq) is suspended in 1,4-dioxane (720mL, 4.5vol) and the suspension is cooled to 10°C. The residue of example 3e in 1,4-dioxane is added slowly maintaining the temperature below 20°C. A clear orange solution is formed. After complete addition, the reaction mixture is stirred at 20°C for 1 hour. Pyridine (483.7mL, 8eq) is then charged and the reaction mixture is heated slowly to 115°C. The mixture is stirred at 115°C for 6 hours. The solution is then cooled to 20°C. Dioxane/pyridine is distilled off.

After distillation, the pit is kept at 80 °C and ethanol (1.28L, 8vol) is added at this temperature to induce crystallization. The resulting yellow suspension is cooled to 75 °C and stirred for 1h at this temperature to allow crystal growth. The product suspension is then cooled to 0 °C and stirred for 2h at this temperature. The product is filtered off and washed subsequently with ethanol (400mL, 2.5vol), water (608mL, 3.8vol) and ethanol (400mL, 2.5vol). The product is dried under vacuum at 50°C until LOD is max 1% w/w.

Example 4f

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene

A mixture of compound of formula (V) (11.7g, 50 mmol, 1.25eq), methyl 4-hydroxy-3-methoxy-5-nitrobenzoate (10g, 40 mmol, leq) and a catalytic amount of p-toluenesulfonic acid (0.76g, 4mmol, 0.1eq) in dimethyl acetamide was heated to 80°C. The reaction was followed by HPLC. After 23h, 6% of conversion was obtained.

Example 4g

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-y1]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene

A mixture of compound of formula (V) (11.7g, 50 mmol, 1.25eq), methyl 4-hydroxy-3-methoxy-5-nitrobenzoate (10g, 40 mmol, 1eq) and a catalytic amount of aluminum chloride (0.53g, 4mmol, 0.1eq) in dimethyl acetamide was heated to 80°C. The reaction was followed by HPLC. After 20h, 10% of conversion was obtained.

Example 5a

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene

A solution of the product of Example 4a (24g) was dissolved in dichloromethane (388g) at 20-40°C. The yellow solution was cooled to 5°C and urea hydrogen-peroxide (UHP) (17.6g) and trifluoroacetic acid anhydride (37g) added and stirring continued for 12hr at 5°C. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature over one hour and stirring continued for a further five hours. The precipitate that formed was filtered off and washed with dichloromethane. The combined filtrates were diluted further with dichloromethane, all washed and concentrated at atmospheric pressure. Toluene was added and the resulting suspension concentrated under vacuum, to remove residual dichloromethane. Further toluene was added and the mixture checked to ensure less than 0.5% dichloromethane and less than 0.1% water was present. Formic acid was added to provide a 10-12% formic acid in toluene mixture. The resulting suspension was warmed to 90°C and stirred until complete dissolution of solid. Crude product was obtained by cooling the solution to 5-10°C until crystallization commenced. The suspension was agitated at 5-10°C until crystallization appeared complete. The solid was filtered off, washed with toluene and dried under a stream of nitrogen.

The crude product was suspended in 10-12% wt/wt solution of formic acid in toluene and warmed to 90°C until dissolution of the solid. The solution was cooled to 5°C and stirred at 5°C until crystallisation occurred. The solid was obtained by filtration and washed with toluene. This recrystallization was repeated until the product tested as containing less than 0.1 % of starting material. The pure product was dried under vacuum at 50°C.

Example 5b

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene

After dissolution of the product of Example 4b (24g) in DCM (388g) at 20-40°C the yellow solution is cooled to 5°C before the temperature controlled addition of urea hydrogen peroxide complex (UHP)(17.6) and trifluoroacetic anhydride (TFAA) (37g). After addition of TFAA is complete stirring is continued for 12h at 5°C before the reaction mixture is warmed to room temperature (RT) within 1 h and stirring is continued for additional 5 h. The precipitate formed during the reaction is filtered and washed with DCM on the funnel filter. The combined filtrates are diluted with DCM (325g) and then repeatedly washed with water before concentrated at atmospheric pressure. DCM is replaced by toluene (170g) and the resulting suspension is concentrated again under vacuum to remove surplus DCM. Distillates are replaced by fresh toluene as before and the mixture is analyzed for residual water and DCM (Residual DCM after solvent switch max. 0.5%; residual water after solvent switch max. 0.1 %). Formic acid (24g) is charged resulting in an approx. 10-12 % w/w formic acid in toluene solvent mixture The resulting suspension is warmed to 90°C and stirred until compete dissolution of the solid is achieved. The crude product is crystallized by cooling of this solution to 5-10°C and subsequent agitation of the resulting suspension at 5-10°C. The solid is filtered of washed with toluene and then dried in a stream of nitrogen gas.

The crude product so obtained is suspended in an approx. 10-12 %w/w solution (176g) of formic acid in toluene. The suspension is warmed to 90°C and stirred until all product is dissolved. After cooling of this solution to 5°C and subsequent stirring at 5°C, crude product is isolated by filtration and subsequent washing of the wet product with toluene.

The re-crystallization of crude product is repeated (2 or more times). The pure product (11.8g) is dried at 50°C under vacuum.

Example 5c

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene

After dissolution of the product of Example 4c (24g) in DCM (388g) at 20-40°C the yellow solution is cooled to 5°C prior to the temperature controlled addition of urea hydrogen peroxide complex (UHP) (17.6g) and trifluoroacetic acid anhydride (TFAA) (37g). After addition of TFAA is complete stirring is continued for 12h at 5°C before the reaction mixture is warmed to RT within 1 h and stirring is continued for additional 5 h. The precipitate formed during the reaction is filtered and the filter cake is washed with DCM. The combined filtrates are diluted with DCM (325g) and then repeatedly washed with water before concentrated at atmospheric pressure. DCM is replaced by toluene (170g) and the resulting suspension is concentrated again in vacuum in order to remove surplus DCM and water. Distillates are replaced by fresh toluene followed by addition of formic acid (24g). The resulting suspension is warmed to 80°C and stirring is continued in order to dissolve the solid. The product is crystallized by cooling of this solution to 5°C and subsequent agitation of the resulting suspension at 5°C. The solid is filtered, washed with toluene and then dried in a stream of nitrogen gas.

The product is suspended in a formic acid / toluene (18g/158g) mixture followed by warming of the reaction mixture to 80°C. After dissolution of the product the solution is cooled to 5°C whereby the product precipitates. After additional stirring at 5°C the suspension is filtered and the filter cake is washed with toluene.

The re-crystallization of the product is repeated. The product is used as a wet material in the next process step (12.1g product obtained if dried at max. 60°C).

Example 5d

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yI]-2-hydroxy-3-mefhoxy-1-nitrobenzene

550 kg (420 L) Dichloromethane was charged into a reactor. 34 kg of product of example 4d was added to in a short period at 20°C internal temperature. The solution was cooled to 6.5°C then 24.9 kg urea hydrogen peroxide complex (UHP) was added over a period of 20-40 minutes between 5-10°C. Stirring was continued for additional 20 minutes between 6.5-7.5°C. Trifluoroacetic anhydride, 53 kg, was administered into the reaction mixture, starting and maintaining the temperature at 6-7°C over a period of 2-3 hours. When the administration was complete the mixture was stirred for additional 30 minutes. Then the internal temperature was allowed to rise to a maximum of 25°C over a period of 1.5 hours. The internal temperature was maintained between 20-25°C and the mixture was allowed to react for additional 18-20 hrs. The reaction mixture was centrifuged and the fuge was washed with 45 kg dichloromethane. To the separated dichloromethane solution 460 kg (350 L) dichloromethane and 190 kg deionised water was added. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and the phases were separated for 30 minutes. The organic phase was washed again with 2×190 kg deionised water and separated as previously. Evaporation of the unified organic solution at max 35 °C under vacuum was done to a final volume of 100-120 L. Then a total of 105 kg acetonitrile was administered into the system while the distillation was continued to keep the volume at 100-120 L. When complete an additional 170 kg (220 L) acetonitrile was added to the mixture at normal pressure. This suspension was heated to 70-80°C at normal pressure while dichloromethane was distilled off continuously. The mixture was then kept stirred for an hour. The suspension was cooled to 20-25°C and was stirred for an additional 30 minutes. The suspension was then centrifuged and was washed with 30 kg acetonitrile. The wet material, 29.7 kg, was vacuum dried for 16 hrs at 30°C. Dried product yield was 81.5%.

27.7 kg product, 240 kg toluene and 29.2 kg formic acid was charged into reactor then heated to 90°C for complete dissolution for 1 hour. Then the solution was cooled to 7°C and then the suspension was kept at 7°C for additional 2 hrs. If necessary seeding was applied with 3-5 grams of pure product. The suspension was then centrifuged for 1 hour whilst washing with 28 kg cold toluene. The product was suspended in 225 kg toluene and 27.2 kg formic acid was charged. The mixture then was heated to 90°C for complete dissolution for 1 hour. Then the solution was cooled to 20-25 °C, then the suspension was kept between 15-25°C for additional 2 hrs, seeded if necessary. The suspension then was centrifuged for 60 minutes whilst washed with 28 kg cold toluene. The recrystallization process may be repeated 2-3 more times.

Drying for 24 hrs at 38-41°C under vacuum was conducted until constant weight. This resulted in 16.34 kg (58.8%) dry material.

Example 5e

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene

After dissolution of the product of Example 4e (150g) in DCM (2.43kg) at reflux, the yellow solution is cooled to 5°C prior to the temperature controlled addition of carbamide peroxide (UHP – urea hydrogen peroxide) ( 110g) and trifluoroacetic acid anhydride (TFAA) (155.1 ml in 4 portions within 2 hours). The mixture is stirred for 12h at 5°C then the reaction mixture is warmed to 25 °C over 1.5 hours and stirred for 5 hours. The precipitate formed during the reaction is filtered and the filter cake is washed with DCM (0.36 kg). The combined filtrates are warmed to 30°C and diluted with water (300g). 10% sodium hydroxide is added until pH= 4 is reached. The biphasic system is stirred for 10 minutes at 30°C and the mixture is then allowed to separate. The organic layer is then successively washed with a mixture water (750g) and 10% sodium hydroxide (7.5g) (until pH=4), 3.2% HCl solution (300g). DCM is distilled at atmospheric pressure and then replaced by toluene (1035g) applying vacuum (150mbar) and keeping internal temperature at 45°C. Formic acid (300g) and toluene (900g) are added keeping the internal temperature above 40°C. The resulting solution is distilled under vacuum (150 mbar, 45°C internal temperature) until distillation ceases. After seeding at 45°C, the slurry is stirred for 1 hour at 45°C then is cooled to 5°C over 2 hours. The suspension is stirred for at least 2 hours at 5°C and then filtered. The wet cake is washed with toluene (195g) and dried in a stream of nitrogen gas (Chemical purity of crude product min. 92 % area).

A suspension of crude product in formic acid (388g, 2wt) is warmed to 55°C and stirred until complete dissolution of the crude product. Toluene (1242g, 6.4wt) is added maintaining the internal temperature above 50 °C. The reaction is stirred at 150mBar and internal temperature 45 °C until distillation ceases. The vacuum and distillation is stopped and then seed is added at 45°C. The slurry is stirred for 1 hour at 45°C and cooled to 5°C in 2 hours. The resulting suspension is stirred for at least 2 hours at 5°C then filtered. The wet cake is washed with toluene (260g, 1.34wt). The wet cake is collected and charged into the reactor. This procedure is repeated at least twice until 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-y1]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene level max is 0.1 % (a/a) prior to dry at 25°C max under vacuum.

Example 6

Example 5a was repeated on a larger scale employing product of Example 3 (82g), dichloromethane (1325g), urea peroxide (60.1g) and trifuoroacetic acid anhydride

(128g).

Example 7a

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-3-nitrobenzene-1,2-diol.

(Π)

Product of Example 6 (15g) was suspended in N-methyl pyrrolidone (NMP) (131.5g) and cooled to 5°C. Aluminium chloride (6.2g) and pyridine (12g) were added while maintaining the temperature at 5°C. After the addition of pyridine was complete the reaction mixture was warmed to 60 °C and maintained for 2 hours. After confirmation that less than 0.5 starting material remained, the reaction mixture was cooled, and aqueous HCl (water 233g, HCl 123g, 37%) added. The resulting yellow solid was isolated by suction filtration. The resulting wet product was washed with water and propan-2-ol (67g) and dried under vacuum.

Optionally, the crude product was suspended in ethanol (492g) and warmed to reflux. The suspension was stirred for 1 hour under reflux and then cooled to room temperature. The solid was obtained by filtration, washed with ethanol and dried under vacuum at 50°C. A typical yield of 85% was achieved.

If desired either the final ethanol crystallised material or the initially produced product after washing with propan-2-ol may be employed in preparation of micronized material for use in pharmaceutical compositions.

Example 7b

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-y1)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-3-nitrobenzene-1,2-diol.

An approx. 11 % w/w suspension of the product of example 5b (20g) in NMP (150g) is cooled to 5°C followed by a consecutive temperature controlled addition of aluminium chloride (8g) and pyridine (15.3g). After addition of pyridine is complete the reaction mixture is warmed to 60°C followed by additional 2 h reaction time. After complete conversion of the product of example 5b the reaction mixture is cooled before an aqueous diluted hydrochloric acid (water 293g, HCl 177g, 34%) is dosed. By addition of the hydrochloric acid, crude product precipitates from the NMP/water matrix as a yellow solid which is isolated by suction filtration. The resulting wet product is washed with water and 2-propanol in a replacement wash followed by drying of the wet crude product under vacuum.

The crude product is suspended in ethanol (282g) followed by warming of the mixture to reflux. The suspension is stirred for 1 h at reflux conditions followed by cooling to room temperature. The product is isolated by filtration of the suspension. The wet product is washed with ethanol and subsequently dried in vacuo at approx 50°C (typically weight corrected yield was 85%).

The product (20g) is suspended in formic acid (725g) before the resulting suspension is warmed to max. 67°C. Stirring is continued until complete dissolution of the product is achieved. The hot solution is filtered and the filtrate is cooled to 40 – 45°C before the product is precipitated first by concentration of the solution to approx. 40% (v/v) of its original volume followed by addition of the anti solvent 2-propanol (390g). After addition of 2-propanol is finished the resulting suspension is kept at 55-60°C for crystal ripening followed by cooling to RT and filtration. The filter cake is washed with 2-propanol followed by drying of the material at max. 58°C until loss on drying (LOD) max. 0.5% . Typically, a yield of 97-98% was obtained.

If desired the product may be employed in preparation of micronized material for use in pharmaceutical compositions.

Example 7c

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-3-nitrobenzene-1,2-diol.

A suspension of the product of example 5c (20g) or of example 6 (20g) in NMP (153g) is cooled to 5°C followed by a consecutive temperature controlled addition of aluminium chloride (8.2g) and pyridine (15.4g). After addition of pyridine is complete the reaction mixture is warmed to 60°C followed by additional 3 h reaction time. After complete conversion of the product of example 5c or of example 6 the crude product is

precipitated by a temperature controlled addition of an aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (water 296g, HCl 179g, 34%). Filtration of the solid followed by washing of the wet filter cake with water and 2-propanol yields a crude product wet material which is immediately dissolved in formic acid (536g). After polish filtration the filtrate is concentrated under vacuum followed by addition of the anti-solvent 2-propanol (318g). After aging of the resulting suspension at 55-60°C the suspension is cooled to RT and filtered. The wet filter cake is washed with 2-propanol. The wet product is dried under vacuum at max. 58°C until LOD max. 0.5%. The yield was in the range of 70-95%

If desired the product may be employed in preparation of micronized material for use in pharmaceutical compositions.

Example 7d

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-3-nitrobenzene-1,2-diol.

132 kg (147 L) N-methylpyrrolidone was charged into a 1000 L reactor. 16.3 kg of product of example 5d was then added. The suspension was cooled to 5-7°C and 6.5 kg of sublimed aluminium chloride was added in portions keeping the internal temperature between 5-10°C. The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes then 12.6 kg pyridine was added maintaining the internal temperature between 5-10°C. The mixture was warmed with water in the jacket to 20-25°C and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Then the mixture is heated to 58-62 °C and reacted for around 2 hours. In a separate reactor a mixture of 240.5 kg deionised water and 146.4 kg concentrated HCl was mixed. This was cooled to 15-20°C. The reaction mixture from the demethylation was introduced into the diluted hydrochloric acid between 20-25°C. Optionally, 51.2 kg dichloromethane was added to the suspension, stirred for 30 minutes and was centrifuged, washed with 60 kg deionised water and 20 kg isopropanol. Drying gave 15.9 kg of product.

The product was suspended in 185.3 kg of ethanol. The mixture was then stirred at 78°C for an hour, then cooled to 20-25°C and stirred for 1 hour. The suspension was then centrifuged and the filtercake was washed with 44.5 kg ethanol, 96% . The solid material was dried at 50°C in vacuum in a stainless steel tray drier. 14.35 kg (90.3% yield) dry product was obtained.

A reactor was charged with 317.2 kg formic acid and dry product. The mixture was heated to 65 °C until all the solid dissolves. The hot solution was then filtered to an empty 1000 L reactor, was rinsed with 20 kg formic acid, then the formic acid solution was distilled partially off under vacuum to around 80-100L. 260 kg isopropanol was then introduced at 50-60°C and stirred for 30-35 minutes. The mixture was then cooled to 20-25°C with water in the jacket and was allowed to stir min 2 hours. The suspension was then centrifuged and was washed with 25 kg isopropanol. The wet material was removed from the fuge and was transferred into vacuum tray drier and was dried until constant weight under vacuum at 45-50°C resulting in 13.6 kg product, with a yield of 95.3% .

If desired the product may be employed in preparation of micronized material for use in pharmaceutical compositions.

Example 7e

Preparation of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-3-nitrobenzene-1,2-diol.

A suspension of product of Example 5e (34.1kg) in N-Methyl pyrrolidone (NMP) (182kg) is warmed to 50 °C until dissolution and then cooled to 5°C followed by a consecutive temperature controlled addition of aluminium chloride (9.8 kg) and pyridine (18.2kg). After addition of pyridine is complete the reaction mixture is warmed to 60°C and stirred for at least 2 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to 10-16°C (e.g. 11, 13, 15°C) before an aqueous diluted hydrochloric acid (4M solution, 283L) is dosed maintaining the temperature below 25 °C. During the addition of the hydrochloric acid the crude product is precipitated from the NMP/water matrix as a yellow solid. The yellow solid is filtered and subsequently washed with water (179kg), 2-propanol (105kg). The wet solid is dried under vacuum at 55°C.

A suspension of wet product (25.1kg) in formic acid (813kg) is warmed to max. 67°C. The mixture is stirred at 67°C until complete dissolution of the product is achieved. The hot solution is filtered and the filtrate is cooled to 40 – 45°C before the product is precipitated first by concentration of the solution to approx. 40% (v/v) of its original volume followed by addition of the anti solvent 2-propanol (380kg). After addition of 2-propanol the resulting suspension is stirred at 55-60°C for crystal ripening followed by cooling to RT and filtration. The filter cake is washed with 2-propanol (38kg) and then dried at max. 58°C until LOD max. 0.5%). The product may be milled (for example using the method of Example 8).

Example 8

Micronization of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-3-nitrobenzene-1,2-diol with MC JETMILL® type 200 milling equipment (micronization through spiral jet mills)

Equipment:

Mill: MC JETMILL® 200

Dosing unit: K-Tron T 35

Cyclone: type 600

Each micronization trial was performed on at least 2 kg of 5-(3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-3-nitrobenzene-1,2-diol.

The following working parameters have been defined for the micronization:

Feed rate range: 24.0-48.0 kg/h (200-400 g/30sec.)

Mill pressure range: 3.0-4.0 bar

Venturi pressure range: 3.0-4.0 bar; preferably the Venturi pressure is the same as the mill pressure

Using the above equipment and working parameters the microparticles of 5-(3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-3-nitrobenzene-1,2-diol comply with the following particle size specification (particle size determined by optical microscopy): D10 (EDC) is not less than 4 or 5 μm (for example not less than 5 μm), the D50 (EDC) is 10-45 or 15-30 μm (for example 15-30 μm) and the D95 (EDC) is not more than 60 or 70 μm (for example not more than 60 μm).

Example 9 (Figure 5)

2,5-Dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-nicotinonitrile is reacted with hydroxylamine in the presence of catalytic amounts of 1,10-phenanthroline monohydrate to yield the aldoxime (Z)-2,5-dichloro-N’-hydroxy-4,6-dimethylnicotinimidamide which represents the first coupling partner towards the synthesis of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene. The second coupling partner 5-nitro-vanillic acid pure is synthesized from vanillic acid by nitration with 65 % nitric acid followed by re-crystallization of the crude 5-nitro-vanillic acid intermediate from acetic acid. The convergent assembly of the oxadiazole moiety in 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene is achieved by first activation of 5-nitro-vanillic acid as its acid chloride and subsequent coupling with the aldoxime (Z)-2,5-dichloro-N’-hydroxy-4,6-dimethylnicotinimidamide. Cyclisation of the initially formed coupling product is achieved thermally to give the oxadiazole moiety by elimination of water. The reaction

mixture of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene, after ring closure reaction, is concentrated and product isolated from 1,4-dioxane/ethanol mixture in one step. Oxidation of the pyridine ring to the corresponding aryl-N-oxide (5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene) is achieved with trifluoroperoxoacetic acid which is formed in situ from UHP (Urea hydrogen peroxide complex) and trifluoroacetic acid anhydride. Unreacted 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene is subsequently removed from 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene by repeated re-crystallisation from formic acid/toluene. The analogue intermediate 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene pure with a level of 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-1-nitrobenzene below 0.10 %area is converted to 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-3-nitrobenzene-1,2-diol crude analogue by ether cleavage in the presence of a stoichiometric amount of aluminium chloride and pyridine. After completion of the reaction, the crude product is isolated by precipitation with an aqueous hydrochloric acid followed by dissolution of the precipitate in formic acid. After polish filtration of the resulting solution and partial solvent switch from formic acid to isopropanol, 5-[3-(2,5-dichloro-4,6-dimethyl-1-oxy-pyridin-3-yl)-[1,2,4]oxadiazol-5-yl]-3-nitrobenzene-1,2-diol is crystallized from the resulting formic acid/IPA crystallization matrix and finally optionally milled to the desired particle size.

PATENT

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2012107708

PATENT

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2007117165

scheme 1 depicts example how to produce a compound of the general formula IIB from a compound of the general formula IVB:

iii.

HB IVB
Scheme 1. Reagents: i. Piperidine, ethanol, reflux; ii. SO2Cl2, CCl4, reflux; iii. POCI3, 120 0C, 18 h; iv. 50% H2NOH, MeOH-H20, 1.25 mol % 1,10-phenanthroline hydrate.

The following reaction scheme 2 depicts an example how to produce certain compounds of general formula III:

I, R8 = methyl III, R8 = R9 = H
iv.
R9 = H

III, R8 = R9 = benzyl

Scheme 2. Reagents: i. 65 % HNO3, AcOH; ii. 48 % HBr (aq), 140 0C; iii. MeOH, HCl(g); iv. BnBr, K2CO3, CH3CN, reflux; v. 3N NaOH, MeOH/H2O.

The following reaction scheme 3 depicts an example how to produce the compound A, by activation of a compound according to general formula III followed by cyclisation involving condensation with a compound according to formula HB, dehydration and deprotection of the methyl residue protecting the hydroxyl group;

0C

compound A

Cited Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
WO2007013830A1 Jul 26, 2006 Feb 1, 2007 Portela & Ca. S.A. Nitrocatechol derivatives as comt inhibitors
WO2007117165A1 Apr 10, 2007 Oct 18, 2007 Bial – Portela & Ca, S.A. New pharmaceutical compounds
WO2008094053A1 * Oct 10, 2007 Aug 7, 2008 Bial-Portela & Ca, S.A. Dosage regimen for comt inhibitors
WO2012107708A1 * Oct 21, 2011 Aug 16, 2012 Bial – Portela & Ca, S.A. Administration regime for nitrocatechols
US20100168113 * Apr 10, 2007 Jul 1, 2010 David Alexander Learmonth Pharmaceutical Compounds
Reference
1 * [1,2,4]-oxadiazolyl nitrocatechol derivatives“, IP.COM JOURNAL, IP.COM INC., WEST HENRIETTA, NY, US, 3 May 2012 (2012-05-03), XP013150541, ISSN: 1533-0001
2 * KISS L E ET AL: “Discovery of a long-acting, peripherally selective inhibitor of catechol-O-methyltransferase“, JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, US, vol. 53, no. 8, 22 April 2010 (2010-04-22), pages 3396 – 3411, XP002594266, ISSN: 0022-2623, [retrieved on 20100324], DOI: 10.1021/JM1001524
3 L. E. KISS ET AL., J. MED. CHEM., vol. 53, 2010, pages 3396 – 3411
4 * RASENACK N ET AL: “MICRON-SIZE DRUG PARTICLES: COMMON AND NOVEL MICRONIZATION TECHNIQUES“, PHARMACEUTICAL DEVELOPMENT AND TECHNOLOGY, NEW YORK, NY, US, vol. 9, no. 1, 1 January 2004 (2004-01-01), pages 1 – 13, XP009055393, ISSN: 1083-7450, DOI: 10.1081/PDT-120027417

REFERENCES

1: Bicker J, Alves G, Fortuna A, Soares-da-Silva P, Falcão A. A new PAMPA model using an in-house brain lipid extract for screening the blood-brain barrier permeability of drug candidates. Int J Pharm. 2016 Jan 30. pii: S0378-5173(16)30072-2. doi: 10.1016/j.ijpharm.2016.01.074. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 26836708.

2: Devos D, Moreau C. Opicapone for motor fluctuations in Parkinson’s disease. Lancet Neurol. 2015 Dec 22. pii: S1474-4422(15)00346-4. doi: 10.1016/S1474-4422(15)00346-4. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 26725545.

3: Ferreira JJ, Lees A, Rocha JF, Poewe W, Rascol O, Soares-da-Silva P; Bi-Park 1 investigators. Opicapone as an adjunct to levodopa in patients with Parkinson’s disease and end-of-dose motor fluctuations: a randomised, double-blind, controlled trial. Lancet Neurol. 2015 Dec 22. pii: S1474-4422(15)00336-1. doi: 10.1016/S1474-4422(15)00336-1. [Epub ahead of print] PubMed PMID: 26725544.

4: Rascol O, Perez-Lloret S, Ferreira JJ. New treatments for levodopa-induced motor complications. Mov Disord. 2015 Sep 15;30(11):1451-60. doi: 10.1002/mds.26362. Epub 2015 Aug 21. Review. PubMed PMID: 26293004.

5: Gonçalves D, Alves G, Fortuna A, Soares-da-Silva P, Falcão A. Development of a liquid chromatography assay for the determination of opicapone and BIA 9-1079 in rat matrices. Biomed Chromatogr. 2016 Mar;30(3):312-22. doi: 10.1002/bmc.3550. Epub 2015 Aug 17. PubMed PMID: 26147707.

6: Ferreira JJ, Rocha JF, Falcão A, Santos A, Pinto R, Nunes T, Soares-da-Silva P. Effect of opicapone on levodopa pharmacokinetics, catechol-O-methyltransferase activity and motor fluctuations in patients with Parkinson’s disease. Eur J Neurol. 2015 May;22(5):815-25, e56. doi: 10.1111/ene.12666. Epub 2015 Feb 4. PubMed PMID: 25649051.

7: Bonifácio MJ, Torrão L, Loureiro AI, Palma PN, Wright LC, Soares-da-Silva P. Pharmacological profile of opicapone, a third-generation nitrocatechol catechol-O-methyl transferase inhibitor, in the rat. Br J Pharmacol. 2015 Apr;172(7):1739-52. doi: 10.1111/bph.13020. Epub 2015 Jan 20. PubMed PMID: 25409768; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC4376453.

8: Kiss LE, Soares-da-Silva P. Medicinal chemistry of catechol O-methyltransferase (COMT) inhibitors and their therapeutic utility. J Med Chem. 2014 Nov 13;57(21):8692-717. doi: 10.1021/jm500572b. Epub 2014 Sep 2. PubMed PMID: 25080080.

9: Rocha JF, Falcão A, Santos A, Pinto R, Lopes N, Nunes T, Wright LC, Vaz-da-Silva M, Soares-da-Silva P. Effect of opicapone and entacapone upon levodopa pharmacokinetics during three daily levodopa administrations. Eur J Clin Pharmacol. 2014 Sep;70(9):1059-71. doi: 10.1007/s00228-014-1701-2. Epub 2014 Jun 14. PubMed PMID: 24925090.

10: Rocha JF, Santos A, Falcão A, Lopes N, Nunes T, Pinto R, Soares-da-Silva P. Effect of moderate liver impairment on the pharmacokinetics of opicapone. Eur J Clin Pharmacol. 2014 Mar;70(3):279-86. doi: 10.1007/s00228-013-1602-9. Epub 2013 Nov 24. PubMed PMID: 24271646.

11: Bonifácio MJ, Sutcliffe JS, Torrão L, Wright LC, Soares-da-Silva P. Brain and peripheral pharmacokinetics of levodopa in the cynomolgus monkey following administration of opicapone, a third generation nitrocatechol COMT inhibitor. Neuropharmacology. 2014 Feb;77:334-41. doi: 10.1016/j.neuropharm.2013.10.014. Epub 2013 Oct 19. PubMed PMID: 24148813.

12: Gonçalves D, Alves G, Fortuna A, Soares-da-Silva P, Falcão A. An HPLC-DAD method for the simultaneous quantification of opicapone (BIA 9-1067) and its active metabolite in human plasma. Analyst. 2013 Apr 21;138(8):2463-9. doi: 10.1039/c3an36671e. PubMed PMID: 23476919.

13: Rocha JF, Almeida L, Falcão A, Palma PN, Loureiro AI, Pinto R, Bonifácio MJ, Wright LC, Nunes T, Soares-da-Silva P. Opicapone: a short lived and very long acting novel catechol-O-methyltransferase inhibitor following multiple dose administration in healthy subjects. Br J Clin Pharmacol. 2013 Nov;76(5):763-75. doi: 10.1111/bcp.12081. PubMed PMID: 23336248; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC3853535.

14: Almeida L, Rocha JF, Falcão A, Palma PN, Loureiro AI, Pinto R, Bonifácio MJ, Wright LC, Nunes T, Soares-da-Silva P. Pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics and tolerability of opicapone, a novel catechol-O-methyltransferase inhibitor, in healthy subjects: prediction of slow enzyme-inhibitor complex dissociation of a short-living and very long-acting inhibitor. Clin Pharmacokinet. 2013 Feb;52(2):139-51. doi: 10.1007/s40262-012-0024-7. PubMed PMID: 23248072.

15: Palma PN, Bonifácio MJ, Loureiro AI, Soares-da-Silva P. Computation of the binding affinities of catechol-O-methyltransferase inhibitors: multisubstate relative free energy calculations. J Comput Chem. 2012 Apr 5;33(9):970-86. doi: 10.1002/jcc.22926. Epub 2012 Jan 25. PubMed PMID: 22278964.

16: Gonçalves D, Alves G, Soares-da-Silva P, Falcão A. Bioanalytical chromatographic methods for the determination of catechol-O-methyltransferase inhibitors in rodents and human samples: a review. Anal Chim Acta. 2012 Jan 13;710:17-32. doi: 10.1016/j.aca.2011.10.026. Epub 2011 Oct 20. Review. PubMed PMID: 22123108.

17: Kiss LE, Ferreira HS, Torrão L, Bonifácio MJ, Palma PN, Soares-da-Silva P, Learmonth DA. Discovery of a long-acting, peripherally selective inhibitor of catechol-O-methyltransferase. J Med Chem. 2010 Apr 22;53(8):3396-411. doi: 10.1021/jm1001524. PubMed PMID: 20334432.

////////BIA-9-1067,  ONO-2370,  BIA-91067, 923287-50-7, Opicapone, Catechol-O-methyl transferase, COMT inhibitor, Parkinson’s disease, PD, BIA 9-1067,  BIA 91067,  BIA-91067,  BIA91067, EU 2016

OC1=CC(C2=NC(C3=C(Cl)[N+]([O-])=C(C)C(Cl)=C3C)=NO2)=CC([N+]([O-])=O)=C1O


Filed under: EU 2016 Tagged: 923287-50-7, BIA-9-1067, BIA-91067, BIA91067, Catechol-O-methyl transferase, COMT inhibitor, EU 2016, ONO-2370, Opicapone, Parkinson's disease, PD

Naloxegol

$
0
0

Image result for Naloxegol

Naloxegol

Movantik; NKTR-118; NKTR118; UNII-44T7335BKE; NKTR 118

854601-70-0  cas

1354744-91-4 (Naloxegol Oxalate)

(4R,4aS,7S,7aR,12bS)-7-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]-3-prop-2-enyl-1,2,4,5,6,7,7a,13-octahydro-4,12-methanobenzofuro[3,2-e]isoquinoline-4a,9-diol

MF C34H53NO11
MW 651.78472 g/mol
Morphinan-3,14-diol, 4,5-epoxy-6-(3,6,9,12,15,18,21-heptaoxadocos-1-yloxy)-17-(2-propen-1-yl)-, (5α,6α)-, ethanedioate (1:1) (salt)
Naloxegol oxalate [USAN]
UNII-65I14TNM33
AZ-13337019 oxalate
Naloxegol (oxalate)
NKTR-118 oxalate;AZ-13337019 oxalate
UNII:65I14TNM33

Naloxegol oxalate (MovantikTM, Moventig)

Image result for Naloxegol

Naloxegol (INN; PEGylated naloxol;[1] trade names Movantik and Moventig) is a peripherallyselective opioid antagonistdeveloped by AstraZeneca, licensed from Nektar Therapeutics, for the treatment of opioid-induced constipation.[2] It was approved in 2014 in adult patients with chronic, non-cancer pain.[3] Doses of 25 mg were found safe and well tolerated for 52 weeks.[4] When given concomitantly with opioid analgesics, naloxegol reduced constipation-related side effects, while maintaining comparable levels of analgesia.[5]

Image result for naloxegol

Naloxegol Oxalate was approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) on Sept 16, 2014, then approved by European Medicine Agency (EMA) on Dec 8, 2014. It was developed and marketed as Movantik®(in the US)/Moventig®(in EU) by AstraZeneca.

Naloxegol oxalate is an antagonist of opioid binding at the mu-opioid receptor. It is indicated for the treatment of opioid-induced constipation (OIC) in adult patients with chronic non-cancer pain.

Movantik® is available as tablets for oral use, containing 12.5 mg or 25 mg of free Naloxegol. The recommended dose is 25 mg once daily (reduce to 12.5 mg if not tolerated).

Chemically, naloxegol is a pegylated (polyethylene glycol-modified) derivative of α-naloxol. Specifically, the 5-α-hydroxyl group of α-naloxol is connected via an ether linkage to the free hydroxyl group of a monomethoxy-terminated n=7 oligomer of PEG, shown extending at the lower left of the molecule image at right. The “n=7” defines the number of two-carbon ethylenes, and so the chain length, of the attached PEG chain, and the “monomethoxy” indicates that the terminal hydroxyl group of the PEG is “capped” with amethyl group.[6] The pegylation of the 5-α-hydroxyl side chain of naloxol prevents the drug from crossing the blood-brain barrier(BBB).[5] As such, it can be considered the antithesis of the peripherally-acting opiate loperamide which is utilized as an opiate-targeting anti-diarrheal agent that does not cause traditional opiate side-effects due to its inability to accumulate in the central nervous system in normal subjects.

Naloxegol was previously a Schedule II drug in the United States because of its chemical similarity to opium alkaloids, but was recently reclassified as a prescription drug after the FDA concluded that the impermeability of the blood-brain barrier to this compound made it non-habit-forming, and so without the potential for abuse — specifically, naloxegol was officially decontrolled on 23. January 2015. [7]

Image result for Naloxegol

As an opiate antagonist, it is not expected to be capable of inducing the euphoria and anxiolytic effects which are generally cited as the desirable effects of commonly abused opiates (all of which are opiate agonists) if it were to cross the BBB; it would in fact reverse the effects of opiate drugs of abuse if it entered the central nervous system.

Naloxegol is an oral polyethylene glycol (PEG) derivative of naloxone, a peripherally acting µ-opioid receptor antagonist (PAMORA) with limited potential for interfering with centrally mediated opioid analgesia. The incorporation of a polyethylene glycol moiety aims at inhibiting naloxone’s capacity to cross the blood-brain barrier, while preserving the affinity for the µ-opioid receptor [1].

Image result for Naloxegol

Opioid-induced bowel dysfunction (OIBD) represents a broad spectrum of symptoms that result from the actions of opioids on the CNS as well as the gastrointestinal tract. The majority of gastrointestinal effects seem to be mediated by the high number of µ-receptors that are expressed in the enteric nervous system. Naloxegol was more effective than placebo in increasing the number of spontaneous bowel movements in patients with opioid-induced constipation, including those with an inadequate response to laxatives.

Recognition of Naloxegol as a useful option in the treatment of opioid-induced constipation resulted in its approval by US-FDA for adult patients with chronic, non-cancer pain in 2014.
Naloxegol oxalate (XXI) is a peripherally acting l-opioid receptor antagonist that was approved in the USA and EU for the treatment of opioid-induced constipation in adults with chronic non-cancer pain. The drug, a pegylated version of naloxone, has significantly reduced central nervous system (CNS) penetration and works by inhibiting the binding of opioids in the gastrointestinal tract.152–154 Naloxegol oxalate was developed by Nektar and licensed to AstraZeneca. Although we were unable to find a single report in the primary or patent literature that describes the exact experimental procedures to prepare naloxegol oxalate, there havebeen reports on the preparation of closely related analogs155 with specific reports on improving the selectivity of the reduction step156 and the salt formation of the final drug substance.157 Taken together, the likely synthesis of naloxegol oxalate (XXI) is
described in Scheme 28. Naloxone (180) was treated with methoxyethyl chloride in the presence of Hunig’s base to give the protected ketone 181. Reduction of the ketone with potassium trisec-butylborohydride exclusively provided the a-alcohol 182 in 85% yield. Alternatively, sodium trialkylborohydrides could also be used to provide similar a-selective reduction in high yield.
Deprotonation of the alcohol with sodium hydride followed by alkylation with CH3(OCH2CH2)7Br (183) provided the pegylated intermediate 184 in 88% yield. Acidic removal of the methoxyethyl ether protecting group followed by treatment with oxalic acid and crystallization provided naloxegol oxalate (XXI) in good yield.

152. Corsetti, M.; Tack, J. Expert Opin. Pharmacol. 2015, 16, 399.
153. Garnock-Jones, K. P. Drugs 2015, 75, 419.
154. Leonard, J.; Baker, D. E. Ann. Pharmacother. 2015, 49, 360.
155. Bentley, M. D.; Viegas, T. X.; Goodin, R. R.; Cheng, L.; Zhao, X. US Patent
2005136031A1, 2005.
156. Cheng, L.; Bentley, M. D. WO Patent 2007124114A2, 2007.
157. Aaslund, B. L.; Aurell, C.-J.; Bohlin, M. H.; Sebhatu, T.; Ymen, B. I.; Healy, E. T.;
Jensen, D. R.; Jonaitis, D. T.; Parent, S. WO Patent 2012044243A1, 2012.
158. http://www.fda.gov/NewsEvents/Newsroom/PressAnnouncements/ucm4183

Image result for Naloxegol

Naloxegol Synthesis

CREDIT

https://ayurajan.blogspot.in/2016/08/naloxegol.html

US20050136031A1: The patent reports detailed synthetic procedures to manufacture gram quantities of Naloxegol. The synthesis starts with Naloxone which was treated with methoxyethyl chloride in the presence of Hunig’s base to give the protected ketone. Reduction of the ketone with potassium tri-sec-butylborohydride exclusively provided the α-alcohol in 85% yield. Deprotonation of the alcohol with sodium hydride followed by alkylation with CH3(OCH2CH2)7Br  provided the pegylated Naloxone in 88% yield.

Identifications:

1H NMR (Estimated) for Naloxegol

Image result for Naloxegol

Image result for Naloxegol

Image result for Naloxegol

Image result for Naloxegol

PATENT

US20060182692

Figure US20060182692A1-20060817-C00004

PATENT

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2005058367A2?cl=en

EXAMPLE 4 SYNTHESIS OF PEG 3-NALθxoL [0211] The structure of the naloxol, an exemplary small molecule drug, is shown below.

Figure imgf000059_0001

Naloxol [0212] This molecule was prepared (having a protected hydroxyl group) as part of a larger synthetic scheme as described in Example 5.

EXAMPLE 5

Figure imgf000059_0002

[0213] α,β-PEGι-naloxol was prepared. The overview of the synthesis is provided below.

Figure imgf000060_0001

(3)

Figure imgf000060_0002

(4)

5.A. Synthesis of 3-MEM-naloxone

[0214] Diisopropylethylamine (390 mg, 3.0 mmole) was added to a solution of naloxone HCl 2H2O (200 mg, 0.50 mmole) in CH2C12 (10 mL) with stining. Methoxyethyl chloride (“MEMCl,” 250 mg, 2.0 mmole) was then added dropwise to the above solution. The solution was stined at room temperature under N2 overnight.

[0215] The crude product was analyzed by HPLC, which indicated that 3-

MEM-O-naloxone (1) was formed in 97% yield. Solvents were removed by rotary evaporation to yield a sticky oil.

5.B. Synthesis of α and β epimer mixture of 3-MEM-naloxoI (2)

[0216] 3 mL of 0.2 N NaOH was added to a solution of 3-MEM-naloxone

(1) (obtained from 5.A. above, and used without further purification) in 5mL of ethanol. To this was added a solution of NaBHLt (76 mg, 2.0 mmole) in water (1 mL) dropwise. The resulting solution was stined at room temperature for 5 hours. The ethanol was removed by rotary evaporation followed by addition of a solution of 0.1 N HCl solution to destroy excess NaBKj and adjust the pH to a value of 1. The solution was washed with CHC13 to remove excess methoxyethyl chloride and its derivatives (3 x 50 mL), followed by addition of K2OO3 to raise the pH of the solution to 8.0. The product was then extracted with CHC13 (3 x 50 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. The solvent was removed by evaporation to yield a colorless sticky solid (192 mg, 0.46 mmole, 92% isolated yield based on naloxone HCl 2H2O).

[0217] HPLC indicated that the product was an α and β epimer mixture of

3-MEM-naloxol (2).

5.C. Synthesis of α and β epimer mixture of 6-CH3-OCH2CH2-O-3-MEM- naloxol (3a).

[0218] NaH (60% in mineral oil, 55 mg, 1.38 mmole) was added into a solution of 6-hydroxyl-3-MEM-naloxol (2) (192 mg, 0.46 mmole) in dimethylformamide (“DMF,” 6 mL). The mixture was stined at room temperature under N2 for 15 minutes, followed by addition of 2-bromoethyl methyl ether (320 mg, 2.30 mmole) in DMF (1 mL). The solution was then stirred at room temperature under N2 for 3 hours.

[0219] HPLC analysis revealed formation of a mixture of α- and β-6-CH3-OCH2CH2-0-3-MEM-naloxol (3) in about 88% yield. DMF was removed by a rotary evaporation to yield a sticky white solid. The product was used for subsequent transformation without further purification.

5.D. Synthesis of α and β epimer mixture of 6-CH3-OCH2CH2-naloxoI (4)

[0220] Crude α- and β-6-CH3-OCH2CH2-O-3-MEM-naloxol (3) was dissolved in 5 mL of CH2C12 to form a cloudy solution, to which was added 5 mL of trifluoroacetic acid (“TFA”). The resultant solution was stined at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction was determined to be complete based upon HPLC assay. CH2C12 was removed by a rotary evaporator, followed by addition of 10 mL of water. To this solution was added sufficient K2OO3 to destroy excess TFA and to adjust the pH to 8. The solution was then extracted with CHC13 (3 x 50 mL), and the extracts were combined and further extracted with 0.1 N HCl solution (3 x 50 mL). The pH of the recovered water phase was adjusted to a pH of 8 by addition of K2CO3>followed by further extraction with CHC13 (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was then dried with Na2SO4. The solvents were removed to yield a colorless sticky solid.

[0221] The solid was purified by passage two times through a silica gel column (2 cm x 30 cm) using CHCl3/CH3OH (30:1) as the eluent to yield a sticky solid. The purified product was determined by 1H NMR to be a mixture of α- and β epimers of 6-CH3-OCH2CH2-naloxol (4) containing ca. 30% α epimer and ca. 70% β epimer [100 mg, 0.26 mmole, 56% isolated yield based on 6-hydroxyl-3-MEM- naloxol (2)].

[0222] 1H NMR (δ, ppm, CDC13): 6.50-6.73 (2 H, multiplet, aromatic proton of naloxol), 5.78 (1 H, multiplet, olefinic proton of naloxone), 5.17 (2 H, multiplet, olefinic protons of naloxol), 4.73 (1 H, doublet, C5 proton of α naloxol), 4.57 (1 H, doublet, C5 proton of β naloxol), 3.91 (1H, multiplet, C6 proton of naloxol), 3.51-3.75 (4 H, multiplet, PEG), 3.39 (3 H, singlet, methoxy protons of PEG, α epimer), 3.36 (3 H, singlet, methoxy protons of PEG, β epimer), 3.23 (1 H, multiplet, C6 proton of β naloxol), 1.46-3.22 (14 H, multiplet, protons of naloxol).

SYN 1

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2012044243A1?cl=en

Naloxol-polyethylene glycol conjugates are provided herein in solid phosphate and oxalate salt forms. Methods of preparing the salt forms, and pharmaceutical compositions comprising the salt forms are also provided herein. ACKGROUND

Effective pain management therapy often calls for an opioid analgesic. In addition to the desired analgesic effect, however, certain undesirable side effects, such as bowel dysfunction, nausea, constipation, among others, can accompany the use of an opioid analgesic. Such side effects may be due to opioid receptors being present outside of the central nervous system, principally in the gastrointestinal tract. Clinical and preclinical studies support the use of mPEG7-0-naloxol, a conjugate of the opioid antagonist naloxol and polyethylene glycol, to counteract undesirable side effects associated with use of opioid analgesics. When administered orally to a patient mPEG7-0-naloxol largely does not cross the blood brain barrier into the central nervous system, and has minimal impact on opioid- induced analgesia. See, e.g., WO 2005/058367; WO 2008/057579; Webster et al., “NKTR-118 Significantly Reverses Opioid-Induced Constipation,” Poster 39, 20th AAPM Annual Clinical Meeting (Phoenix, AZ), October 10, 2009.

To move a drug candidate such as mPEG7-O-naloxol to a viable pharmaceutical product, it is important to understand whether the drug candidate has polymorphic forms, as well as the relative stability and interconversions of these forms under conditions likely to be encountered upon large-scale production, transportation, storage and pre-usage preparation. Solid forms of a drug substance are often desired for their convenience in formulating a drug product. No solid form of mPEG7-O-naloxol drug substance has been made available to date, which is currently manufactured and isolated as an oil in a free base form. Exactly how to accomplish this is often not obvious. For example the number of pharmaceutical products that are oxalate salts is limited. The free base form of mPEG7-0-naloxol has not been observed to form a crystalline phase even when cooled to -60 °C and has been observed to exist as a glass with a transition temperature of

approximately -45 °C. Furthermore, mPEG7-0-naloxol in its free base form can undergo oxidative degradation upon exposure to air. Care can be taken in handling the free base, for example, storing it under inert gas, to avoid its degradation. However, a solid form of mPEG7-0-naloxol, preferably one that is stable when kept exposed to air, is desired

a naloxol-polyethlyene glycol conjugate oxalate salt, the salt comprising ionic species of mPEG7-0-naloxol and oxalic acid. The formulas of mPEG7-0-naloxol and oxalic acid are as follows:

Figure imgf000004_0001

In certain embodiments, the methods provided comprise dissolving mPEG7-0- naloxol free base in ethanol; adding methyl t-butyl ether to the dissolved mPEG?

O-naloxol solution; adding oxalic acid in methyl t-butyl ether to the dissolved mPEG7-0-naloxol over a period of at least 2 hours to produce a slurry; and filtering the slurry to yield the naloxol-polyethlyene glycol conjugate oxalate salt in solid form.

In certain embodiments, the methods provided comprise dissolving mPEG7-0- naloxol free base in acetonitrile; adding water to the dissolved mPEG7-0-naloxol solution; adding oxalic acid in ethyl acetate to the dissolved mPEG7-0-naloxol over a period of at least 2 hours to produce a slurry; and filtering the slurry to yield the naloxol-polyethlyene glycol conjugate oxalate salt in solid form.

In some embodiments, the solid salt form of mPEG7-0-naloxol is a crystalline form.

In certain embodiments a solid crystalline salt provided herein is substantially pure, having a purity of at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 92%, at least about 95%, at least about 96%, at least about 97%, at least about 98%, or at least about 99%.

In certain embodiments, the solid salt form of mPEG7-0-naloxol is a phosphate salt.

In other embodiments, the solid mPEG7-0-naloxol salt form is an oxalate salt. For instance, in some embodiments of solid oxalate salt forms provided herein, the solid mPEG7-0-naloxol oxalate salt form is in Form A, as described herein. As another example, in some embodiments of solid oxalate salt forms provided herein, the solid mPEG7-0-naloxol oxalate salt form is in Form B, as described herein. In yet other embodiments, an oxalate salt of mPEG7-0-naloxol in solid form prepared according to the methods described herein is provided.

In yet other embodiments, an dihydrogenphosphate salt of mPEG7-0-naloxol in solid form prepared according to the methods described herein is provided.

In certain embodiments of a solid mPEG7-0-naloxol oxalate salt Form B provided herein, the salt form exhibits a single endothermic peak on differential scanning calorimetry between room temperature and about 150 °C. The single endothermic peak can occur, for instance, between about 91 °C to about 94 °C. For example, in some embodiments the endothermic peak is at about 92 °C, about 92.5 °C, or about93 °C.

PATENT

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2005058367A2?cl=en

PATENT

CN101033228A

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/CN102174049A?cl=en

References and notes

  1.  Roland Seifert; Thomas Wieland; Raimund Mannhold; Hugo Kubinyi; Gerd Folkers (17 July 2006). G Protein-Coupled Receptors as Drug Targets: Analysis of Activation and Constitutive Activity. John Wiley & Sons. p. 227. ISBN 978-3-527-60695-5. Retrieved 14 May 2012.
  2.  “Nektar | R&D Pipeline | Products in Development | CNS/Pain | Oral Naloxegol (NKTR-118) and Oral NKTR-119”. Retrieved2012-05-14.
  3. “FDA approves MOVANTIK™ (naloxegol) Tablets C-II for the treatment of opioid-induced constipation in adult patients with chronic non-cancer pain”. 16 September 2014.
  4.  “Randomised clinical trial: the long-term safety and tolerability of naloxegol in patients with pain and opioid-induced constipation.”. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 40: 771–9. Oct 2014.doi:10.1111/apt.12899. PMID 25112584.
  5. ^ Jump up to:a b Garnock-Jones KP (2015). “Naloxegol: a review of its use in patients with opioid-induced constipation”. Drugs. 75 (4): 419–425. doi:10.1007/s40265-015-0357-2.
  6.  Technically, the molecule that is attached via the ether link is O-methyl-heptaethylene glycol [that is, methoxyheptaethylene glycol, CH3OCH2CH2O(CH2CH2O)5CH2CH2OH], molecular weight 340.4, CAS number 4437-01-8. See Pubchem Staff (2016). “Compound Summary for CID 526555, Pubchem Compound 4437-01”. PubChem Compound Database. Bethesda, MD, USA: NCBI, U.S. NLM. Retrieved 28 January2016.
  7. ^http://www.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/fed_regs/rules/2015/fr0123_3.htm

1. WO2012044243A / US12015038524A1.

2. WO2005058367A2 / US7786133B2.

3. US20060182692A1 / US8067431B2.

4. CN101033228A.

5. Fudan Univ. J. Med. Sci. 2007, 34, 888-890.

WO2008057579A2 * Nov 7, 2007 May 15, 2008 Nektar Therapeutics Al, Corporation Dosage forms and co-administration of an opioid agonist and an opioid antagonist
WO2009137086A1 * May 7, 2009 Nov 12, 2009 Nektar Therapeutics Oral administration of peripherally-acting opioid antagonists
US20050136031 * Dec 16, 2004 Jun 23, 2005 Bentley Michael D. Chemically modified small molecules

Patents

7056500 United States
7662365 United States
 
8067431 United States
 
8617530 United States
 
9012469 United States

FDA Orange Book Patents

FDA Orange Book Patents: 1 of 6
Patent 7056500
Expiration Jun 29, 2024
Applicant ASTRAZENECA PHARMS
Drug Application N204760 (Prescription Drug: MOVANTIK. Ingredients: NALOXEGOL OXALATE)
FDA Orange Book Patents: 2 of 6
Patent 7662365
Expiration Oct 18, 2022
Applicant ASTRAZENECA PHARMS
Drug Application N204760 (Prescription Drug: MOVANTIK. Ingredients: NALOXEGOL OXALATE)
 
FDA Orange Book Patents: 3 of 6
Patent 8617530
Expiration Oct 18, 2022
Applicant ASTRAZENECA PHARMS
Drug Application N204760 (Prescription Drug: MOVANTIK. Ingredients: NALOXEGOL OXALATE)
 
FDA Orange Book Patents: 4 of 6
Patent 9012469
Expiration Apr 2, 2032
Applicant ASTRAZENECA PHARMS
Drug Application N204760 (Prescription Drug: MOVANTIK. Ingredients: NALOXEGOL OXALATE)
 
FDA Orange Book Patents: 5 of 6
Patent 7786133
Expiration Dec 19, 2027
Applicant ASTRAZENECA PHARMS
Drug Application N204760 (Prescription Drug: MOVANTIK. Ingredients: NALOXEGOL OXALATE)
 
FDA Orange Book Patents: 6 of 6
Patent 8067431
Expiration Dec 16, 2024
Applicant ASTRAZENECA PHARMS
Drug Application N204760 (Prescription Drug: MOVANTIK. Ingredients: NALOXEGOL OXALATE)
Naloxegol
Naloxegol.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
(5α,6α)-4,5-epoxy-6-(3,6,9,12,15,18,21-heptaoxadocos-1-yloxy)-17-(2-propen-1-yl)morphinan-3,14-diol
Clinical data
Trade names Movantik, Moventig
AHFS/Drugs.com movantik
License data
Pregnancy
category
  • US: C (Risk not ruled out)
Routes of
administration
Oral
Legal status
Legal status
Pharmacokinetic data
Protein binding ~4.2%
Metabolism Hepatic (CYP3A)
Biological half-life 6–11 h
Excretion Feces (68%), urine (16%)
Identifiers
CAS Number 854601-70-0
ATC code A06AH03 (WHO)
PubChem CID 56959087
ChemSpider 28651656
ChEBI CHEBI:82975
Synonyms NKTR-118
Chemical data
Formula C34H53NO11
Molar mass 651.785 g/mol

//////////////Naloxegol, Movantik,  NKTR-118,  NKTR118,  UNII-44T7335BKE, NKTR 118, 854601-70-0, EU 2014, FDA 2014

COCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO[C@H]1CC[C@]2([C@H]3Cc4ccc(c5c4[C@]2([C@H]1O5)CCN3CC=C)O)O


Filed under: EU 2014, FDA 2014 Tagged: 854601-70-0, EU 2014, FDA 2014, Movantik, naloxegol, NKTR-118, NKTR118, UNII-44T7335BKE

ROMIDEPSIN

$
0
0

Skeletal formula of (1S,4S,7Z,10S,16E,21R)-7-ethylidene-4,21-diisopropyl-2-oxa-12,13-dithia-5,8,20,23-tetrazabicyclo[8.7.6]tricos-16-ene-3,6,9,19,22-pentone  Image result for ROMIDEPSIN

Romidepsin; Depsipeptide; FK228; Chromadax; FR901228; Istodax;
Molecular Formula: C24H36N4O6S2
Molecular Weight: 540.69584 g/mol

CAS 128517-07-7

(1S,4S,7Z,10S,16E,21R)-7-ethylidene-4,21-di(propan-2-yl)-2-oxa-12,13-dithia-5,8,20,23-tetrazabicyclo[8.7.6]tricos-16-ene-3,6,9,19,22-pentone

(E)-N-(2-amino-4-fluorophenyl)-4-((3-(pyridin-3-yl)acrylamido)methyl)benzamide

Romidepsin, also known as Istodax, is an anticancer agent used in cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL) and other peripheral T-cell lymphomas (PTCLs). Romidepsin is a natural product obtained from the bacteria Chromobacterium violaceum, and works by blocking enzymes known as histone deacetylases, thus inducing apoptosis.[1] It is sometimes referred to as depsipeptide, after the class of molecules to which it belongs. Romidepsin is branded and owned by Gloucester Pharmaceuticals, now a part of Celgene.[2]

Romidepsin, a histone deacetylase inhibitor, originally developed by Fujisawa (now Astellas Pharma), causes cell cycle arrest,
differentiation, and apoptosis in various cancer cells.

In 2004, the FDA granted fast-track designation for romidepsin as monotherapy for the treatment of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL) in patients who have relapsed following, or become refractory to, other systemic therapies. The FDA designated romidepsin as an orphan drug and it was approved in 2009 for this indication and it was commercialized in 2010. In 2007, another fast-track designation was granted for the product as monotherapy of previously treated peripheral T-cell lymphoma.

Romidepsin (FR901228) was originally discovered and isolated from the fermentation broth of Chromobacterium violaceum No. 968. It was identified through efforts in the search for novel agents which selectively reverse the morphological phenotype of Ras oncogene-transformed cells since the Ras signaling pathway plays a critical role in cancer development. Therefore, the drug could also have multiple molecular targets for its anticancer activity besides HDAC.

FR901228 is a bicyclic depsipeptide which is structurally unrelated to any known class of cyclic peptides with an unusual disulfide bond connecting a thiol and D-cysteine.

This drug is commercially produced by fermentation; however its interesting and novel structure warrants examination of its synthesis within the context of this review

Romidepsin is a histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitor.HDACs catalyze the removal of acetyl groups from acetylated lysine residues in histone and non-histone proteins, resulting in the modulation of gene expression.
Romidepsin is indicated for treatment of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL) in patients who have received at least
one prior systemic therapy; treatment of peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL) in patients who have received at least
one prior therapy.

Available as an injection, containing 10 mg of romidepsin and recommended dose is 14 mg/m2 administered intravenously over a 4-hour period on days 1, 8, and 15 of a 28-day cycle until disease progression or unacceptable toxicity.

Image result for ROMIDEPSIN

History

Romidepsin was first reported in the scientific literature in 1994, by a team of researchers from Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Company (now Astellas Pharma) in Tsukuba, Japan, who isolated it in a culture of Chromobacterium violaceum from a soil sample obtained inYamagata Prefecture.[3] It was found to have little to no antibacterial activity, but was potently cytotoxic against several human cancercell lines, with no effect on normal cells; studies on mice later found it to have antitumor activity in vivo as well.[3]

The first total synthesis of romidepsin was accomplished by Harvard researchers and published in 1996.[4] Its mechanism of actionwas elucidated in 1998, when researchers from Fujisawa and the University of Tokyo found it to be a histone deacetylase inhibitorwith effects similar to those of trichostatin A.[5]

Image result for ROMIDEPSIN

Clinical trials

Phase I studies of romidepsin, initially codenamed FK228 and FR901228, began in 1997.[6] Phase II and phase III trials were conducted for a variety of indications. The most significant results were found in the treatment of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL) and other peripheral T-cell lymphomas (PTCLs).[6]

In 2004, romidepsin received Fast Track designation from the FDA for the treatment of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, and orphan drugstatus from the FDA and the European Medicines Agency for the same indication.[6] The FDA approved romidepsin for CTCL in November 2009[7] and approved romidepsin for other peripheral T-cell lymphomas (PTCLs) in June 2011.[8]

Mechanism of action

Romidepsin acts as a prodrug with the disulfide bond undergoing reduction within the cell to release a zinc-binding thiol.[3][9][10] The thiol reversibly interacts with a zinc atom in the binding pocket of Zn-dependent histone deacetylase to block its activity. Thus it is anHDAC inhibitor. Many HDAC inhibitors are potential treatments for cancer through the ability to epigenetically restore normal expression of tumor suppressor genes, which may result in cell cycle arrest, differentiation, and apoptosis.[11]

Image result for ROMIDEPSIN

Adverse effects

The use of romidepsin is uniformly associated with adverse effects.[12] In clinical trials, the most common were nausea and vomiting,fatigue, infection, loss of appetite, and blood disorders (including anemia, thrombocytopenia, and leukopenia). It has also been associated with infections, and with metabolic disturbances (such as abnormal electrolyte levels), skin reactions, altered taste perception, and changes in cardiac electrical conduction.[12]

CLIP

http://www.scielo.br/scielo.php?script=sci_arttext&pid=S0103-50532012001200003

Image result for ROMIDEPSIN

CLIP

Romidepsin was first isolated from the fermentation broth of Chromobacterium Violaceum WB968 in a nutrient
medium. Sterilized of 1% glucose and 1% bouillon solution were incubated with Chromobacterium Violaceum WB968, followed by further incubation with 1% glucose solution, 1% bouillon solution and adekanol gave the target romidepsin after extraction, silica gel chromatography and recrystallization.[Okuhara, M.; Goto, T.; Hori, Y. et al. US4977138A, 1990.]

The synthetic route was initiated by the deprotection L-(Fmoc)Thr-L-Val-OMe 1, subsequently coupled with
N-Alloc-S-Trt-D-Cys, followed by tosylation and then elimination to produce tripeptide 3 in the yield of 63.7% over four steps. The N-Alloc deprotection of 3 and then coupling with N-Fmoc-D-Valine were proceeded to provide tetrapeptide 4, which was subsequently removed Fmoc group to afford relative tetrapeptide 5 in 83.0% yield from compound 3. Condensation of 5 with β-hydroxy mercapto acid 6 was carried out by treating with benzotriazol-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorphosphate (BOP) to give relative amide 7, and sequential hydrolysis yielded corresponding acid, which was performed by Mitsunobu macrolactonization
to produce depsipeptide 8 in 17.5% yield over three steps. Finally, romidepsin was obtained in the presence of iodine
in 81.0% yield and the overall yield of 7.5%.

The synthesis of intermediate β-hydroxy mercapto acid 6 commenced with the commercially available methyl 3,3-dimethoxypropionate 9. Nucleophilic addition of 9 with N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine provided Weinreb amide 10, followed by addition with lithium acetylide to give propargylic ketone 12 in the yield of 50.2% over two steps. Noyori’s asymmetric hydrogenation of ketone 12 provided (E)-alkene 14, which was removed the silyl group and then substituted with paratoluensulfonyl chloride to yield tosylate 15 in 40.6% yield across three steps. The dimethyl acetal of 15 was hydrolyzed to corresponding aldehyde by using lithium tetrafluoroborate,
which was immediately oxidized to relative carboxylic acid by applying Pinnick oxidation conditions. The trityl mercaptan was introduced by tosylate displacement to provide 6 in 65.0% yield over three steps and the overall yield of 13.3%.[2]

REF Greshock, T. J.; Johns, D. M.; Noguchi, Y., et al. Org. Lett. 2008, 10 (4), 613-616.

CLIP

Romidepsin (Istodax)
Romidepsin, a histone deacetylase inhibitor, originally developed by Fujisawa (now Astellas Pharma), causes cell cycle arrest,
differentiation, and apoptosis in various cancer cells.111 In 2004, the FDA granted fast-track designation for romidepsin as monotherapy for the treatment of cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL) in patients who have relapsed following, or become refractory
to, other systemic therapies. The FDA designated romidepsin as an orphan drug and it was approved in 2009 for this indication
and it was commercialized in 2010. In 2007, another fast-track designation was granted for the product as monotherapy of
previously treated peripheral T-cell lymphoma. Romidepsin (FR901228) was originally discovered and isolated from the fermentation
broth of Chromobacterium violaceum No. 968. It was identified through efforts in the search for novel agents which
selectively reverse the morphological phenotype of Ras oncogene-transformed cells since the Ras signaling pathway plays a
critical role in cancer development. Therefore, the drug could also have multiple molecular targets for its anticancer activity besides
HDAC.112 FR901228 is a bicyclic depsipeptide which is structurally unrelated to any known class of cyclic peptides with an unusual
disulfide bond connecting a thiol and D-cysteine. This drug is commercially produced by fermentation; however its interesting
and novel structure warrants examination of its synthesis within the context of this review.113,114 The synthesis of romidepsin
described is based on the total synthesis reported by the Williams115 and Simon groups (Scheme 20).116
L-Valine methyl ester (134) was coupled to N-Fmoc-L-threonine in the presence of the BOP reagent in 95% yield. The N-Fmoc protecting group was removed with Et2NH and the corresponding free amine was coupled to N-alloc-(S-triphenylmethyl)-D-cysteine with 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDCI) and HOBT in DMF and CH2Cl2 to yield the tripeptide 135 in good yield. The threonine residue of tripeptide 135 was then subjected to dehydrating conditions to give alkene 136 in 95% yield. The N-alloc protecting group of the dehydrated tripeptide 136 was removed with palladium and tin reagents and the corresponding free amine was subsequently coupled with N-Fmoc-D-valine to give tetrapeptide 137 in 83% yield. After removal of the N-Fmoc protecting group of compound 137 with Et2NH amine 138 was obtained in quantitative yield. The acid coupling partner 145 for
amine 138 was prepared as follows: methyl 3,3-dimethoxypropionate (139) was converted to its corresponding Weinreb amide by standard conditions and reacted with lithium acetylide 140 to give propargylic ketone 141 in 75% yield. Noyori’s asymmetric reduction of ketone 141 using ruthenium catalyst 142 gave the (R)-propargylic alcohol in 98% ee. This was followed by Red-Al reduction of the alkyne to selectively yield (E)-alkene 143 in 58% yield for the two steps. Liberation of the primary alcohol
with tetrabutylammonium fluoride (TBAF) followed by selective tosylation gave 144 in 70% yield in two steps. Hydrolysis of the dimethyl acetal of 144 with LiBF4 was followed by a Pinnick oxidation to give the corresponding carboxylic acid. The tosylate was displaced with trityl mercaptan in the presence of tert-butyl alcohol to give allylic alcohol 145 in 65% yield for the three steps.
Aminoamide 138 was then coupled to acid 145 using BOP to give peptide 146 in quantitative yield. The methyl ester of compound 146 was hydrolyzed with lithium hydroxide to provide the free carboxylic acid which underwent macrolactonization under Mitsunobu conditions in the presence of diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (DIAD) and triphenylphosine to give macrocycle 147 in 24% yield.
Finally, the disulfide linkage was formed by treating bis-tritylsulfane 147 with iodine in methanol at room temperature to give romidepsin (XIII) in 81% yield.

111 Bertino, E. M.; Otterson, G. A. Expert Opin. Invest. Drugs 2011, 20, 1151.
112. Furumai, R.; Matsuyama, A.; Kobashi, N.; Lee, K.-H.; Nishiyama, M.; Nakajima,
H.; Tanaka, A.; Komatsu, Y.; Nishino, N.; Yoshida, M.; Horinouchi, S. Cancer
Res. 2002, 62, 4916.
113. Verdine, G. L.; Vrolijk, N. H.; Bertel, S. WO 2008083288 A2, 2008.
114. Verdine, G. L.; Vrolijk, N. H. WO 2008083290 A1, 2008.
115. Greshock, T. J.; Johns, D. M.; Noguchi, Y.; Williams, R. M. Org. Lett. 2008, 10,
613.
116. Li, K. W.; Wu, J.; Xing, W.; Simon, J. A. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1996, 118, 7237.

CLIP

http://pubs.rsc.org/en/content/articlelanding/2009/np/b817886k#!divAbstract

Image result for ROMIDEPSIN

Williams’ improved synthesis of FK228.

Image result for ROMIDEPSIN

Image result for ROMIDEPSIN SYNTHESIS

Williams’ synthesis of the FK228 amide isostere (74).

References

  1. Jump up^ “Romidepsin”. National Cancer Institute. Retrieved2009-09-11.
  2. Jump up^ “Romidepsin”. Gloucester Pharmaceuticals. Retrieved2009-09-11.
  3. ^ Jump up to:a b c Ueda H, Nakajima H, Hori Y, et al. (March 1994). “FR901228, a novel antitumor bicyclic depsipeptide produced byChromobacterium violaceum No. 968. I. Taxonomy, fermentation, isolation, physico-chemical and biological properties, and antitumor activity”. Journal of Antibiotics. 47 (3): 301–10.doi:10.7164/antibiotics.47.301. PMID 7513682.
  4. Jump up^ Li KW, Wu J, Xing W, Simon JA (July 1996). “Total synthesis of the antitumor depsipeptide FR-901,228”. Journal of the American Chemical Society. 118 (30): 7237–8. doi:10.1021/ja9613724.
  5. Jump up^ Nakajima H, Kim YB, Terano H, Yoshida M, Horinouchi S (May 1998). “FR901228, a potent antitumor antibiotic, is a novel histone deacetylase inhibitor”. Experimental Cell Research. 241(1): 126–33. doi:10.1006/excr.1998.4027. PMID 9633520.
  6. ^ Jump up to:a b c Masuoka Y, Shindoh N, Inamura N (2008). “Histone deacetylase inhibitors from microorganisms: the Astellas experience”. In Petersen F, Amstutz R. Natural compounds as drugs. 2. Basel: Birkhäuser. pp. 335–59. ISBN 978-3-7643-8594-1. Retrieved on November 8, 2009 through Google Book Search.
  7. Jump up^ http://chembl.blogspot.com/2009/11/new-drug-approvals-pt-xxiii-romidepsin.html
  8. Jump up^http://www.accessdata.fda.gov/scripts/cder/drugsatfda/index.cfm?fuseaction=Reports.MonthlyApprovalsAll
  9. Jump up^ Shigematsu, N.; Ueda, H.; Takase, S.; Tanaka, H.; Yamamoto, K.; Tada, T. (1994). “FR901228, a novel antitumor bicyclic depsipeptide produced by Chromobacterium violaceum No. 968. II. Structure determination.”. J. Antibiot. 47 (3): 311–314.doi:10.7164/antibiotics.47.311. PMID 8175483.
  10. Jump up^ Ueda, H.; Manda, T.; Matsumoto, S.; Mukumoto, S.; Nishigaki, F.; Kawamura, I.; Shimomura, K. (1994). “FR901228, a novel antitumor bicyclic depsipeptide produced by Chromobacterium violaceum No. 968. III. Antitumor activities on experimental tumors in mice.”. J. Antibiot. 47 (3): 315–323.doi:10.7164/antibiotics.47.315. PMID 8175484.
  11. Jump up^ Greshock, Thomas J.; Johns, Deidre M.; Noguchi, Yasuo; Williams, Robert M. (2008). “Improved Total Synthesis of the Potent HDAC Inhibitor FK228 (FR-901228)”. Organic Letters.10 (4): 613–616. doi:10.1021/ol702957z. PMC 3097137free to read.PMID 18205373.
  12. ^ Jump up to:a b [No authors listed] (October 2014). “ISTODEX Label Information (updated to October 2014)” (PDF). U.S. Food and Drug Administration.

External links

Romidepsin
Skeletal formula of (1S,4S,7Z,10S,16E,21R)-7-ethylidene-4,21-diisopropyl-2-oxa-12,13-dithia-5,8,20,23-tetrazabicyclo[8.7.6]tricos-16-ene-3,6,9,19,22-pentone
Romidepsin ball and spoke.png
Systematic (IUPAC) name
(1S,4S,7Z,10S,16E,21R)-7-ethylidene-4,21-diisopropyl-2-oxa-12,13-dithia-5,8,20,23-tetrazabicyclo[8.7.6]tricos-16-ene-3,6,9,19,22-pentone
Clinical data
Trade names Istodax
MedlinePlus a610005
License data
Pregnancy
category
  • US: D (Evidence of risk)
Routes of
administration
Intravenous infusion
Legal status
Legal status
Pharmacokinetic data
Bioavailability Not applicable (IV only)
Protein binding 92–94%
Metabolism Hepatic (mostly CYP3A4-mediated)
Biological half-life 3 hours
Identifiers
CAS Number 128517-07-7 
ATC code none
PubChem CID 5352062
IUPHAR/BPS 7006
UNII CX3T89XQBK 
ChEBI CHEBI:61080 
ChEMBL CHEMBL1213490 
Synonyms FK228; FR901228; Istodax
Chemical data
Formula C24H36N4O6S2
Molar mass 540.695 g/mol

//////////fast-track designation, Romidepsin, Depsipeptide,  FK228,  Chromadax,  FR901228,  Istodax, FDA 2009, Fujisawa, Astellas Pharma, 128517-07-7

CC=C1C(=O)NC(C(=O)OC2CC(=O)NC(C(=O)NC(CSSCCC=C2)C(=O)N1)C(C)C)C(C)C


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: 128517-07-7, ASTELLAS PHARMA, Chromadax, Depsipeptide, Fast Track Designation, FDA 2009, FK228, FR901228, Fujisawa, Istodax, Romidepsin

Pitolisant

$
0
0

Pitolisant skeletal.svg

Pitolisant

1-(3-(3-(4-Chlorophenyl)propoxy)propyl)piperidine

MF  C17H26ClNO
MW  295.1703

(Wakix®)Approved EU 31/3/2016, Narcolepsy

A histamine H3 receptor antagonist/inverse agonist used to treat narcolepsy.

BF-2649; BF-2.649; FUB-649, Ciproxidine, Tiprolisant

CAS 362665-56-3, 362665-57-4 (oxalate)

ChemSpider 2D Image | 1-{3-[3-(4-Chlorophenyl)propoxy]propyl}piperidine hydrochloride (1:1) | C17H27Cl2NO

 CAS 903576-44-3(Pitolisant Hydrochloride)

1-{3-[3-(4-Chlorophenyl)propoxy]propyl}piperidine hydrochloride (1:1)

Molecular Weight 332.31
Formula C17H26ClNO ● HCl

Image result for Bioprojet

Bioprojet INNOVATOR

Jean-Charles Schwartz, Jeanne-Marie Lecomte

Pitolisant (INN) or tiprolisant (USAN) is a histamine receptor inverse agonist/antagonist selective for the H3 subtype.[1] It hasstimulant and nootropic effects in animal studies,[2] and may have several medical applications, having been researched for the treatment of narcolepsy, for which it has been granted orphan drug status in the EU and US.[3][4] It is currently in clinical trials forschizophrenia and Parkinson’s disease.[4][5][6]

Pitolisant hydrochloride was approved by European Medicine Agency (EMA) on Mar 31, 2016. It was developed and marketed as Wakix® by Bioprojet in EU.

 

Image result for Wakix®

Pitolisant hydrochloride is an antagonist/inverse agonist of the histamine H3 receptor, which is indicated in adults for the treatment of narcolepsy with or without cataplexy.

Wakix® is available as tablet for oral use, containing 4.5 mg and 18 mg of Pitolisant hydrochloride. The initial dose of 9 mg (two 4.5 mg, tablets) per day, and it should be used at the lowest effective dose, depending on individual patient response and tolerance, according to an up-titration scheme, without exceeding the dose of 36 mg/day.

Pitolisant was developed by Jean-Charles Schwartz, Walter Schunack and colleagues after the former discovered H3 receptors.[7]Pitolisant was the first clinically used H3 receptor inverse agonist.

Pitolisant, also known as Tiprolisant, is a histamine receptor inverse agonist/antagonist selective for the H3 subtype. It has stimulant and nootropic effects in animal studies, and may have several medical applications, having been researched for the treatment of narcolepsy, for which it has been granted orphan drug status in the EU and US. It is currently in clinical trials for schizophrenia and Parkinson’s disease. Pitolisant was the first clinically used H3 receptor inverse agonist.

Image result for pitolisant

The European Medicines Agency (EMA) has recommended granting marketing authorization for pitolisant (Wakix, Bioprojet Pharma) for narcolepsy with or without cataplexy, the agency announced today.

Narcolepsy is a rare sleep disorder that affects the brain’s ability to regulate the normal sleep-wake cycle, leading to excessive daytime sleepiness, including the sudden urge to sleep, and disturbed night-time sleep. Some patients also experience sudden episodes of cataplexy, potentially causing dangerous falls and increasing the risks for accidents, including car accidents. Symptoms of narcolepsy can be severe and significantly reduce quality of life.

Pitolisant “will add to the available treatment options for narcolepsy. It is a first-in-class medicine that acts on histamine H3 receptors in the brain. This leads to increased histamine release in the brain, thereby enhancing wakefulness and alertness,” the EMA notes in a news release.

The EMA recommendation for approval of pitolisant is based on an evaluation of all available safety and efficacy data conducted by the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use (CHMP). The data include two pivotal placebo-controlled trials involving 259 patients, as well as one uncontrolled, open-label study involving 102 patients with narcolepsy and one supportive study in 105 patients.

The studies showed that pitolisant was effective in reducing excessive daytime sleepiness in patients with narcolepsy. The beneficial effect of the drug on cataplexy was demonstrated in one of the pivotal studies as well as in the supportive study.

No major safety concerns with pitolisant emerged in testing. Insomnia, headache, and nausea were among the most common adverse effects observed in the clinical trials, and the CHMP decided on measures to mitigate these risks, the EMA said. The CHMP also requested the company conduct a long-term safety study to further investigate the safety of the drug when used over long periods.

Pitolisant for narcolepsy received orphan designation from the Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products in 2007. Orphan designation provides medicine developers access to incentives, such as fee reductions for scientific advice, with the aim of encouraging the development of treatments for rare disorders.

The CHMP opinion will now be sent to the European Commission for the adoption of a decision on a European Union–wide marketing authorization. Once that has been granted, each member state will decide on price and reimbursement based on the potential role/use of this medicine in the context of its national health system.

Image result for pitolisant

Narcolepsy-cataplexy.

Narcolepsy-cataplexy, or Gelineau syndrome, is a rare but serious disorder characterized by excessive daytime sleepiness which can be an extreme hindrance to normal professional and social activities, and which is accompanied by more or less frequent attacks of cataplexy (a sudden loss of muscle tone triggered by emotions as varied as laughter or fear) and erratic episodes of REM sleep (during wakefulness and during sleep), sometimes associated with hypnagogic hallucinations. Moreover, individuals with narcolepsy have various degrees of cognitive impairment and tend to be obese (reviewed by Dauvilliers et al., Clin. Neurophysiol., 2003, 114, 2000; Baumann and Bassetti, Sleep Med. Rev., 2005, 9, 253).

The disorder is caused by the loss of a group of neurons in the brain which produce two peptides, orexins, also known as hypocretins, located in the anterior hypothalamus and projecting to the main groups of aminergic neurons which regulate wakefulness and sleep. Patients with the disorder generally have very low levels of orexins in cerebrospinal fluid. Orexin knock-out mice display many of the symptoms seen in narcoleptic subjects, confirming the role of these peptides and thereby providing an excellent animal model of the disease (Chemelli et al., Cell, 1999, 98, 437).

Several types of treatments which can improve the symptoms of narcolepsy already exist, although they do not completely relieve symptoms and, furthermore, can cause significant side effects limiting their usefulness.

For instance, amphetamines or analogues such as methylphenidate which release catecholamines are used to treated daytime sleepiness, but these agents induce a state of excessive excitation as well as cardiovascular disturbances and also carry a potential for drug addiction.

Modafinil, a drug whose mechanism of action is unclear, also improves daytime sleepiness without causing as many side effects as amphetamines. Nonetheless, its efficacy is limited and it can cause headaches and nausea, particularly at high doses. Moreover amphetamines and/or modafinil do not appear to improve some of the most disabling symptoms of the disease, particularly cataplexy attacks, cognitive deficits and weight gain. With regard to cataplexy, treatments include antidepressants and oxybate. Effectiveness of the former has not been demonstrated (Cochrane Database Syst. Rev., 2005, 20, 3), and the latter is a drug of illegal abuse and its use is restricted.

It has also been shown that histamine H3 receptor antagonists induce the activation of histaminergic neurons in the brain which release histamine, a neurotransmitter with a crucial role in maintaining wakefulness (Schwartz et al., Physiol. Rev. 1991, 71, 1).

str1

PATENT

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=WO2006084833&recNum=1&maxRec=&office=&prevFilter=&sortOption=&queryString=&tab=PCTDescription

Pharmaceutical products with histamine H3 receptor ligand properties and 0 subsequent pharmacological activities thereof are described in EP-980300. An especially important product among those disclosed is 1-[3-[3-(4- chlorophenyl)propoxy] propyl]-piperidine. This compound is disclosed as the free base and as the oxalate salt.

5 The use of 1-[3-[3-(4-chlorophenyl)propoxy]propyl]-piperidine as the free base is limited because of its oily nature. On the contrary, 1-[3-[3-(4- chlorophenyl)propoxy]propyl]-piperidine oxalate is a crystalline substance but its low aqueous solubility (0.025 g/ml at 230C) also limits its use as a
pharmaceutical ingredient.
0
Subsequent patents EP-1100503 and EP-1428820 mention certain salts of 1- [3-[3-(4-chlorophenyl)propoxy]propyl]-piperidine. However, the only one specifically described is the oxalate salt. The crystalline monohydrochloride salt is not described.

Example 1 : 1-[3-[3-(4-chlorophenyl)propoxy]propyl]-piperidine

According to the method disclosed in EP-982300, Example 78, sodium 3-piperidinopropanolate (2.127 kg; 12.88 mol), 3-(4-chlorophenyl)propyl mesylate (1.121 kg; 4.51 mol) and 0.322 mol of 15-crown-5 in 4.5 kg of dry toluene were refluxed for 4 hours. The solvent was evaporated and the residue purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: methylene chloride/methanol (90/10)). The obtained oil was distilled in a fractionating equipment at reduced pressure (0.3-0.7 mmHg) and with a heating jacket at 207-2100C. The head fractions and the distilled fraction at 0.001-0.010 mmHg with a jacket temperature of 180-2000C were collected. The obtained oil (1.0 kg; 3.38 mol) corresponds to 1-[3-[3-(4-chlorophenyl)propoxy] propyl]-piperidine. Yield 75%.

Example 2: 1-[3-[3-(4-chlorophenyl)propoxy]propyl]-piperidine
monohydrochloride

Preparation

Distilled 1-[3-[3-(4-chlorophenyl)propoxy]propyl]-piperidine (1.0 kg) and anhydrous ethyl acetate (4.5 kg) are transferred to a 10-L glass vessel fitted with a cooling bath and a gas inlet. A stream of gaseous hydrogen chloride is bubbled in the reaction mixture at 20-250C.

The pH of the solution is checked by taking a 0.5 mL sample of the reaction mixture and diluting it with 5 mL of deionized water. The final pH must be about 3-4.

The mixture is cooled to -10°C-(-12°C) and stirred at this temperature for 1 h. The precipitate is filtered by using a sintered glass filter and washed with 0.5 L of anhydrous ethyl acetate previously cooled to 0-50C. The product is dried in a vacuum oven at 5O0C for a minimum period of 12 hours. The resulting crude 1 -[3-[3-(4-chlorophenyl)propoxy]propyl]-piperidine monohydrochloride weighs 1.10 kg.

Purification

A mixture of the above-described crude, 3.98 kg of anhydrous ethyl acetate and 0.35 kg of /-propanol is heated slowly at 55-6O0C in a 10-L glass vessel fitted with a heating and cooling system. When the solution has been completed, it is filtered through a heat-isolated sintered glass filter, keeping the temperature at 55-6O0C. The solution is transferred to a 10 L glass vessel and the mass is slowly cooled to 0-50C for about 1 hour. The mixture is stirred at this temperature for 1 hour and the precipitate is filtered through a sintered glass filter. The solid is washed with a mixture of 1.6 kg of anhydrous ethyl acetate and 0.14 kg of /-propanol cooled at 0-50C. The solid is dried in a vacuum oven at 5O0C for a minimum period of 12 hours. M. p. 117-1190C. Yield 80%.
IR spectrum (KBr): bands at 1112 and 1101 (C-O Ether/ St. asym), 2936 and 2868 (Alkane CH(CH2)) / St.), 1455 (Alkane CH(CH2)) / Deform.), 2647 and 2551 (Amine Salt / St.), 1492 (Amine / St.), 802 (Aromatic / Deform.) cm“1.

SEE

Eur. J. Pharm. Sci. 2001, 13, 249–259.

US2004220225A1.

CN101155793A


CN101171009A

References

  1.  Celanire S, Wijtmans M, Talaga P, Leurs R, de Esch IJ (December 2005). “Keynote review: histamine H3 receptor antagonists reach out for the clinic”. Drug Discov. Today. 10 (23-24): 1613–27. doi:10.1016/S1359-6446(05)03625-1. PMID 16376822.
  2.  Ligneau X, Perrin D, Landais L, Camelin JC, Calmels TP, Berrebi-Bertrand I, Lecomte JM, Parmentier R, Anaclet C, Lin JS, Bertaina-Anglade V, la Rochelle CD, d’Aniello F, Rouleau A, Gbahou F, Arrang JM, Ganellin CR, Stark H, Schunack W, Schwartz JC. BF2.649 [1-{3-[3-(4-Chlorophenyl)propoxy]propyl}piperidine, hydrochloride], a nonimidazole inverse agonist/antagonist at the human histamine H3 receptor: Preclinical pharmacology. Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics. 2007 Jan;320(1):365-75. PMID 17005916
  3.  Lin JS, Dauvilliers Y, Arnulf I, Bastuji H, Anaclet C, Parmentier R, Kocher L, Yanagisawa M, Lehert P, Ligneau X, Perrin D, Robert P, Roux M, Lecomte JM, Schwartz JC. An inverse agonist of the histamine H(3) receptor improves wakefulness in narcolepsy: studies in orexin-/- mice and patients. Neurobiology of Disease. 2008 Apr;30(1):74-83. PMID 18295497
  4. ^ Jump up to:a b Prous Science: Molecule of the Month September 2011
  5.  Ligneau X, Landais L, Perrin D, Piriou J, Uguen M, Denis E, Robert P, Parmentier R, Anaclet C, Lin JS, Burban A, Arrang JM, Schwartz JC. Brain histamine and schizophrenia: potential therapeutic applications of H3-receptor inverse agonists studied with BF2.649. Biochemical Pharmacology. 2007 Apr 15;73(8):1215-24. PMID 17343831
  6.  Stocking EM, Letavic MA (2008). “Histamine H3 antagonists as wake-promoting and pro-cognitive agents”. Current Topics in Medicinal Chemistry. 8 (11): 988–1002. doi:10.2174/156802608784936728. PMID 18673168.
  7.  Schwartz, Jean-Charles (May 2011). “The histamine H3 receptor: from discovery to clinical trials with pitolisant”. BPJ. doi:10.1111/j.1476-5381.2011.01286.x.

REFERENCES

1: Leu-Semenescu S, Nittur N, Golmard JL, Arnulf I. Effects of pitolisant, a histamine H3 inverse agonist, in drug-resistant idiopathic and symptomatic hypersomnia: a chart review. Sleep Med. 2014 Jun;15(6):681-7. doi: 10.1016/j.sleep.2014.01.021. Epub 2014 Mar 18. PubMed PMID: 24854887.

2: Dauvilliers Y, Bassetti C, Lammers GJ, Arnulf I, Mayer G, Rodenbeck A, Lehert P, Ding CL, Lecomte JM, Schwartz JC; HARMONY I study group. Pitolisant versus placebo or modafinil in patients with narcolepsy: a double-blind, randomised trial. Lancet Neurol. 2013 Nov;12(11):1068-75. doi: 10.1016/S1474-4422(13)70225-4. Epub 2013 Oct 7. PubMed PMID: 24107292.

3: Nirogi R, Ajjala DR, Kandikere V, Pantangi HR, Jonnala MR, Bhyrapuneni G, Muddana NR, Vurimindi H. LC-MS/MS method for the determination of pitolisant: application to rat pharmacokinetic and brain penetration studies. Biomed Chromatogr. 2013 Nov;27(11):1431-7. doi: 10.1002/bmc.2939. Epub 2013 Jun 13. PubMed PMID: 23760876.

4: Kasteleijn-Nolst Trenité D, Parain D, Genton P, Masnou P, Schwartz JC, Hirsch E. Efficacy of the histamine 3 receptor (H3R) antagonist pitolisant (formerly known as tiprolisant; BF2.649) in epilepsy: dose-dependent effects in the human photosensitivity model. Epilepsy Behav. 2013 Jul;28(1):66-70. doi: 10.1016/j.yebeh.2013.03.018. Epub 2013 May 8. PubMed PMID: 23665640.

5: Uguen M, Perrin D, Belliard S, Ligneau X, Beardsley PM, Lecomte JM, Schwartz JC. Preclinical evaluation of the abuse potential of Pitolisant, a histamine H₃ receptor inverse agonist/antagonist compared with Modafinil. Br J Pharmacol. 2013 Jun;169(3):632-44. doi: 10.1111/bph.12149. PubMed PMID: 23472741; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC3682710.

6: Brabant C, Charlier Y, Tirelli E. The histamine H₃-receptor inverse agonist pitolisant improves fear memory in mice. Behav Brain Res. 2013 Apr 15;243:199-204. doi: 10.1016/j.bbr.2012.12.063. Epub 2013 Jan 14. PubMed PMID: 23327739.

7: Zhang DD, Sisignano M, Schuh CD, Sander K, Stark H, Scholich K. Overdose of the histamine H₃ inverse agonist pitolisant increases thermal pain thresholds. Inflamm Res. 2012 Nov;61(11):1283-91. doi: 10.1007/s00011-012-0528-5. Epub 2012 Jul 21. PubMed PMID: 22820944.

8: Inocente C, Arnulf I, Bastuji H, Thibault-Stoll A, Raoux A, Reimão R, Lin JS, Franco P. Pitolisant, an inverse agonist of the histamine H3 receptor: an alternative stimulant for narcolepsy-cataplexy in teenagers with refractory sleepiness. Clin Neuropharmacol. 2012 Mar-Apr;35(2):55-60. doi: 10.1097/WNF.0b013e318246879d. PubMed PMID: 22356925.

9: Schwartz JC. The histamine H3 receptor: from discovery to clinical trials with pitolisant. Br J Pharmacol. 2011 Jun;163(4):713-21. doi: 10.1111/j.1476-5381.2011.01286.x. Review. PubMed PMID: 21615387; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC3111674.

Pitolisant
Pitolisant skeletal.svg
Names
IUPAC name
1-{3-[3-(4-Chlorophenyl)propoxy]propyl}piperidine
Other names
BF2.649
Identifiers
903576-44-3 
ChEMBL ChEMBL462605 Yes
ChemSpider 8123714 Yes
Jmol 3D model Interactive image
PubChem 9948102
Properties
C17H26ClNO
Molar mass 295.846 g/mol
Pharmacology
N07XX11 (WHO)

//////////Pitolisant Hydrochloride, Wakixhistamine H3 receptor antagonist/inverse agonist, narcolepsy, orphan drug, tiprolisant

ClC1=CC=C(CCCOCCCN2CCCCC2)C=C1


Filed under: 0rphan drug status, EU 2016 Tagged: EU 2016, histamine H3 receptor antagonist/inverse agonist, narcolepsy, Orphan Drug, Pitolisant, Pitolisant Hydrochloride, tiprolisant, Wakix

Fortune India presents award to Ajanta pharma

$
0
0

ajantaImage result for ajanta pharma

Fortune India has published list of 500 mid-size companies who ranked them on various parameters based on the results of 2013-2014. Ajanta pharma features very prominently in the lists. Ajanta’s ranking on various pararmeters is given below:

Ranked 3’d largest Wealth Creator on 5 year CAGR 93.14%
Ranked 10th on Capital Employed (ROCE)
Ranked 21st in Net profit .
Ranked 182nd in Sales
On 17’th August 2015, Fortune India organized an award function to present the awards to Top 10 largest weatth creator companies and Ajanta is one of those elite companies.

The awards were presented by Mr. Piyush Goyal, Minister of State-Power,Coal& New and Renewable Energy, Govt. of India to Mr. yogesh Agrawal, Managing Director and Mr.Rajesh Agrawal,Jt.Managing Director of the company.

Image result for fortune award ajanta pharma

Image result for fortune award ajanta pharma

Ajanta Pharma, “One of the Giants of Tomorrow” – Fortune India

We are pleased to share with you that Ajanta Pharma has been honoured as “ONE OF THE GIANTS OF TOMORROW” by prestigious Fortune India magazine on 19th August 2016 at New Delhi.

The honour was conferred to our Managing Director, Mr. Yogesh Agrawal and our Jt. Managing Director, Mr. Rajesh Agrawal at the hands of Hon. Mr. Nitin Gadkari, Union Minister for Road Transport and Highways and Shipping, Govt of India.  This is the 2nd year in row where Ajanta has received the recognition from Fortune India.

Fortune India (June 2016 Issue) published the list of mid-size companies based on the financial year 2014-15 results and we are pleased to share with you that Ajanta has been ranked 3rd Top Wealth creator over last 5 years.

Image result for ajanta pharma

 

Ajanta Pharma Ltd

Ajanta Pharma Limited (APL) is a pharmaceutical company headquartered in Mumbai, India. It has strong presence in Branded Generic business in India & Emerging markets; and Generic business in USA. In India, company operates in selected therapeutic areas of Cardiology, Dermatology, Ophthalmology and Pain management. Its brands in each of sub-therapeutic areas or molecules hold leadership positions. In Emerging Markets, company has presences in Africa, Asia, Middle East, and CIS on broader therapeutic segments such as anti-malarial, gastro, antibiotics, cardiology, dermatology, pain management, etc. In USA, company has already no. of approved ANDA’s which are either commercialized or in process of being commercialized and large no. of ANDA’s are awaiting US FDA approval. We have state-of-the-art research facilities for formulation (finished product) and API development located at Mumbai, India. Our R&D capabilities are evident from number of products launched 1st to market by the company providing patients most needed compliance and convenience. A dedicated and focused team of more than 750 Ajantaites work for R&D, which is growing continuously. Ajanta has four formulations manufacturing facilities located in India and 1 in Mauritius. Besides that, we also have an API manufacturing facility located at Waluj, India. Ajanta’s flagship formulation facility at Paithan (Maharashtra, India) has approval of USFDA, WHO- Geneva (prequalification), UNICEF and many regulatory authorities from different parts of the world. We continuously invest in enhancing our existing manufacturing facilities to meet current cGMP requirements and also construct new facilities to meet the company’s growth requirements. We are in process of setting up 1 more formulations manufacturing facility for domestic and emerging markets at Guwahati, Assam. Please visit http://ajantapharma.com/ for more information. Contact: careers@ajantapharma.com

Specialties

Speciality Branded Generics, Generics, Complex Formulations

  • Website

    http://www.ajantapharma.com

  • Industry

    Pharmaceuticals

  • Type

    Public Company

  • Headquarters

    98 Ajanta House Charkop, Kandivili West Mumbai,Maharashtra 400067 India

  • Company Size

    5001-10,000 employees

  • Founded

    1973

Image result for fortune award ajanta pharma

Rajesh Agrawal (left), Ajanta Pharma’s joint managing director, with brother Yogesh, who is also managing director of the company, at their Kandivli facility

Ajanta Pharma needed a shot of its own medicine, an energiser like 30-Plus. It found its antidote in the new generation of Agrawals: Mannalal’s sons, Yogesh and Rajesh.

mg_82051_ajanta_pharma_280x210.jpg

“When I joined Ajanta (in 2000), and realised what was going on, I wanted to run away. I thought to myself, ‘Why did I return from the US? I could have had a job there,’” says Rajesh, 39, Ajanta’s joint managing director, who has a management degree from Bentley College, Massachusetts. “It was tough in the beginning, especially the situation with creditors and debtors.”

Together, Rajesh and his older brother Yogesh, 43, who is managing director, changed Ajanta’s trajectory by focusing on the ‘specialty’ generic drug market and putting an end to the company’s legacy businesses, which included OTC drug sales and supplying drugs to government health agencies in India and other countries.

This was a risky move, but it has paid off. Ajanta Pharma closed FY15 with a consolidated net sales of Rs 1,481 crore and a net profit of Rs 310 crore (this is a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 57 percent for four years since 2011). In terms of net sales, it recorded a CAGR of 31 percent for the same period. This growth has come on a low base, but the signs are encouraging. Its market value currently stands at around Rs 13,500 crore; this is a 65-fold growth in 15 years.

Read more: http://forbesindia.com/article/super-50-companies-2015/ajanta-pharma-the-small-big-dream/40691/1#ixzz4Igtudt24

References

http://www.ajantapharma.com/%5CAdminData%5CNewsRelease%5Ca8ea3740-99fc-4d81-be39-741f6ea95c542015-FortuneIndiapresentsawardtoAjantaPharma.pdf

https://www.linkedin.com/company/263285

/////////Ajanta Pharma, “One of the Giants of Tomorrow” ,  Fortune India, AWARD, Fortune India, RAJESH AGRAWAL


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: ajanta pharma, award, fortune india, giants

Olanexidine, オラネキシジングルコン酸塩

$
0
0

STR1

Olanexidine Gluconate

OPB-2045G, Gluconate olanexidin,  Olanedine,  OPB-2045,  OPB 2045G, 

(Olanedine®)Approved in Japan PMDA 2015-07-03, Olanedine® by Otsuka

Image result for JAPAN ANIMATED FLAG

A disinfectant uesd to prevent of postoperative bacterial infections.

OLANEXIDINE Structure

CAS .146510-36-3(Olanexidine free form), 

Imidodicarbonimidic diamide, N-((3,4-dichlorophenyl)methyl)-N’-octyl

C17H27Cl2N5
Formula Weight: 372.341

STR1

CAS 799787-53-4(Olanexidine Gluconate)

568.49
Formula C17H27Cl2N5 ● C6H12O7

1-(3,4-Dichlorobenzyl)-5-octylbiguanide mono-D-gluconate

オラネキシジングルコン酸塩
Olanexidine Gluconate

C17H27Cl2N5▪C6H12O7 : 568.49
[799787-53-4]

Indication:Bacterial infection

Otsuka (Originator)

Image result for otsuka logo

  • Marketed Bacterial infections

Image result for Olanedine®

Most Recent Events

  • 16 Sep 2015 Launched for Bacterial infections (Prevention) in Japan (Topical)
  • 03 Jul 2015 Registered for Bacterial infections (Prevention) in Japan (Topical) – First global approval
  • 30 Sep 2014 Preregistration for Bacterial infections (Prevention) in Japan (Topical)
  • Image result for JAPAN ANIMATED FLAG

SEE ALSO

Image result for Olanexidine

Olanexidine hydrochloride [USAN]

146509-94-6 HCL
RN: 218282-71-4 HCL HYDRATE
UNII: R296398ALN

Molecular Formula, C17-H27-Cl2-N5.Cl-H.1/2H2-O

Molecular Weight, 835.6192

Imidodicarbonimidic diamide, N-((3,4-dichlorophenyl)methyl)-N’-octyl-, monohydrochloride, hydrate (2:1)

INTRODUCTION

Olanexidine gluconate was approved by Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency of Japan (PMDA) on Jul 03, 2015. It was developed and marketed as Olanedine® by Otsuka in Japan.

Olanexidine gluconate is an antiseptic/disinfectant compound with potent bactericidal activity against Gram-negative and Gram-positive bacteria, for use in preparing patients for surgery and preventing of postoperative bacterial infections.

Olanedine® is available as topical solution (1.5%), containing 3 g/200 mL, 0.15 g/10 mL and 0.375 g/25 mL, and the recommendation is applying appropriate amount of the drug.

PRODUCT PATENT

WO 2004105745

Kazuyoshi Miyata, Yasuhide Inoue, Akifumi Hagi, Motoya Kikuchi, Hitoshi Ohno, Kinji Hashimoto, Kinue Ohguro, Tetsuya Sato,Hidetsugu Tsubouchi, Hiroshi Ishikawa,Takashi Okamura, Koushi Iwata,

Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., Otsuka Pharmaceutical Factory, Inc.

SYNTHESIS

PATENT

CN1065453A

http://www.google.com.au/patents/CN1065453A?cl=en

PATENT

WO2008026757A1

https://google.com/patents/WO2008026757A1?cl=en

Example 1: l-cyano-3-n-octylguanidine

A 7.00-kg quantity of Compound (4) (54.16 mol) was dissolved in 105 liters of ethyl acetate, and the resulting mixture was cooled to 5°C or below. A 2.66-kg quantity of concentrated sulfuric acid (27.12 mol) was added thereto dropwise at a temperature of 4O0C or below while stirring. To the thus- obtained suspension of 1/2 sulfate of Compound (4) was added 5.06 kg of sodium dicyanamide (56.83 mol), and the resulting suspension was heated under reflux for 7 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to 400C or below, and 70 liters of water was added thereto. Subsequently, the resulting solution was heated to 80 to 900C (internal temperature) to distill the ethyl acetate off. The remaining liquid was cooled to 400C or below, and 70 liters of toluene was then added thereto, followed by the extraction of 1-cyano — 3-n-octyl guanidine at about 500C. The extracted toluene layer was washed with 35 liters of water at about 500C and cooled to 100C or below, followed by stirring for about 30 minutes. The resulting precipitated crystals were separated and washed with 7 liters of toluene. The resulting crystals were dried at 400C for 7.5 hours, yielding l-cyano-3-n- octylguanidine. 2007/067107

-16-

Yield: 9.11 kg (The yield was 85.7% based on the Compound(4).) White crystals having a melting point of 69 to 740C (no clear melting point was observed)

IR(KBr) spectrum: 3439, 3296, 2916, 2164, 1659, 1556, 1160, 718, and 572 cm“1

Thermogravimetric measurement/differential thermal analysis: 73.5°C (weak), an endothermic peak at 77.50C

1H-NMR(CDCl3) spectrum: 0.88 ppm (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.20-1.38 ppm (m, 10H), 1.43-1.62 ppm (m, 2H), 3.17 ppm (dd, J = 6.9 Hz, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 5.60-5.70 ppm (bs, 2H), 5.80-5.95 ppm (bs, IH)

Reference Example 2: Acidolysis of 1- (3,4-dichlorobenzyl) -5- octylbiguanide dihydrochloride

A 1-g quantity of 1- (3, 4-dichlorobenzyl) -5-octyl biguanide dihydrochloride was dissolved in 15 ml of 10% ethanol, followed by refluxing for 5 hours. HPLC analysis was conducted under the conditions described below.

The yield of 1-[N- (3,4-dichlorobenzyl) carbamoyl-3- octyl]guanidine (holding time: 9.84 minutes) was 0.91%, and the yield of 1- (N-octyl-carbamoyl) -3- (3, 4-dichlorobenzyl) guanidine

(holding time: 10.54 minutes) was 0.22%.

HPLC analysis conditions:

Column: YMC AM302 4.6 mm I. D. x 150 mm

Eluate: MeCN/0.05 M aqueous solution of sodium 1- octanesulfonate/acetic acid = 700/300/1

Detector: UV 254 nm

The physical property values of the resulting 1-[N- (3,4- dichlorobenzyl) carbamoyl-3-octyl] guanidine were as follows: NMR (DMSO-de) δ: 0.86 (3H, t, J = 6.0 Hz), 1.07-1.35 (1OH, m) , 1.35-1.49 (2H, m) , 2.95-3.15 (2H, m) , 4.12 (2H, d, J = 6.3 Hz), 6.78-7.40 (4H, m) , 7.23 (IH, dd, J = 2.1 Hz, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.46 (IH, d, J = 2.1 Hz), 7.54 (IH, d, J = 8.4 Hz)

The physical property values of the resulting 1- (N-octyl- carbamoyl) -3- (3, 4-dichlorobenzyl) guanidine were as follows: NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 0.85 (3H, t, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.02-1.40 (12H, m) , 2.89-2.95 (2H, m) , 4.33 (2H, bs) , 5.76-7.00 (4H, m) , 7.28 (IH, dd, J = 2.1 Hz, J = 8.1 Hz), 7.52 (IH, d, J = 2.1 Hz), 7.58 (IH, d, J = 8.1 Hz)

Example 1: 1- (3, 4-dichlorobenzyl) -5-octylbiguanide monohydrochloride 1/2 hydrate

A 9.82-g quantity of Compound (2) (0.05 mol) and 10.63 g of 3, 4-dichlorobenzylamine (0.05 mol) were added to 49 ml of butyl acetate, followed by refluxing for 6 hours. The reaction solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and a mixture of 12 ml of water and 47 ml of isopropyl alcohol was added and dissolved into the remainder. To the thus-obtained solution was added, dropwise, 10.13 g of concentrated hydrochloric acid. The resulting mixture was stirred at 28 to 300C for 30 minutes, and the precipitated crystals were then filtered out. The thus- obtained crystals were washed with a small amount of isopropyl alcohol, yielding 23.42 g of (non-dried) 1- (3, 4-dichlorobenzyl) – 5-octylbiguanide dihydrochloride. The resulting crystals were suspended in 167 ml of water without drying, the suspension was then stirred at 25 to 27°C for 2 hours, followed by separation of the crystals by filtration. The thus-obtained crystals were washed with a small amount of water and dried at 400C for 20 hours, yielding 17.05 g of 1- (3, 4-dichlorobenzyl) -5-octyl biguanide monohydrochloride 1/2 hydrate having a purity of 99.9% at a yield of 81.6%.

Example 2 : 1- (3, 4-dichlorobenzyl) -5-octylbiguanide dihydrochloride

A 100-g quantity of Compound (4) (0.774 mol) was dissolved in 1 liter of n-butyl acetate, and 37.6 g of concentrated sulfuric acid (0.383 mol) was added thereto while stirring. To the thus-obtained suspension of 1/2 sulfate of Compound (4) was added 68.9 g of sodium dicyanamide (0.774 mol), 7107

-18- and the resulting suspension was heated under reflux for 3 hours. The reaction solution was cooled to about 200C, and the organic layer thereof was sequentially washed with about 500 ml each of (i) 5% hydrochloric acid, (ii) 5% aqueous caustic soda solution, (iii) 5% aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, and (iv) water.

To the thus-obtained n-butyl acetate solution of Compound (2) were added 118.5 g of Compound (3) (0.673 mol) and then 58.4 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid while stirring. The reaction solution was heated, and about 800 ml of n-butyl acetate was distilled off under atmospheric pressure (ordinary pressure) , followed by heating the reaction solution under reflux for 3.5 hours . Subsequently, the reaction solution was cooled to about 400C, and 900 ml of isopropanol, 100 ml of water, and 134 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid were added thereto. The mixture was stirred at 60 to 70°C for 1 hour and cooled to 100C or below and the precipitated crystals were then separated. The resulting crystals were washed with 200 ml of isopropanol and dried at 6O0C, yielding 1- (3, 4-dichlorobenzyl) -5-octylbiguanide dihydrochloride. Yield: 243.8 g (The yield was 81.3% based on the Compound (3).) Melting point: 228.90C IR(KBr) spectrum: 2920, 1682, 1634, 1337, 1035, 820, and 640 cm“1

PATENT

WO2004105745A1

PATENT

WO2009142715A1

STR1

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/US8334248

Olanexidine is a compound with high bactericidal activity having the chemical name 1-(3,4-dichlorobenzyl)-5-octylbiguanide. Research has been carried out into bactericides containing, olanexidine hydrochloride as an active ingredient (see Japanese Patent No. 2662343, etc.).

Olanexidine has very poor solubility in water, and hitherto known salts of olanexidine are also poorly soluble in water. For example, the solubility at 0° C. of olanexidine hydrochloride in water has been measured to be less than 0.05% (W/V), and the solubility of free olanexidine is a further order of magnitude less than this. Consequently, sufficient bactericidal activity cannot be expected of an aqueous solution merely having olanexidine dissolved therein, and moreover, depending on the conditions the olanexidine may precipitate out.

In the case of making an aqueous preparation of olanexidine in particular, to make the concentration of the olanexidine sufficient for exhibiting effective bactericidal activity, and to reduce the possibility of the olanexidine precipitating out, it has thus been considered necessary to use a dissolution aid such as a surfactant.

EXAMPLE 1 Preparation of an Aqueous Solution Aqueous Solution 1

20.9 g (50 mmol) of olanexidine hydrochloride hemihydrate was added to 250 mL of a 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution, and the suspension was stirred for 1.5 hours at room temperature (25° C.). The solid was filtered off, and washed with water. The solid obtained was further suspended in 250 mL of purified water, the suspension was stirred for 5 minutes at room temperature, and the solid was filtered off, and washed with water. This operation was carried out once more to remove sodium chloride formed. The solid obtained (free olanexidine) was put into purified water in which 8.9 g (50 mmol) of gluconolactone had been dissolved, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature until the solid dissolved, and then purified water was further added to give a total volume of 300 mL. The concentration of olanexidine in the aqueous solution obtained was measured by using high performance liquid chromatography to be 6% in terms of free olanexidine.

This aqueous solution was still transparent and colorless even after being left for several months at room temperature.

CLIP

http://dmd.aspetjournals.org/content/28/12/1417/F9.expansion.html

Image result for Olanexidine

Image result for Olanexidine

REFERENCES

http://www.otsukakj.jp/en/news/photo/photo-14423716650.pdf

Patent ID Date Patent Title
US8979785 2015-03-17 Fluid application device and method
US8911771 2014-12-16 Fluid application device and method
US8858484 2014-10-14 Fluid application device and method
US2013330114 2013-12-12 FLUID APPLICATION DEVICE AND METHOD
US2012095254 2012-04-19 METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PREPARING A SOLUTION OF A SHEAR SENSITIVE MATERIAL
US7868207 2011-01-11 PROCESS FOR PRODUCING 1-(3, 4-DICHLOROBENZYL)-5-OCTYLBIGUANIDE OR A SALT THEREOF
US2010331421 2010-12-30 DISINFECTANT AND/OR BACTERICIDAL AQUEOUS COMPOSITIONS
US2010331423 2010-12-30 AQUEOUS SOLUTION OF OLANEXIDINE, METHOD OF PREPARING THE AQUEOUS SOLUTION, AND DISINFECTANT
US7829518 2010-11-09 Aqueous solution of olanexidine, method of preparing the aqueous solution, and disinfectant
US7825080 2010-11-02 Aqueous solution of olanexidine, method of preparing the aqueous solution, and disinfectant
Patent ID Date Patent Title
US7622469 2009-11-24 2, 4-diamino-1, 3, 5-triazine derivatives
US2009287021 2009-11-19 METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PREPARING A SOLUTION OF A SHEAR SENSITIVE MATERIAL
US2007053942 2007-03-08 Disinfectant and/or bactericidal aqueous compositions
EP0507317 1997-01-15 BIGUANIDE DERIVATIVES, MANUFACTURING METHOD THEREOF, AND DISINFECTANTS CONTAINING THE DERIVATIVES
EP0507317A2 * Apr 3, 1992 Oct 7, 1992 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Biguanide derivatives, manufacturing method thereof, and disinfectants containing the derivatives
EP1634589A1 * May 25, 2004 Mar 15, 2006 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Aqueous olanexidine solution, method of preparing the same, and disinfectant
Reference
1 * TSUBOUCHI H ET AL: “Synthesis and Structure-Activity Relationships of Novel Antiseptics” BIOORGANIC & MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY LETTERS, OXFORD, GB, vol. 7, no. 13, 8 July 1997 (1997-07-08), pages 1721-1724, XP004136287 ISSN: 0960-894X

//////////Olanexidine Gluconate, OPB-2045G, (Olanedine®, Approved, japan 2015-07-03, Olanedine,  Otsuka, PMDA, Olanexidine, オラネキシジングルコン酸塩 , Gluconate olanexidin,  Olanedine,  OPB-2045,  OPB 2045G, JAPAN 2015

CCCCCCCCN=C(N)NC(=NCC1=CC(=C(C=C1)Cl)Cl)N

Clc1ccc(CNC(=N)NC(=N)NCCCCCCCC)cc1Cl.O=C(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO


Filed under: JAPAN 2015 Tagged: (Olanedine®, Approved, オラネキシジングルコン酸塩, Gluconate olanexidin, JAPAN 2015, japan 2015-07-03, Olanexidine, Olanexidine Gluconate, OPB-2045, OPB-2045G, otsuka, PMDA

D2/5-HT2A receptor dual antagonist, (±)-SIPI 6360

$
0
0

str1

(±)-SIPI 6360

D2/5-HT2A receptor dual antagonist

7-[3-[4-(6-fluoro-1,2-benzoxazol-3-yl)piperidin-1-yl]propoxy]-3-methyl-3,4-dihydro-1H-quinolin-2-one

2(1H)-Quinolinone, 7-[3-[4-(6-fluoro-1,2-benzisoxazol-3-yl)-1-piperidinyl]propoxy]-3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-

Molecular Formula: C25H28FN3O3
Molecular Weight: 437.506523 g/mol
CAS 1401333-14-9
2(1H)-Quinolinone, 7-[3-[4-(6-fluoro-1,2-benzisoxazol-3-yl)-1-piperidinyl]propoxy]-3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-CID 70675465.png
((±)-SIPI 6360)
7-(3-(4-(6-Fluorobenzo[d]isoxazol-3-yl)piperidin-1-yl)propoxy)-3-methyl-3,4-dihydroquinolin-2(1H)-one
((±)-SIPI 6360)
Mp 154–155 °C;
1H NMR (400 Hz, CDCl3) δ 8.41 (br, 1H), 7.70 (dd, J = 8.8, 5.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27–7.23 (m, 1H), 7.08–7.03 (m, 2H), 6.53 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.11–3.08 (m, 3H), 2.94–2.92 (m, 1H), 2.67–2.56 (m, 4H), 2.18–2.00 (m, 8H), 1.28 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H);
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3) δ 174.61, 164.10 (d, J = 249.0 Hz), 163.86 (d, J = 14.0 Hz), 161.11, 158.59, 138.06, 128.74, 122.59 (d, J = 11.0 Hz), 117.30, 115.71, 112.31 (d, J = 25.0 Hz), 108.45, 101.96, 97.44 (d, J = 27.0 Hz), 66.43, 55.38, 53.62, 35.25, 34.61, 32.68, 30.55, 26.88, 15.34;
MS m/z 437.6 [M + H]+;
HRMS (ESI) m/zcalcd for C25H29FN3O3 [M + H]+ 438.2193, found 438.2210.
Synthesis

Schizophrenia is a common severe mental patients, mental illness is the most serious of all, the most dangerous kind, the worldwide incidence of about I%, with the accelerate pace of social life, The incidence was significantly increased. Most schizophrenic patients due to the long treatment period, high cost, side effects and give up the treatment, often lead to more serious social consequences.

Numerous studies show that the brain monoamine neurotransmitters, especially dopamine and 5-hydroxytryptamine system is closely related to the body’s normal mental activity, these two types of system disorder can lead to a variety of neuropsychiatric diseases such as schizophrenia , neuropathic pain, mania, anxiety disorders, all kinds of depression, Parkinson’s disease and the like.

The drugs currently used clinically primarily for conventional antipsychotics (such as dopamine D2 receptor antagonists) and atypical antipsychotics (such as D2 / 5-HT2a dual antagonist), where conventional antipsychotics because it is easy leads to extrapyramidal symptoms (EPS) and gradually phased out, atypical antipsychotics variety, but no one medication to improve the overall spectrum of schizophrenia has the absolute advantage, most of the positive or negative symptoms of a a symptom improvement, or reduced side effects. So look for low toxicity, rapid onset, treatment spectral width of new anti-schizophrenia drug has been a hot topic in the world pharmaceutical industry.

In recent years, scientists have found that the dopamine D2 partial agonist can over time reduce dopamine activity in the transfer of dopamine, but not all block; the other hand, when the low dopaminergic activity is caused by stimulating effect on both positive and negative symptoms of mental illness have a significant effect. 5-HT2a receptor antagonists can improve negative symptoms, while synergies D2 EPS side effects can be reduced to about 1% level (classical antipsychotic drugs EPS incidence is about 30%), part of the 5-HTla agonism and 5-HT2a and synergy can make in therapeutic doses under observation EPS decreased to undetectable levels, therefore, has D2 ,5-HT2a, 5HTla synergy targets three new anti-drugs are currently developed Jingshenfenlie focus and an important development direction.

The present invention relates to a quinoline derivative can stabilize the brain dopaminergic, serotonergic energy system, may for a variety of neurological and psychiatric diseases have improved and treatment can be used for neuropathic pain, mania, schizophrenia, anxiety disorders, all kinds of depression, Parkinson’s disease, especially in the treatment of schizophrenia.

DETAILS COMING……….

PATENT

CN 102718758

Figure CN102718758AD00062

PATENT

WO 2012130153

Example 1

1-1

7- (3- (4- (6-fluorophenyl and [d] different dumb-3-yl) piperidin-1-yl) propoxy) -3,4-dihydro-3-carboxylic acid -one – yl quinolin -2 (1H)

1) N- (3- methoxyphenyl) propionamide

3-methoxy-aniline (0.1mol), methylene chloride (30 mL), triethylamine (0.2mol), was added to the flask lOOmL three, propionyl chloride was added dropwise under ice (0.12mol) in methylene chloride 30 mL, temperature does not exceed 5 ° C, the addition was complete, the ice bath was removed and stirred at room temperature 0.5h, the system was washed with water, dilute hydrochloric acid, saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and evaporated to dryness to give a white powdery solid 17.01g yield 95%.

2) 2-chloro-7-methoxy-3-methylquinoline

The DMF (20mL) was added to the three 250mL flask, was added dropwise under ice-salt bath of POCl 3 (100 mL), temperature does not exceed 0 ° C, the addition was completed stirring 0.5h, was added portionwise N- (3- methoxyphenoxy yl) propanamide powder (31.0g), was slowly warmed to 50 ° C, violent reaction, to be exothermic easing slowly warmed to reflux, the reaction was kept 2h, cooled to room temperature, the system was poured into 800 g of crushed ice to sodium carbonate to adjust the pH to 7 to precipitate a yellow solid with petroleum ether – ethyl acetate to give pure product 20.86g, yield 58%.

3) 3-methyl-7-methoxy-quinolin -2 (1H) – one

2-Chloro-7-methoxy-3-methyl-quinoline (20.76g), acetic acid (150 mL) placed in 250mL one-neck flask, heated at reflux for 24h, acetic acid recovery, and the residue was recrystallized from ethanol to 95%, white needle crystalline 16.08g, yield 85%.

4) 7-methoxy-3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-quinolin -2 (1H) – one

7-Methoxy-3-methyl-quinolin -2 (1H) – one (18.92g), acetic acid (150mL), 10% Pd / C (lg) was added to the three 250mL flask, the system was replaced with nitrogen air, and then the nitrogen was replaced with hydrogen, and then the reaction was heated to 80 ° C overnight, cooled to room temperature, filtered and the filtrate evaporated to dryness to give a white powder, washed with water once, 50 ° C and dried in vacuo 4h, as a white powdery solid 18.91g yield of 98.95%.

5) 7-hydroxy-3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-quinolin -2 (1H) – one

7-Methoxy-3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-quinolin -2 (1H) – one (19.12g), 40% hydrobromic acid (150 mL) placed in 250mL one-neck flask was heated at reflux for 12h cooled to room temperature, the precipitated solid was filtered, the filter cake successively with hydrobromic acid, washed with water, 50 ° C and dried in vacuo 4h, 14.60 g as a white powdery solid, yield 82.4%.

6) 3- (1- (3-chloropropyl) piperidin-4-yl) -6-fluorophenyl and [d] oxazole different dumb

6-fluoro-3- (piperidin-4-yl) benzo [d] isoxazol dummy oxazole (22.00g), 1- bromo-3-chloropropane (40mL), anhydrous potassium carbonate (40g), acetone ( 250mL) was added to a 500mL one-neck flask was refluxed overnight, cooled to room temperature, filtered, the filter cake was washed twice with hot acetone and the combined filtrate was added dropwise a solution of anhydrous hydrogen chloride in ethanol, the precipitated white solid was filtered, the filter cake washed with acetone after washing once, it was dissolved in 200mL of water, adjusted with sodium carbonate to pH 9, and filtered to obtain a white powdery solid 15.94 g, yield 48.0%

7) 7- (3- (4- (6-fluorobenzo [d] isoxazol-3-yl dummy) piperidin-1-yl) propoxy) -3,4-dihydro-3-methyl quinolin -2 (1H) – one

3- (1- (3-chloropropyl) piperidin-4-yl) -6-fluorophenyl and [d] oxazole different dumb (lmmol), 7- hydroxy-3,4-dihydro-3-carboxylic acid yl quinolin -2 (1H) – one (1.0 mmol), anhydrous potassium carbonate (3.0mmol) were added to the lOmLDMF, 60 ° C overnight the reaction, potassium carbonate was filtered off, the mother liquor evaporated to dryness to give a pale yellow solid, the filter cake recrystallized with 95% ethanol, 50 ° C and dried in vacuo 4h, as a white powdery solid 0.30g, 69% yield.

NMR IH (of DMSO-D . 6 ): L up to .27 (D, 3H, J = 9.2Hz), 2.06-2.32 (m, 9H), 2.67-2.69 (T, 2H), 2.95 (D * D, lH, J = 3.2Hz, 12.8Hz), 3.15-3.17 ( m, 2H), 4.05 (t, 2H, J = 6Hz), 6. 37 (d, lH, J = 2.4Hz), 6.56 (d * d, lH, J = 2.4Hz, 8.0Hz), 7.05-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.29 (m, lH), 7.73-7.76 (m, lH), 7.98 (s, lH), 11.43 (brs, lH)

ESI-MS: 438 (M + 1)

Example 2

Preparation 1-1 hydrochloride

7- (3- (4- (6-fluorophenyl and [d] different dumb-3-yl) piperidin-1-yl) propoxy) -3,4-dihydro-3-methyl-quinoline morpholine -2 (1H) – one (lmmol) was dissolved with ethyl acetate (50 mL) was slowly added dropwise a solution of anhydrous hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (lmol / L, 5mL), stirred for 2h, the precipitated solid was filtered, the filter cake washed with ethyl acetate, 50 ° C and dried in vacuo 4h, as a white powdery solid 0.436g, yield 92%.

ESI-MS: 438 (M + 1)

Elemental analysis results:

Calcd: C, 63.35%; H, 6.17%; Cl, 7.48%; F, 4.01%; N, 8.87%; O, 10.13%

Found: C, 63.29%; H, 6.24%; CI, 7.43%; F, 4.05%; N, 8.82%; O, 10.17%

Example 3

Preparation 1-1 methanesulfonate

The 1-1 (lmmol) was dissolved with ethyl acetate (50 mL) was slowly added dropwise a solution of methanesulfonic acid in ethyl acetate (lmol / L, 5mL), stirred for 2h, the precipitated solid was filtered, the filter cake with ethyl acetate wash, 50 ° C and dried in vacuo 4h, as a white powdery solid 0.487g, yield 91.3%.

ESI-MS: 438 (M + 1, positive mode), 95 (CH 3 the SO 3 -, negative mode) Elemental analysis:

Calcd: C, 58.52%; H, 6.04%; F, 3.56%; N, 7.87%; 0, 17.99%; S, 6.01%

Found: C, 58.49%; H, 6.09%; F, 3.50%; N, 7.81%; 0, 18.02%; S, 6.09%

PATENT

US 20110160199

Paper

Development and Kilogram-Scale Synthesis of a D2/5-HT2A Receptor Dual Antagonist (±)-SIPI 6360

School of Pharmacy, Shanghai JiaoTong University, 800 Dongchuan Road, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China
Novel Technology Center of Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Shanghai Institute of Pharmaceutical Industry, China State Institute of Pharmaceutical Industry, 285 Gebaini Road, Shanghai 201203, P. R. China
§ School of Pharmaceutical Engineering and Life Science, Changzhou University, 1 Gehu Road, Changzhou, Jiangsu Province 213164, PR China
Org. Process Res. Dev., Article ASAP
*E-mail: lijianqb@126.com. Telephone: +86 21 20572000 (J.L.)., *E-mail: leifu@sjtu.edu.cn. Telephone: +86 21 34204791 (L.F.).
Abstract Image

The kilogram-scale synthesis of a D2/5-HT2A receptor dual antagonist (±)-SIPI 6360 was developed as an alternative treatment for schizophrenia. Specifically, three conditions were modified and optimized, including the Vilsmeier conditions, to prepare quinoline 3. In addition, the palladium-catalyzed hydrogenation was modified to synthesize dihydroquinolin-2(1H)-one 5, and the reduction of β-chloroamide was altered to form 3-chloropropanamine 8. Ultimately these improvements led to the preparation of a 1.5 kg of (±)-SIPI 6360 batch in eight steps with an overall yield of 34% and purity of 99.8%.

//////// D2/5-HT2A receptor dual antagonist (±)-SIPI 6360, 1401333-14-9

c21CC(C(Nc1cc(cc2)OCCCN3CCC(CC3)c4c5ccc(cc5on4)F)=O)C


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: 1401333-14-9, D2/5-HT2A receptor dual antagonist (±)-SIPI 6360

ECA Task Force will publish Draft Data Integrity Guideline at Conference in October

$
0
0

DRUG REGULATORY AFFAIRS INTERNATIONAL

Image result for Data Integrity

Data Integrity has become one of the most frequently observed GMP deviations at FDA and EU Inspections. For that reason the ECA Foundation decided to set up a Task Force on Data Integrity in December 2015 – with the goal to provide Guidance for the implementation in practice. Read more about the ECA Guidance on Data Integrity.

http://www.gmp-compliance.org/eca_mitt_05545_15488_n.html

Data Integrity has become one of the most frequently observed GMP deviations at FDA and EU Inspections. This is why the topic is currently in the centre of attention of both regulators and industry. And for that reason the ECA Foundation decided to set up a Task Force on Data Integrity in December 2015 – with the goal to provide Guidance for the implementation in practice.

The ECA Task Force will be comprised of members from both the IT Compliance Group and the Analytical QC Group. Current Members are:

– Dr. Wolfgang Schumacher…

View original post 177 more words


Filed under: Uncategorized

New aspects of developing a dry powder inhalation formulation applying the quality-by-design approach

$
0
0

DRUG REGULATORY AFFAIRS INTERNATIONAL

Image for unlabelled figure

The current work outlines the application of an up-to-date and regulatory-based pharmaceutical quality management method, applied as a new development concept in the process of formulating dry powder inhalation systems (DPIs). According to the Quality by Design (QbD) methodology and Risk Assessment (RA) thinking, a mannitol based co-spray dried formula was produced as a model dosage form with meloxicam as the model active agent.

The concept and the elements of the QbD approach (regarding its systemic, scientific, risk-based, holistic, and proactive nature with defined steps for pharmaceutical development), as well as the experimental drug formulation (including the technological parameters assessed and the methods and processes applied) are described in the current paper.

Findings of the QbD based theoretical prediction and the results of the experimental development are compared and presented. Characteristics of the developed end-product were in correlation with the predictions, and all data were confirmed by the relevant results…

View original post 223 more words


Filed under: Uncategorized

ミチグリニドカルシウム水和物 , Mitiglinide calcium hydrate, 快如妥/Glufast

$
0
0

Mitiglinide.svg

Mitiglinide

  • MF C19H25NO3
  • MW 315.407 Da

Mitiglinide (INN, trade name Glufast) is a drug for the treatment of type 2 diabetes.[1]

Mitiglinide belongs to the meglitinide class of blood glucose-lowering drugs and is currently co-marketed in Japan by Kissei and Takeda. The North America rights to mitiglinide are held by Elixir Pharmaceuticals. Mitiglinide has not yet gained FDA approval.

Mitiglinide calcium hydrate was approved by Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Agency of Japan (PMDA) on January 29, 2004. It was co-developed and co-marketed as Glufast® by Takeda and Kissei in Japan.

Mitiglinide is a rapid-acting insulin secretion-stimulating agent. It stimulates insulin secretion by closing the ATP-sensitive K+ (ATP) channels in pancreatic beta-cells. It is indicated for the treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus.

Glufast® is available as tablet for oral use, containing 5 mg or 10 mg of Mitiglinide calcium hydrate. The recommended dose is 10 mg three times daily just before each meal (within 5 minutes).

China , Approved 2010-04-19, 快如妥/Glufast, Kissei

ミチグリニドカルシウム水和物

C38H48CaN2O6▪2H2O : 704.92
[207844-01-7]

Pharmacology

Mitiglinide is thought to stimulate insulin secretion by closing the ATP-sensitive K(+) K(ATP) channels in pancreatic beta-cells.

Image result for mitiglinide

Dosage

Mitiglinide is delivered in tablet form.

Image result for mitiglinide

Molecular Weight 333.42
Formula C19H27NO4
CAS Number 207844-01-7

Mitiglinide calcium hydrate

Image result for mitiglinide

Image result for mitiglinide

Image result for mitiglinide

The condensation of dimethyl succinate (I) with benzaldehyde (II) by means of NaOMe in refluxing methanol followed by hydrolysis with NaOH in methanol/water gives 2-benzylidenesuccinic acid (III). Compound (III) is treated with refluxing Ac2O, yielding the corresponding anhydride (IV), which by reaction with cis-perhydroisoindole (V) in toluene affords the monoamide (VI). This amide is reduced with H2 over a chiral Rhodium catalyst and treated with (R)-1-phenylethylamine (VII) to provide the chiral salt (VIII) as a single diastereomer isolated by crystallization. Finally, this salt is treated first with aqueous NH4OH and then with aqueous CaCl2.

he optical resolution of racemic 2-benzylsuccinic acid (XV) using the chiral amines (R)-1-phenylethylamine (VII), (R)-1-(1-naphthyl)ethylamine (XIV) or (S)-1-phenyl-2-(4-tolyl)ethylamine (XVI) is carried out by fractional crystallization of the corresponding diastereomeric salts and treatment with 2N HCl, providing the desired enantiomer 2(S)-benzylsuccinic acid (XVII). Reaction of (XVII) with SOCl2 gives the corresponding acyl chloride (XVIII), which is treated with 4-nitrophenol (XIX) and TEA in dichloromethane to yield the activated diester (XX). The regioselective reaction of (XX) with cis-perhydroisoindole (V) in dichloromethane affords the monoamide (XXI), which by reaction with HCl and methanol provides the corresponding methyl ester (XXII). This ester is hydrolyzed with NaOH to the previously described chiral succinamic acid (XIII), which is finally converted into its calcium salt.

Image result for Kissei

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2009047797A2?cl=en

Perhydroisoindole derivative, (S)-mitiglinide of formula I is a potassium channel antagonist for the treatment of type 2 diabetes mellitus and is chemically known as (5)-2-benzyl-3-(cis-hexahydro-2- isoindolinylcarbonyl) propionic acid.

Formula I

Figure imgf000002_0002

It has potent oral hypoglycemic activity and is structurally different from the sulphonylureas, although it stimulates calcium influx by binding to the sulphonylurea receptor on pancreatic β-cells and closing K+ ATP channels. Perhydroisoindole derivatives including (S)-mitiglinide and salts thereof were first disclosed in US patent 5,202,335. This patent discloses preparation of (S)-mitiglinide by the reaction of (5)-3-benzyloxycarbonyl-4-phenylbutyric acid with cis-hexahydroisoindoline in the presence of N- methylmorpholine and isobutyl chloroformate followed by debenzylation with palladium on carbon in ethyl acetate to yield (5)-mitiglinide as viscous oil. (S)-Mitiglinide is isolated as its hemi calcium salt using calcium chloride in water which is further recrystallized with diisopropyl ether. Melting point of calcium salt of mitiglinide calcium dihydrate salt is herein reported as 179-185 0C. (S)-Mitiglinide prepared by the above process is obtained in low yields. Further, the synthetic method described in the patent does not enable the desired regioselectivity. Extensive purification steps are required to obtain the desired compound, which makes the process unattractive from industrial point of view. US patent 6,133,454 discloses a process for the preparation of (S)-mitiglinide by reacting dimethyl succinate with benzaldehyde in methanolic medium, to yield a diacid which is converted to corresponding anhydride and is further reacted with the perhydroisoindole to yield 2-[(cis- perhydroisomdol^-ytycarbonylmethyl^-phenylacrylic acid which is then subjected to catalytic hydrogenation using the complex rhodium/(2S,4S)-N-butoxycarbonyl-4-diphenylphosphino-2-diphenyl- phosphino-methylpyrrolidine (Rh/(S,S) BPPM) as asymmetric hydrogenation catalyst, followed by conversion to pharmaceutically acceptable salt of (S)-mitiglinide. The above patent utilizes ruthenium complex which is expensive, carcinogenic and toxicity, hence not recommended for industrial scale. European patent publication no. EP 0967204 discloses the preparation of mitiglinide by deprotecting benzyl-(S)-2-benzyl-3-(cis-hexahydro-2-isoindolinyl-carbonyl) propionate and converting the same to calcium dihydrate salt in crystalline form using calcium chloride, water and ethanol. The crystals of calcium salt are further recrystallized using ethanol and water. But the patent is silent about the crystalline form of mitiglinide calcium.

It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that perhydroisoindole derivative, (S)-mitiglinide of formula I contains a chiral centre and therefore exists as enantiomers. Optically active compounds have increasingly gained importance since the technologies to develop optically active compounds in high purity have considerably improved. Obtaining asymmetric molecules has traditionally involved resolving the desired molecule from a racemic mixture using a chiral reagent, which is not profitable as it increases the cost and processing time. Alternatively, desired enantiomer can be obtained by selective recrystallization of one enantiomer. However such a process is considered inefficient, in that product recovery is often low, purity is uncertain and more than 50% of the material is lost. Enantiomers can also be resolved chromatographically, although the large amount of solvent required for conventional batch chromatography is cost prohibitive and results in the preparation of relatively dilute products. Limited throughput volumes also often make batch chromatography impractical for large-scale production. Even so, it is a common experience for those skilled in the art to find chiral separation of certain chiral mixtures to be inefficient or ineffective, thereby resulting in the efforts towards development of newer methodologies for asymmetric synthesis.

It would be of significant advantage to obtain (.S)-mitiglinide by development of reaction conditions necessary for productive manufacture of the required (5)-enantiomer, substantially free of the unwanted (R)-enantiomer, in large quantities that meet acceptable pharmaceutical standards. It is the property of the solid compounds to exist in different polymorphic form. By the term polymorphs mean to include different physical forms, crystal forms, crystalline/liquid crystalline/non-crystalline (amorphous) forms. This has especially become very interesting after observing that many antibiotics, antibacterials, tranquilizers etc, exhibit polymorphism and some/one of the polymorphic forms of a given drug exhibit superior bio-availability and consequently show much higher activity compared to other polymorphs. It has also been disclosed that the amorphous forms in a number of drugs exhibit different dissolution characteristics and in some cases different bioavailability patterns compared to the crystalline form [Konne T., Chem. Pharm. Bull. 38, 2003 (1990)]. The solubility of a material is also influenced by its solid-state properties, and it has been suggested that the solubility of an amorphous compound is 10 to 1600 times higher than that of its most stable crystalline structures (Bruno C. Hancock and Michael Parks, ‘What is the true solubility advantage for amorphous pharmaceuticals’, Pharmaceutical Research 2000, Apr; 17(4):397-404). Thus it can be concluded that amorphous products are in general more soluble and often show improved absorption in humans.

Thus, there is a widely recognized need for developing a stable polymorph, which would further offer advantages over crystalline forms in terms of better dissolution and the availability profiles. Also none of the prior art references disclose amorphous form of mitiglinide calcium. Thus present invention provides amorphous form of mitiglinide calcium.

It is also required that the final API like mitiglinide whether in the amorphous form or crystalline form must be free from the other impurities including the unwanted enantiomer, these can be side product and by product of the reaction, degradation products and starting materials. Impurities in final API are undesirable and in extreme cases, might even be harmful to a patient being treated with a dosage form containing the API. Therefore impurities introduced during commercial manufacturing processes must be limited to very small amounts and are preferably substantially absent. These limits are less than about 0.15 percent by weight of each identified impurity and 0.10 % by weight of unidentified and/or uncharacterized impurities. After the manufacture of APIs, the purity of the products, such as (S)- mitiglinide calcium dihydrate is required before commercialization, and in the manufacture of formulated pharmaceuticals. Therefore, pharmaceutical active compounds must be either free from these impurities or contain the impurities in acceptable limits. There is also a need for the isolation, characterization and identification of the impurities and their use as reference markers and reference standard. Thus, the present invention meets the need in the art for a novel, efficient and industrially advantageous process for providing optically pure perhydroisoindole derivatives, particularly (iS)-mitiglinide, which is unique with respect to its simplicity, scalability and involves controlling the steps of the reaction so that predominantly the desired (S)-enantiomer is produced in high yields and purity. The present invention also provides substantially pure (S)-mitiglinide and salts thereof having novel amide impurity in acceptable limit or free from this impurity.

Example 1: Preparation of (R) 4-benzyl-3-(3-phenylpropionv0-oxazolidin-2-one To a solution of (R)-4-benzyloxazolidin-2-one (50 g), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (4.85 g), 3-phenyl propionic acid (55.08 g) in dichloromethane (375 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere at 0-5 0C, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (975.65 g) was added. The temperature was slowly raised to 25-30 0C and stirring was continued until no starting material was left as was confirmed by thin layer chromatography. Dicyclohexylurea formed during the reaction was filtered, washed with dichloromethane (200 ml) and the filtrate was washed with saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (500 ml). The solution was dried over sodium sulphate and solvent was distilled off to obtained crude product which was purified from methanol (200 ml) at 10-15 °C and washed with methanol (50 ml) to obtain 81.0 g of the title compound. Example 2: Preparation of 3(5)-benzyl-4-(4-(J?)-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-yl)-4-oxo-butyrϊc acid tert-butyl ester

To a solution of (/?)-4-benzyl-3-(3-phenyl-propionyl)-oxazolidin-2-one (150 g) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (1.5 It) was added a solution of sodium hexamethyldisilazane (462 ml, 36-38% solution in tetrahydrofuran) with stirring at -85 to -95 0C for 60 minutes. Tert-butyl bromo acetate (137.5 g) in tetrahydrofuran (300 ml) was added to reaction mass and then stirred to 60 minutes at -85 to -95 0C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was poured into ammonium chloride solution (10%, 2.0 It) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×750 ml). The combined organic layer was washed with demineralized water (1×750 ml) and dried over sodium sulphate. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain oily residue which was stirred with mixture of n-hexane (100 ml) and isopropyl alcohol (100 ml) at Oto -50C, filtered and dried under vacuum to obtain 153.12 g of title compound having chemical purity 99.41%, chiral purity 99.91% by HPLC, [α]D 20: (-)97.52° (c = 1, CHCl3) and M.P. : 117.1-118.20C.

Example 3: Preparation of 3(5)-benzyl-4-(4(i?)-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-yl)-4-oxobutyric acid Trifluoroacetic acid (100 g) was added to a solution of 3(5)-benzyl-4-(4-(/?)-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3- yl)-4-oxobutyric acid tert-butyl ester (100 g) in dichloromethane (700 ml) at 25 0C and mixture was stirred further for about 12 hours ( when TLC indicated reaction to be complete). The reaction mixture was poured in to ammonium chloride solution (10%, 500 ml). The dichloromethane layer was separated and aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 250 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain title compound. The crude product was recrystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate: n-hexane (1:4, 500 ml) to obtain 78.75g of the title compound having purity 99.56% by HPLC and M.P.: 145.9-146.40C.

Example 4: Preparation of (2S)-2-benzyl-l-((4R)-4-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-vI)-4-(hexahydro- isoindolin-2-yl)-butane-l,4-dione

To a solution of 3(5)-benzyl-4-(4-(/?)-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-yl)-4-oxo-butyric acid (50 g) in anhydrous dichloromethane (1.25 It) was added triethylamine (50 ml) with stirring at -20 to -30 0C and the stirred for 15 minutes. A solution of isobutylchloroformate (37.50g) in anhydrous dichloromethane (50 ml) was added at -20 to -30 0C and stirred for 60 minutes. Thereafter, a solution of cis- hexahydroisoindoline (32.50 g) in anhydrous dichloromethane (50 ml) was slowly added by maintaining temperature -20 to -300C. After the completion of the reaction (monitored by HPLC), the mixture was successively washed with 0.5N hydrochloric acid solution (500 ml), brine (300 ml) and dried over sodium sulphate. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain 102.0 g of the title compound having purity 94.39% by HPLC.

Example 5: Purification of r2S)-2-benzyl-l-((4R)-4-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-yl)-4-(hexahydro- isoindolin-2-vD-butane-l,4-dione

To the crude (2S)-2-benzyl-l-((4R)-4-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-yl)-4-(hexahydro-isoindolin-2-yl)- butane- 1,4-dione (51.0 g) was added methanol (150 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours at 0 to 5 0C. Solid that precipitated out was filtered, slurry washed with cold methanol (25 ml) and dried at 45 -50 0C under vacuum to obtain 28.80 g of pure title compound as a crystalline solid having purity of 99.71% by HPLC and M. P.: 104.1-105.70C.

Example 6: Preparation of calcium salt of (-SVmitiglinide. Step-1: Preparation of (-SVmitiglinide

(2S)-2-Benzyl- 1 -((4R)-4-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-yl)-4-(hexahydro-isoindolin-2-yl)-butane- 1 ,4-dione (28.0 g) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (196 ml) and a mixture of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (3.51 g) in demineralized water (56 ml) and hydrogen peroxide (40% solution, 5.5 ml) was added with stirring at 0 to 5 0C over a period of 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was further stirred at 0 to 5 0C till the completion of the reaction. After the completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction was quenched with the addition of cooled sodium meta-bisulphate solution (25%, 168 ml) at 0 to 10 0C. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×112 ml), the layers were separated and the aqueous layer was discarded. The HPLC analysis of the aqueous layer shows 0.77% of amide impurity. The ethyl acetate layer was then extracted with aqueous ammonia solution (4%, 2×40 ml). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was further extracted with ethyl acetate (2×280 ml). Combined ethyl acetate layer was discarded. This aqueous layer (280 ml) was used as such in the next stage. The aqueous layer display purity 96.19 % by HPLC and amide impurity 0.04% by HPLC. Step-2: Preparation of calcium salt of dSVmitiglinide

To the above stirred solution of (S)-mitiglinide in water and ammonia(280 ml), methanol (168 ml) was added, followed by calcium chloride (4.48 g) dissolved in demineralized water (56 ml) at ambient temperature and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The resulting precipitate was filtered, successively slurry washed with water (3 x 140 ml) and acetone (2 x 70 ml) and dried at 450C -500C under vacuum to obtain 16.1 g of title compound having purity 99.67% by HPLC and amide impurity 0.01% by HPLC. The title product was re-precipitated from a mixture of methanol and water and dried to obtain pure title compound.

Example 7: Preparation of (.SVmitiglinide

To a solution of (2S)-2-benzyl-l-((4R)-4-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-yl)-4-(hexahydro-isoindolin-2-yl)- butane- 1,4-dione (50 g) in tetrahydrofuran (350 ml) was added a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (8.65 g) in demineralized water (100 ml) and hydrogen peroxide (30% w/w, 40 ml) with stirring at 5 to 10 0C over a period of 15 minutes. After the completion of reaction, sodium meta- bisulphate solution (40%, 500 ml) was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 250 ml). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated under vacuum to obtain 45.5 g of title compound having 35 % of R-benzyl oxozolidin-2-one as impurity. Example 8: Purification of (.S)-mitiglinide

Aqueous ammonia solution (4%, 300 ml) was added to the crude (5)-mitiglinide (30 g) and stirred. The reaction mixture was washed with ethyl acetate (3 x 300 ml). Thereafter the reaction mixture was acidified to pH 1 to 2 with IN hydrochloric acid solution (250 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 150 ml). The layers were separated and ethyl acetate layer was washed with demineralized water (2 x 150 ml), dried over sodium sulphate and then evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain 16.2 g of pure (5)-mitiglinide having purity 95.55% by HPLC Example 9: Preparation of calcium salt of (S)-mitiglinide

To a solution of (<S)-mitiglinide (15 g) in water (150 ml) and aqueous ammonia solution (25%, 15 ml) at 25 to 30 0C, a solution of calcium chloride (7.5 g) in demineralized water (37.5 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour to precipitate the calcium salt of (5)-mitiglinide dihydrate. The resulting precipitate was filtered, slurry washed with water (3 x 150ml) and dried at 45 to 50 0C to obtain 13.25 g of the title compound having purity of 98.84% by HPLC. Example 10: Purification of calcium salt of (5)-mitiglinide

(iS)-mitiglinide calcium (10 g) was dissolved in dimethylformamide (100 ml). This is followed by the addition of demineralized water (500 ml) at 25 to 30 0C. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water (10x 50ml) and dried at 45 to 50 0C under vacuum to obtain 8g of pure title compound as a crystalline solid having purity of 99.62% by HPLC. Example 11: Preparation of amorphous mitiglinide calcium

Crystalline mitiglinide calcium (2.0 g) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 ml) and filtered to remove undissolved and suspended particles. The solvent was then evaporated under vacuum to obtain a powder which was then dried under vacuum at 40-600C to obtain 1.70 g of the title compound. Example 12: Preparation of amorphous mitiglinide calcium

Crystalline mitiglinide calcium (2.0 g) was dissolved in dichloromethane (30 ml) and filtered to remove undissolved and suspended particles. The solvent was then evaporated under vacuum to obtain a powder which was then dried under vacuum at 40-600C to obtain 1.64 g of the title compound. Example 13: Preparation of amorphous mitiglinide calcium

Mitiglinide (2.0 g) was dissolved in methanol (20 ml) and methanolic ammonia (5.0 ml) solution was added to it. The solution was stirred at 25-30 0C and calcium chloride (1.5 g) dissolved in methanol was mixed with the solution of mitiglinide and ammonia in methanol and the solution was filtered to remove the suspended particles. The solvent was then evaporated under vacuum to obtain a powder which was then dried under vacuum at 40-600C to obtain 1.9 g of the title compound. Example 14: Preparation of amorphous mitiglinide calcium

Mitiglinide (2.0 g) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml) and aqueous ammonia (3.6 ml, 25 % solution) was added to it. The solution was stirred at 25-300C and solid calcium chloride (1.5 g) was mixed with the solution of mitiglinide and ammonia in dichloromethane and the solution warmed at 30 – 35 0C. The solution was washed with water (2 xlO ml) and the clear solution was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated under vacuum and finally dried at under vacuum at 40-60 0C to obtain 1.75 g of the title compound.

Example 15: Preparation of amorphous mitiglinide calcium

Crystalline mitiglinide calcium dihydrate (2.0 g) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (30 ml) and filtered to remove undissolved and suspended particles. Approimately. 60 % of the solvent was distilled off under vacuum to obtain a stirrable solution. The solution was then cooled to 15-2O0C, mixed with n-heptane (20 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with n-heptane and dried under vacuum at 45-600C to yield 1.72 g of the title compound. Example 16: Preparation of amorphous mitiglinide calcium

Crystalline mitiglinide calcium (2.Og) was dissolved in dichloromethane (30 ml) and filtered to remove undissolved and suspended particles. Approximately 60 % of the solvent was distilled off under vacuum to obtain a stirrable solution. The solution was then cooled to 15-200C and mixed with diisopropyl ether (20 ml). The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes and the resulting solid was filtered, washed with diisopropyl ether and dried under vacuum at 45-600C to obtain 1.70 g of the title compound. Example 17: Preparation of amorphous mitiglinide calcium

Mitiglinide (2.0 g) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml) and aqueous ammonia (3.6 ml, 25 % solution) solution was added to it. The solution was stirred at 25-30 0C and mixed with solid calcium chloride (1.5 g) and the solution warmed at 30-35 0C and stirred for 30 minutes. The solution was washed with water (2 x 10 ml) and the clear solution was dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered. Approximately 60% of the solvent was distilled off under vacuum and the resulting viscous oil was cooled to 10-15 0C and mixed with diisopropyl ether (50 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30-35 minutes and the resulting solid was filtered and dried at 40-600C to obtain 1.75 g of the title compound. Example 18: Conversion of amorphous mitiglinide calcium into crystalline mitiglinide calcium A suspension of amorphous mitiglinide calcium in diisopropyl ether (30 ml) was stirred for 2 hours at 25- 300C, filtered and dried under vacuum at 45-600C to obtain crystalline form of mitiglinide calcium. Example 19: Preparation of crystalline mitiglinide calcium

To a solution of mitiglinide (2.5 g) in water (2.5 ml), aqueous ammonia solution (approx 25%, 4.0 ml) and acetonitrile (2.5 ml) at 10-150C, calcium chloride (1.32 g) dissolved in demineralized water (15 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The resulting precipitate was filtered, slurry washed with water (3 x 25 ml) and acetone (2 x 5 ml) and dried at 45-500C under vacuum to obtain 2.12 g of title compound having purity: 99.72 % by HPLC.

Example 20: Preparation of crystalline mitiglinide calcium

To a solution of mitiglinide (2.5 g) in water (2.5 ml), aqueous ammonia solution (approx 25%, 4.0 ml) and tetrahydrofuran (2.5 ml) at 10-150C, calcium chloride (1.32 g) dissolved in demineralized water (15 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The resulting precipitate was filtered, slurry washed with water (3 x 25 ml) and acetone (2 x 5 ml) and dried at 45-500C under vacuum to obtain 1.95 g of title compound having purity: 99.52 % by HPLC.

Example 21; Preparation of crystalline mitiglinide calcium

To a solution of mitiglinide (30.0 g) in water (300 ml), aqueous ammonia solution (approx 25%, 48 ml) and acetone (300 ml) at 10-150C, calcium chloride (15.8 g) dissolved in demineralized water (180 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The resulting precipitate was filtered, slurry washed with water (3 x 300 ml) and acetone (2 x 60 ml) and dried at 45-500C under vacuum to obtain 24.32 g of title compound having purity: 99.42 % by HPLC.

Example 22: Preparation of crystalline mitiglinide calcium

To a solution of mitiglinide (3.0 g) in water (30 ml), aqueous ammonia solution (approx 25%, 4.8 ml) and isopropyl alcohol (300 ml) at 10-150C, calcium chloride (1.58 g) dissolved in demineralized water

(18 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The resulting precipitate was filtered, slurry washed with water (3 x 30 ml) and acetone (2 x 6 ml) and dried at 45-500C under vacuum to obtain 1.92 g of title compound having purity: 99.65 % by HPLC.

Example 23: Preparation of (2S)-2-benzyWV-((lR)-l-benzyl-2-hydroxy-ethyl)-4-(hexahvdro- isoindolin-2-yl)-4-oxo-buryramide

To a solution of (2S)-2-benzyl-l-((4R)-4-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-yl)-4-(hexahydro-isoindolin-2-yl)- butane-l,4-dione (20.0 g) in tetrahydrofuran (140 ml), a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate

(3.43 g,) in demineralized water (40 ml) was added and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 4 hours till the completion of the reactions (monitored by thin layer chromatography). After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into demineralized water (100 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 80 ml). The combined organic layer was washed with water (80 ml) and dried over sodium sulphate. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give residue which was stirred in isopropyl alcohol at 0-5 0C for 5 hours. The mixture was filtered and then dried at 40-45 0C under vacuum to obtain 12.48 g of title compound having purity 99.77 % by HPLC. Melting point = 77 – 800C.

PAPER

An Effective and Convenient Method for the Preparation of KAD-1229

  • DOI: 10.1002/hlca.200490174

Helvetica Chimica ActaVolume 87, Issue 8, Version of Record online: 27 AUG 2004

str1

PAPER

asian journal of chemistry asian journal of chemistry

http://www.asianjournalofchemistry.co.in/(X(1))/User/ViewFreeArticle.aspx?ArticleID…

(S)-Mitiglinide calcium dihydrate is designated chemically … Identification, Synthesis and Characterization of Impurities of (S)-Mitiglinide Calcium Dihydrate………http://www.asianjournalofchemistry.co.in/(X(1))/User/ViewFreeArticle.aspx?ArticleID=26_9_51

Identification, Synthesis and Characterization of Impurities of (S)-Mitiglinide Calcium Dihydrate T. UMASANKARA SASTRY * , K. NAGESWARA RAO, T. APPI REDDY and P. GANDHI R&D Centre, Mylan Laboratories Limited, Anrich Industrial Estate, Bollaram (Village), Jinnaram (Mandal), Medak (District)-502 325, India *Corresponding author: Tel: +91 9849961214: E-mail: umasankarasastry.tummalapalli@mylan.in
str1
(S)-Mitiglinide calcium dihydrate (1), calcium (2S)-2- benzyl-4-[(3aR,7aS)-octahydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl]-4- oxobutanoate hydrate (1:2:2), a novel hypoglycemic agent with a chemical structure different from that of the sulfonylureas. Mitiglinide inhibits the ATP-sensitive potassium channels in pancreatic β-cells and stimulates insulin release. The configuration of the stereogenic C-atom in the succinyl moiety is very important for the activity of compound and the absolute (S)- configuration is necessary for insulin secretory effect1-5. It is useful for the treatment of type-2 diabetes. (S)-Mitiglinide calcium dihydrate is designated chemically as calcium (2S)-2-benzyl-4-[(3aR,7aS)-octahydro-2Hisoindol-2-yl]-4-oxobutanoate hydrate (1:2:2). Its literature synthesis6 (Scheme-I) involves dehydration of (S)-2-benzylsuccinic acid (2) with acetic anhydride in the presence of dichloromethane gives corresponding anhydride (3). Reaction of (3) with cis-octahydroisondole (8) in presence of toluene affords (S)-mitiglinide (4) which on treatment with anhydrous calcium chloride in presence of sodium hydroxide and water gives (S)-mitiglinide calcium dihydrate (1).
(S)-Mitiglinde calcium dihydrate 1 synthesized is shown in Scheme-I. Dehydration of (S)-2-benzylsuccinic acid 2 with acetic anhydride gives corresponding (S)-Benzylsuccinic anhydride 3. The reaction of 3 with cis-octahydroisoindole 8 in the presence of toluene gives (S)-mitiglinide 4, which upon treatment with anhydrous calcium chloride in presence of sodium hydroxide and water afforded (S)-mitiglinide calcium dihydrate 1.
(S)-mitiglinide calcium regioisomer 14 (6.0 g , 23.0 % yield). IR (KBr, νmax, cm-1): 3061, 3027, 2926, 2856 1621, 1601, 1550, 1464, 1416, 1336, 1312, 1231, 1185, 1075, 814, 795, 769, 701. 1H NMR (DMSO-d6): δ 7.17-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.11-7.25 (m, 4H), 3.34-3.53 (m, 2H), 2.95-3.18 (m, 4H), 2.95-3.18 (m, 2H), 2.55- 2.84 (m, 4H), 2.55-2.84 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.40 (m, 2H), 1.88-2.12 (m, 2H), 1.88-2.12 (m, 2H), 0.62-1.41 (m, 8H), 0.62-1.41 (m, 8H). ESI-MS: m/z 316 ([M + H]+ , C38H48N2O6Ca calcd. 315), m/z 338 ([M + Na]+ ), m/z 314 ([M-H]- .

 

PATENT

CN 102382033

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/CN104311471A?cl=en

Mitiglinide calcium (mitiglinide calcium), the chemical name (2S) -2_ benzyl-3- (cis – hexahydro-2-isoindoline-carbonyl) propionic acid calcium salt dihydrate , for the treatment of type II diabetes. Kissei by Japanese pharmaceutical company research and development, and for the first time on sale in Japan in May 2004. Mitiglinide calcium is the second repaglinide, nateglinide after the first three columns MAG urea drugs, are ATP-dependent potassium channel blocker, is a derivative of phenylalanine, and its mechanism Similar sulfonylureas, but a faster onset of action and short half-life, is conducive to reducing postprandial blood glucose in diabetic patients, and avoid continuous glucose-induced low blood sugar, with the “in vitro pancreas” reputation.

郑德强 etc. on “Food and Drug” magazine was first disclosed the synthesis of calcium Mitiglinide, this method dimethyl succinate and benzaldehyde for raw materials, Stobble condensation, hydrolysis, dehydration anhydride, cis – perhydro isoindole reduced to give racemic acid after condensation, and then split, and salt get Mitiglinide calcium. Specific synthetic route the following equation. The method is relatively complex, in the preparation process to generate half of the unwanted enantiomer, which will waste a lot of cis – perhydro isoindole, and in the preparation of cis – to use science as a whole hydride hydrogen isoindole time reducing agent, the operation is more complicated, the cost is relatively high, and the chiral amine as a resolving agent split, the yield is low.

Figure CN104311471AD00031

 The patent discloses a CN201010573666 diethyl succinate and benzaldehyde, condensation occurs Stobble sodium ethoxide in ethanol and then hydrolyzed benzylidene succinic acid, succinic acid benzylidene get by catalytic hydrogenation DL-2-benzyl succinic acid, DL-2-benzyl succinic acid by (R) – a chiral amine resolving to give (S) -2- benzyl succinic acid, (S) -2- benzyl succinic acid anhydride to generate its role in the acetic anhydride, and the resulting acid anhydride and cis – hexahydro isoindole reaction of Mitiglinide acid, calcium chloride and ammonia most 后米格列奈 acid reacts with calcium Mitiglinide dihydrate. The synthesis route following formula. This method effectively avoids the expensive intermediate cis – perhydro isoindole waste, reduce costs, but still amounted to a six-step synthesis route much so that the reagent type, long cycle, low yield, and direct use in the synthesis process Sodium block protonated reagent preparation sodium methylate, generate a lot of flammable hydrogen gas, limiting the industrial application of the method.

Figure CN104311471AD00041

The present invention solves is to overcome the existing routes that exist in step lengthy reagent variety, low yield, long cycle, high cost, not suitable for industrial production shortcomings. The present invention provides the following formula preparation process route mitiglinide calcium, organic solvent for this preparation method uses less synthesis process is simple, high yield, good purity, suitable for industrial production.

Figure CN104311471AD00042

An improved Mitiglinide calcium industrialized preparation method comprises the following steps: Step 1: Preparation of 2-benzylidene succinic acid; 2 steps: (S) prepared _2_ section succinic acid; Step 3: 2- (S) – section group _4_ oxo – (cis – perhydro isoindol-2-yl) butyric acid; Step 4: Preparation Mitiglinide calcium. Characterized in that: in step 1, using commercially available reagents protonated organic bases, protonation process using an organic alkali solution was slowly feeding methods. Step 2 chiral asymmetric reduction. Step 3 fails anhydride using direct selective amidation. Step 4 beating impurities using an aqueous solvent, prepared mitiglinide calcium dihydrate purification method.

The preparation step 1, using a commercially available organic bases as sodium methoxide or sodium ethoxide protonation agent. As optimization program, feeding method using sodium methoxide or sodium ethoxide solution formulated as the corresponding alcohol and the corresponding dialkyl succinate protonating a nucleophilic substitution reaction.

 The preparation method described in Step 2, the use of Ru with BINAP homogeneous catalyst Ru (OAc) 2 [(S) -BINAP] as a chiral asymmetric synthesis of chiral reducing reagent.

The steps of the preparation method 3, using ethyl acetate as a reaction solvent, acid binding agent triethylamine do, imidazole and thionyl chloride selective amidation reagent, for cis – perhydro isoindole conduct Selective condensation title intermediate.

 The step of preparing said 4, mitiglinide calcium crude product was slurried in 95% ethanol by suction, after simple preparation of high purity mitiglinide calcium dihydrate.

 More specifically, the industrialized Mitiglinide calcium preparation, the following steps: Step 1: Preparation of succinate 2_ Benzylidene

Figure CN104311471AD00051

Sodium methoxide (sodium ethoxide) was dissolved in methanol (ethanol), was added dropwise to dimethyl succinate (ethyl) ester, was heated at reflux for 30min, benzaldehyde was added dropwise under reflux, stirring at reflux completed the dropwise 3~5h, drops adding an aqueous solution of 4N NaOH dropwise Bi refluxed 4~6h, cooled to room temperature, adjusted with 6N HCl San PH 2, a solid precipitated, centrifuged, and dried to give the title intermediate 1. Step 2: Preparation of (S) -2- acid, benzyl butyl

Figure CN104311471AD00052

Intermediate 1, methanol, and Ru (OAc) 2 [(S) -BINAP] into the reactor, the reactor with N2 the replacement air after heating to 50 ° C, a hydrogen pressure through 10h, cooled, filtered, The filtrate was concentrated to dryness to give the title intermediate 2. Step 3: 2- (S) – benzyl-4-oxo – (cis – perhydro isoindol-2-yl) butyric acid

Figure CN104311471AD00053

Ethyl acetate was added to the reactor, triethylamine, imidazole and Intermediate 2, was stirred and cooled to -15~-5 ° C, was added dropwise thionyl chloride addition was complete, the -15 ° C~_5 ° C Under continued stirring 6h, a solution of cis – perhydro isoindole, drip completed, stirred at room temperature overnight, the reaction mixture was added IN hydrochloric acid, stirred Ih, separation, and the organic layer was washed with sodium hydroxide solution to extract IN The combined aqueous layer was washed with a small amount of ethyl acetate, the aqueous layer was adjusted with IN hydrochloric acid and the PH = 3, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic layers combined, washed with water and saturated brine, and the organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the objective compound 3 billion Step 4: Preparation of calcium Mitiglinide

Figure CN104311471AD00054

The 3 was dissolved in ethanol, was added 2N sodium hydroxide solution, after mixing the solution was added dropwise a 10% aqueous solution of calcium chloride, the reaction mixture was stirred vigorously 3~5h, ice-cooled, filtered, the filter cake with 95% ethanol beating crystallization, filtration, and dried in vacuo to give the title compound I.

Accordingly, the present invention is a method for preparing mitiglinide calcium has the following advantages:

1, Step 1, using commercially available sodium methylate (sodium ethanol) instead of sodium block as a proton agent, effectively avoid the risk of sodium block formed during the reaction a lot of flammable hydrogen gas, industrial production safer. Another use dropping protonated reagent feeding method can effectively avoid succinic acid alkyl ester of two methylene groups are protonated and reduce the incidence of side effects, so that the yield increased by nearly 20%.

 2, Step 2, the selective reduction of chiral reagent (S) -BINAP instead of the original route after the first split reduction method, not only simplifies the reaction step, but low yield while avoiding split It leads to the risk of an increase in cost.

3, Step 3, the fixed selective amidation reaction conditions instead of the original first into anhydride after amidation reaction that simplifies the reaction steps to reduce the unit operations, shortening the production cycle, improve production efficiency.

4, Step 4, by using an aqueous solution of calcium Mitiglinide ethanol refining crude beating, then dried under reduced pressure to control the moisture content and reduce the difficulty of the operation, more conducive to industrial production.DETAILED DESCRIPTION The following examples further illustrate the invention, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Example One Step I: Preparation 2_ benzylidene succinic acid Sodium methoxide (9kg) and methanol (48L) into the 100L reactor, stirring to dissolve, into the high slot 50L. The dimethyl succinate (20kg) into the 200L reaction vessel, heated to reflux, methanol was added dropwise a solution of fast high tank of sodium methoxide, refluxed for reaction completion dropwise 30min, was added dropwise under reflux benzaldehyde (10. 9kg) dropwise with stirring at reflux completed 3~5h, HPLC detection benzaldehyde completion of the reaction, a solution of aqueous 4N NaOH (38L), Bi dropwise refluxed 4~6h, cooled to room temperature, 2, adjusted with 6N HCl and the precipitated solid was San PH, centrifugation, and dried in vacuo to give a pale yellow solid 19kg, i.e. an intermediate, yield 90%. Step 2: Preparation of (S) -2- butyric acid benzyl 200L detecting a high pressure hydrogenation reactor airtight, Intermediate I (19kg), methanol (95L) containing 5% Ru (0Ac) 2 [(S ) -BINAP] molecular sieve (SBA-15) supported catalyst (0. 95kg, homemade) into the reactor, purge the inside of the reactor with N2 atmosphere, followed by heating to 50 ° C, atmospheric pressure hydrogen-10h, cooled, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure, the resulting solid was recrystallized from ethyl acetate and dried in vacuo to give an off-white solid 15. 5kg, i.e. intermediate 2, yield 81%, chiral purity 90. 5% θ. θ .. Step 3: 2- (S) – benzyl-4-oxo – (cis – perhydro isoindol-2-yl) butyric acid in 500L reaction vessel was charged with ethyl acetate (225L), triethylamine (1.8kg), imidazole (9. 8kg) and Intermediate 2 (15kg), stirred and cooled to -KTC, was added dropwise thionyl chloride (17. 2kg), the addition was complete, the -KTC~-5 ° C under Stirring was continued for 6h, a solution of cis – perhydro isoindole (9kg), drip completed, the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18h, the reaction mixture was added IN HCl (150L) was stirred Ih, liquid separation, the organic layer was washed with IN sodium hydroxide solution (100LX3) extracted aqueous layers were combined, washed with ethyl acetate (50L) with, water layer was washed with IN of hydrochloric acid adjusted to PH = 3, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (IOOmLX 3), the combined organic layers , saturated brine (50LX 3) was washed, and the organic layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give an oil 19. 8kg, i.e. Intermediate 3 Yield: 87%. Step 4: Preparation of mitiglinide calcium Intermediate 3 (. 19 8kg) and absolute ethanol (99L) into the 200L reactor, and stirred to dissolve, was added 2N sodium hydroxide solution (35L), minutes after mixing Batch into the high slot. The 500L reaction vessel was added 5% aqueous calcium chloride solution (155L), stirring was added dropwise a solution of the high slot, dropwise with vigorous stirring the reaction completion 3~5h, centrifuged, the cake was washed with 95% ethanol (99L) was recrystallized beating, centrifugation and dried in vacuo (50 ° C / 0. 09MPa), to give the title compound I 16. lkg, yield 73%.

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/CN102424664A?cl=en

Mitiglinide calcium Phenylalanine belong chiral compound synthesis routes according to different methods of constructing chiral center has the following three synthetic process:

① split method😦 Document: CN 102101838A, CN 1844096, etc.)

Figure CN102424664AD00061

In this method, diethyl succinate and benzaldehyde by Mobbe condensation, hydrolysis, dehydration anhydride, and after cis-hydrogenated isoindole condensation is reduced to give racemic acid, and then split, and salt to give Mitiglinide calcium. The first method step condensation reaction impurities, product separation and purification difficult, finally resolving the yield is low. This method is also a lack atom economy.

 ② asymmetric hydrogenation😦 Document tetrahedron Letters, 1987,28 (17), 1905-1908; Tetrahedron Letters, 1989,30 (6), 735-738)

Figure CN102424664AD00062

[0027] This method requires expensive rhodium complexes (Rh, (2S, 4Q-N_-butoxycarbonyl-4-diphenylphosphino _2_ diphenylphosphino-2-diphenylphosphino methylpyrrolidine alkyl), making the production cost is greatly improved, and the need for high-pressure hydrogenation reaction, is not conducive to industrial production.

③ chiral method😦 Document: CN 1680321A)

Figure CN102424664AD00063

The method uses phenylalanine as chiral starting materials, after diazotization, nucleophilic substitution, high temperature decarboxylation and condensation reaction product. Wherein the decarboxylation temperature is too low yield, making the overall process costs.

DISCLOSURE

The object of the present invention is to provide a simple, effective and easy-to-operate preparation Mitiglinide calcium.

The present invention provides a process for the preparation of calcium Mitiglinide, the synthesis route is as follows:

Figure CN102424664AD00071

 Step 1: D- phenylalanine in the acid hydrolysis of formula (¾ 2- hydroxy acid;

Step 2: formula (¾ 2- hydroxy acid under basic conditions to give protected hydroxyl sulfonate of formula (¾-hydroxyphenyl propionic acid ester;

 Step 3: The formula (¾-hydroxyphenyl propionic acid ester in the acid-catalyzed carboxyl ester-protected formula (4) phenylalanine methyl sulfonate carboxylate;

 Step 4: cis-hydrogen isoindole synthesis formula (6) perhydro isoindole halide;

Step 5: Under alkaline conditions, the formula ⑷ formula (6) nucleophilic substitution reaction formula (5) Mitiglinide acid

Step 6: Under alkaline conditions, the formula (¾ Mitiglinide ester hydrolysis to the calcium salt of formula (1) Mitiglinide calcium.

 Preferably, the specific steps include:

 Step 1: (D) – phenylalanine hydrolysis in a strong acid of formula (2) 2-hydroxyphenyl propionic acid

 In (D) – phenylalanine as a starting material, in the presence of a strong acid such as sulfuric acid, _5 ° C _5 ° C hydrolysis, to give Formula (2) 2-hydroxyphenyl propionic acid White solid.

 Step 2: The formula (¾ 2- hydroxy acid under basic conditions to protect the hydroxyl group sulfonic acid ester of formula (¾-hydroxyphenyl propionic acid ester

2-hydroxyphenyl propionic acid in an organic base such as triethylamine or pyridine, or an inorganic base such as sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate effect, p-hydroxybenzoic acid ester protecting performed, the protecting group used is an aliphatic or aromatic sulfonic acid group such as mesylate, tosylate or p-toluenesulfonic acid group, a sulfonic acid group is preferably methyl group or p-toluenesulfonic acid.

Step 3: Protect formula formula (¾-hydroxyphenyl propionic acid ester in the acid-catalyzed carboxyl ester group (4) benzenepropanoic

MitigIinide1 (I) carboxylic acid ester sulfonate

In the catalytic acid carboxyl benzenepropanoic acid ester group protection, the use of alcohol may be fatty alcohols or aromatic alcohols, preferably ethanol, t-butanol or benzyl alcohol.

 Step 4: cis-hydrogen isoindole synthesis formula (6) perhydro isoindole halide

 In the synthesis of perhydro isoindole halide in the haloacetyl halide can be used chloroacetyl chloride, bromoacetyl chloride or bromoacetyl bromide, chloroacetyl chloride is preferred.

 Step 5: Under alkaline conditions, (4) and (6) a nucleophilic substitution reaction formula (¾ Mitiglinide acid

 Under the conditions of a strong base, such as sodium alkoxide such as sodium ethoxide or sodium methylate, perhydro isoindole halide and phenylalanine sulfonate nucleophilic substitution reaction Mitiglinide ethyl reaction temperature of -10 ° C -25 ° c, preferably 0 ° C.

Step 6: Under alkaline conditions, the formula (¾ Mitiglinide ester hydrolysis to the calcium salt of formula (1) calcium Mitiglinide

Ethyl mitiglinide under basic conditions such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, or an amine (ammonia) in the presence of an aqueous solution of calcium chloride, and hydrolyzed as calcium salt, in aqueous solution under conditions of heavy alcohol crystallization, high purity mitiglinide calcium.

 The present invention and the prior art comparison, has the following advantages:

1, to find an innovative high-yield process for preparing calcium Mitiglinide route, a total yield of 47%;

2, with respect to the routing methods reported in the literature, the optical yield doubled, ee greater than 99%;

3. The process route of the raw materials are cheap, readily available, avoiding costly chiral resolving agents or the use of a catalyst;

 4. The process route mild conditions, high temperature decarboxylation overcome the harsh reaction conditions.

 In the present invention, (D) – phenylalanine as a starting material, after diazotization, a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group protected, nucleophilic substitution, hydrolysis and other reactions prepared mitiglinide calcium, high yield. The present invention provides a process used by a wide range of raw materials, low prices, the total yield of 47%, optical purity greater than 99%, and mild reaction conditions, the reaction process is simple, avoid the literature, such as split, high-pressure hydrogenation method low yield, long reaction steps and other shortcomings, but also to overcome the harsh conditions of high temperature reaction deacidification, etc. for preparation and production of calcium Mitiglinide provides a new choice.

The process route mild conditions, high temperature decarboxylation overcome the harsh reaction conditions.

 In the present invention, (D) – phenylalanine as a starting material, after diazotization, a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group protected, nucleophilic substitution, hydrolysis and other reactions prepared mitiglinide calcium, high yield. The present invention provides a process used by a wide range of raw materials, low prices, the total yield of 47%, optical purity greater than 99%, and mild reaction conditions, the reaction process is simple, avoid the literature, such as split, high-pressure hydrogenation method low yield, long reaction steps and other shortcomings for Mitiglinide calcium preparation and production of a new choice.

Preferably, in the above embodiment, each step may be the following alternative, the embodiment can achieve the same advantageous effects to a third embodiment of embodiment:

 Step 1: (D) – phenylalanine in the acid hydrolysis of formula (¾ 2- hydroxy acid

 In (D) – phenylalanine as a starting material, in the presence of sulfuric acid, -50C _5 ° C hydrolysis, to give Formula O) 2-hydroxyphenyl propionic acid White solid.

Step 2: formula (¾ 2- hydroxy acid under basic conditions to give protected hydroxyl sulfonate of formula C3) hydroxyphenyl propionic acid ester

2-hydroxyphenyl propionic acid in an organic base such as triethylamine or pyridine, or an inorganic base such as sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate or potassium carbonate effect, p-hydroxybenzoic acid ester protecting performed, the protecting group used is an aliphatic or aromatic sulfonic acid group such as mesylate, tosylate or p-toluenesulfonic acid group, a sulfonic acid group is preferably methyl group or p-toluenesulfonic acid.

Step 3: Formula C3) hydroxyphenyl propionic acid ester in the acid-catalyzed carboxyl ester-protected formula (4) phenylalanine methyl sulfonate carboxylate [0118] In the acid-catalyzed, styrene-acrylic acid ester-protected carboxy, the use of alcohol may be fatty alcohols or aromatic alcohols, preferably ethanol, t-butanol or benzyl alcohol.

 Step 4: cis-hydrogen isoindole synthesis formula (6) perhydro isoindole halide

In the synthesis of perhydro isoindole halide in the haloacetyl halide can be used chloroacetyl chloride, bromoacetyl chloride or bromoacetyl bromide, chloroacetyl chloride is preferred.

Step 5: Under alkaline conditions, the formula ⑷ formula (6) nucleophilic substitution reaction formula (5) Mitiglinide acid

Under the conditions of a strong base, such as sodium alkoxide such as sodium ethoxide or sodium methylate, perhydro isoindole halide and phenylalanine sulfonate nucleophilic substitution reaction Mitiglinide ethyl reaction temperature of -10 ° C -25 ° c, preferably 0 ° C.

 Step 6: Under alkaline conditions, the formula (¾ Mitiglinide ester hydrolysis to the calcium salt of formula (1) calcium Mitiglinide

 Ethyl mitiglinide under basic conditions such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, or an amine (ammonia) in the presence of an aqueous solution of calcium chloride, and hydrolyzed as calcium salt, in aqueous solution under conditions of heavy alcohol crystallization, high purity mitiglinide calcium.

Patent

https://www.google.com/patents/CN103724253A?cl=en

bis [(2s) -2- benzyl-3- (cis – hexahydro isoindole-2-carbonyl) propionic acid] monocalcium dihydrate (mitiglinide calcium), the formula C38H48CaN206.2Η20 English called Mitiglinide Calcium Hydrate, structural formula (I) as

Figure CN103724253AD00031

 Mitiglinide Calcium is synthesized by Japan Orange Health Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., in April 2004 in Japan, for through diet and exercise therapy can effectively control high blood sugar in type II diabetes patients.Mitiglinide calcium is the second repaglinide, nateglinide third after the United States and Glenn urea drugs belong phenylalanine derivatives. By closing ΑΤΡ Mitiglinide calcium-dependent pancreatic β cell membrane Κ channel, resulting in the Ca flow, increase intracellular Ca concentration of extracellular vesicles containing threshing leaving insulin, thereby stimulating the secretion of insulin.And only when the meal will be rapid and transient stimulates the pancreas to secrete insulin, sulphonylureas with the traditional Compared to the rapid onset and short duration of action, inhibition of postprandial hyperglycemia characteristic of type II diabetes, to avoid low blood sugar react, early first- and mild diabetes treatment, and well tolerated.

According to the literature and patent reports, prepared Mitiglinide calcium are the following methods.

 Method I: 2_ (S) _ benzyl succinic acid as raw material, amides, reduction, calcium salt formation Mitiglinide this method, although fewer steps, but the chiral compound materials, expensive , the production cost is high, not suitable for industrial production. References: Sorbera LA, Leeson PA, Castaner RM, et al.Mitiglinidecalcium (KAD-1229) [J] .Drugs Future, 2000,25 (10):. 1034-1042 [0007] Method Two: succinate methyl ester with benzaldehyde for raw materials, Stobble condensation, hydrolysis, dehydration anhydride, cis – perhydro isoindole after condensation is reduced to give racemic acid, and then split into calcium salts and the like have Mitiglinide. This method is relatively complex and condensation reaction impurities, product separation and purification difficult, costly, and chiral separation time yield is low.[Reference: Zheng Dejiang, Liu Wentao, Wu Lihua synthetic calcium Mitiglinide [J] Food and Drug, 2007,9 (11): 13-15]

 Method three: dimethyl succinate and benzaldehyde for raw materials, Stobbe condensation, reduction, split, with p-nitrophenol and dicyclohexyl carbodiimide activated calcium salt formation Mitiglinide This production cost is relatively high, and used column chromatography, suitable for industrial production. References: Synthesis Technology Zhang Hongmei Chen meritorious, Cao Xiaohui Mitiglinide of [J], modern chemicals, 2008,28 (8): 56-59.]

Example 1:

The cis – hexahydro-isoquinoline (250.4g, 2mol), anhydrous potassium carbonate (304.0g, 2.2mol), methylene burn (1000ml) was added to the reaction flask, keeping the temperature 0-5 ° C with vigorous stirring, dropwise acetyl chloride (271.0g, 2.4mol) in dichloromethane (500ml) solution, drip completed, room temperature 2.5h, point board monitoring, reaction complete, additional water 1000ml, organic layer was separated, water (1000ml), saturated brine (1000ml), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate overnight, dichloromethane was distilled off under reduced pressure to give cis -N- chloroacetyl hexahydro isoindole (2) 357.4g oil close Rate: 88.6%.

The cis -N- chloroacetyl hexahydro isoindole (302.5g, 1.5mol), N_ within phenylpropionyl camphor sulfonamide (573.0g, 1.65mol), 70% sodium hydride (56.6g, 1.65 mol), Ν, Ν- dimethylformamide (900ml) was added to the reaction flask, at 50 ° C, the reaction was stirred vigorously 12h, to give the alkylated product, placed to room temperature before use.

100ml of water was slowly dropped to the above-mentioned system, drip complete, lithium hydroxide (39.5g, 1.65mol), tetrahydrofuran (600ml), at 0-5 ° C under a 30% solution of hydrogen peroxide solution 680ml, drop Albert, was transferred to the reaction was continued at room temperature for 18h, point board monitoring, reaction complete, additional water 1200ml, adjusting the pH to about 2_3, extracted with dichloromethane (900ml X 3), the combined organic phases with saturated brine (1500ml) wash, overnight over anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to give a viscous liquid, to which was added ethyl acetate 250ml, stirred at room temperature, suction filtered, the filter cake with ethyl acetate (150ml) and dried to give (2s) – 2-benzyl-3- (cis – hexahydro isoindole-2-carbonyl) – propionic acid (6) as a white solid 231.8g, two steps yield: 49%. Compound 6 (230g, 0.73mol), water 1150ml, added to the reaction flask. After the whole solution, was added 2mol / L sodium hydroxide solution, 400ml, stirred at rt for 30min, was slowly added dropwise with vigorous stirring chloride (162.0g, 1.46mol) in water (320ml) solution dropwise was completed, the reaction was continued for 1.5h, filtration, water (200ml X 2) washing the filter cake to give a white solid, 60 ° C and dried under reduced pressure to 3h, the filter cake with 95% ethanol (2300ml) recrystallized Mitiglinide calcium (I) 430g, yield: 83.6%, mp: 178 ~ 183 ° C, FAB-MS: m / z316 [M + l] +; [α] D20 = + 5.45 ° (C = 1, methanol) [Document: m.ρ.: 179 ~ 185Ό, [α] d20 = + 5.64 ° (C = L 0, methanol)]; purity: 99.8% [HPLC normalization method : Column C18, mobile phase L OOmol / L potassium dihydrogen phosphate buffered saline – acetonitrile-water (20:35: 30) (adjusted pH = 2.10); detection wavelength 210nm]; iH-NMlUCDCldOOM), δ: 1.1 ~ 1.5 (16Η, m), 1.8 ~ 2.4 (6Η, m), 2.5 ~ 3.1 (14Η, m) 3.3 ~

3.8 (6H, m) 7.4 ~ 7.6 (10H, m); Elemental analysis (%):. C64.68, Η7.35, Ν3.94, Theory: C64.75, Η7.44, Ν3.97 yield : 36.05%, a purity of 99.8%.

Image result for mitiglinide

PAPER

WEI HUANG,等: “Novel Convenient Synthesis of Mitiglinide“, 《SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS》, vol. 37, no. 13, 3 July 2007 (2007-07-03), pages 2153 – 2157, XP055079498, DOI: doi:10.1080/00397910701392590

http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/00397910701392590

Abstract: A novel convenient synthesis of the hypoglycemic agent mitiglinide was developed. (2S)-4-[(3aR,7aS)-Octahydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl]-4-oxo-2-benzyl-butanoic acid (6) was prepared by selective hydrolysis of ethyl 4-[(3aR,7aS)-octahydro-2Hisoindol-2-yl]-4-oxo-2-benzyl-butanoate (5) using a-chymotrypsin; the latter was prepared by a novel facile route from (3aR,7aS)-octahydro-2H-isoindole. The overall yield was 25.6%.

Keywords: a-chymotrypsin, mitiglinide, synthesis

Mitiglinide (calcium bis[(2S)-4-[(3aR,7aS)-octahydro-2H–isoindol-2-yl]-4oxo-2-benzylbutanoate]dihydrate) is a novel oral hypoglycemic agent. It inhibits the adenosine triphosphate (ATP)-sensitive potassium channels in pancreatic b-cells and stimulates insulin release like sulfonylureas,[1] but has a rapid onset and short-lasting hypoglycemic effect as compared with the latter.

Mitiglinide has been synthesized by several related methods that involve optical resolution,[2] asymmetric synthesis,[2a,3] and diasteroselective alkylation using chiral auxiliary.[4]

In a previous article,[2] two optical resolution methods of the key compound racemic acid 4 were reported. One of them involves esterification with optically active alcohols, which are separated into the diastereomers by column chromatogeaphy and hydrolyzed. Only the diastereomeric (S)-Nbenzyl mandelamide ester could be separated; the overall yield was 28%,

The alternative method was optical resolution by optically active bases. The best result was 30.8% yield and 97% ee when using (R)-1-(1-naphthyl)-ethylamine as a base. In this article, we have developed a new optical resolution method of racemic ester 5 by a-chymotrypsin in 45.3% yield; the optical purity of (S)-acid (6) determined by chiral-phase high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) on Sumichiral

OA3300 was 99.2% ee, and, the method can be used for scale-up preparation.

The synthesis of free acid 6 is shown in Scheme 1. (3aR,7aS)-Octahydro2H-isoindole was chloroacetylated in the presence of Et3N to afford (3aR, 7aS)-2-(chloro-acetyl)-octahydro-2H-isoindole (2), which was condensed with diethyl benzylmalonate followed by hydrolysis and decarbonylation to obtain 4-[(3aR,7aS)-octahydro-2H-isoindol-2-yl]-4-oxo-2-benzyl-butanoic acid (4). The overall yield of the three-step synthesis was 62.9%. The racemic acid (4) was esterified with SOCl2/EtOH to give the corresponding racemic ester (5). The (R)-ester was selectively hydrolyzed by a-chymotrypsin to separate out the (S)-ester, which was subjected to hydrolysis, giving 6.

The overall yield was 28.5% [based on (3aR,7aS)-octahydro-2H-isoindole].

Compound 6 was treated with calcium chloride and 25% ammonium hydroxide to give mitiglinide; after recrystallization from 95% EtOH, the pure product was obtained in 90% yield.

Patent

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2009047797A2?cl=en

EXAMPLES

Example 1: Preparation of (R) 4-benzyl-3-(3-phenylpropionv0-oxazolidin-2-one To a solution of (R)-4-benzyloxazolidin-2-one (50 g), 4-dimethylaminopyridine (4.85 g), 3-phenyl propionic acid (55.08 g) in dichloromethane (375 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere at 0-5 0C, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (975.65 g) was added. The temperature was slowly raised to 25-30 0C and stirring was continued until no starting material was left as was confirmed by thin layer chromatography. Dicyclohexylurea formed during the reaction was filtered, washed with dichloromethane (200 ml) and the filtrate was washed with saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate (500 ml). The solution was dried over sodium sulphate and solvent was distilled off to obtained crude product which was purified from methanol (200 ml) at 10-15 °C and washed with methanol (50 ml) to obtain 81.0 g of the title compound. Example 2: Preparation of 3(5)-benzyl-4-(4-(J?)-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-yl)-4-oxo-butyrϊc acid tert-butyl ester

To a solution of (/?)-4-benzyl-3-(3-phenyl-propionyl)-oxazolidin-2-one (150 g) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (1.5 It) was added a solution of sodium hexamethyldisilazane (462 ml, 36-38% solution in tetrahydrofuran) with stirring at -85 to -95 0C for 60 minutes. Tert-butyl bromo acetate (137.5 g) in tetrahydrofuran (300 ml) was added to reaction mass and then stirred to 60 minutes at -85 to -95 0C. After completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction mixture was poured into ammonium chloride solution (10%, 2.0 It) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×750 ml). The combined organic layer was washed with demineralized water (1×750 ml) and dried over sodium sulphate. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain oily residue which was stirred with mixture of n-hexane (100 ml) and isopropyl alcohol (100 ml) at Oto -50C, filtered and dried under vacuum to obtain 153.12 g of title compound having chemical purity 99.41%, chiral purity 99.91% by HPLC, [α]D 20: (-)97.52° (c = 1, CHCl3) and M.P. : 117.1-118.20C.

Example 3: Preparation of 3(5)-benzyl-4-(4(i?)-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-yl)-4-oxobutyric acid Trifluoroacetic acid (100 g) was added to a solution of 3(5)-benzyl-4-(4-(/?)-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3- yl)-4-oxobutyric acid tert-butyl ester (100 g) in dichloromethane (700 ml) at 25 0C and mixture was stirred further for about 12 hours ( when TLC indicated reaction to be complete). The reaction mixture was poured in to ammonium chloride solution (10%, 500 ml). The dichloromethane layer was separated and aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 250 ml). The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain title compound. The crude product was recrystallized from a mixture of ethyl acetate: n-hexane (1:4, 500 ml) to obtain 78.75g of the title compound having purity 99.56% by HPLC and M.P.: 145.9-146.40C.

Example 4: Preparation of (2S)-2-benzyl-l-((4R)-4-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-vI)-4-(hexahydro- isoindolin-2-yl)-butane-l,4-dione

To a solution of 3(5)-benzyl-4-(4-(/?)-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-yl)-4-oxo-butyric acid (50 g) in anhydrous dichloromethane (1.25 It) was added triethylamine (50 ml) with stirring at -20 to -30 0C and the stirred for 15 minutes. A solution of isobutylchloroformate (37.50g) in anhydrous dichloromethane (50 ml) was added at -20 to -30 0C and stirred for 60 minutes. Thereafter, a solution of cis- hexahydroisoindoline (32.50 g) in anhydrous dichloromethane (50 ml) was slowly added by maintaining temperature -20 to -300C. After the completion of the reaction (monitored by HPLC), the mixture was successively washed with 0.5N hydrochloric acid solution (500 ml), brine (300 ml) and dried over sodium sulphate. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain 102.0 g of the title compound having purity 94.39% by HPLC.

Example 5: Purification of r2S)-2-benzyl-l-((4R)-4-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-yl)-4-(hexahydro- isoindolin-2-vD-butane-l,4-dione

To the crude (2S)-2-benzyl-l-((4R)-4-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-yl)-4-(hexahydro-isoindolin-2-yl)- butane- 1,4-dione (51.0 g) was added methanol (150 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours at 0 to 5 0C. Solid that precipitated out was filtered, slurry washed with cold methanol (25 ml) and dried at 45 -50 0C under vacuum to obtain 28.80 g of pure title compound as a crystalline solid having purity of 99.71% by HPLC and M. P.: 104.1-105.70C.

Example 6: Preparation of calcium salt of (-SVmitiglinide. Step-1: Preparation of (-SVmitiglinide

(2S)-2-Benzyl- 1 -((4R)-4-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-yl)-4-(hexahydro-isoindolin-2-yl)-butane- 1 ,4-dione (28.0 g) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (196 ml) and a mixture of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (3.51 g) in demineralized water (56 ml) and hydrogen peroxide (40% solution, 5.5 ml) was added with stirring at 0 to 5 0C over a period of 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was further stirred at 0 to 5 0C till the completion of the reaction. After the completion of the reaction (monitored by TLC), the reaction was quenched with the addition of cooled sodium meta-bisulphate solution (25%, 168 ml) at 0 to 10 0C. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2×112 ml), the layers were separated and the aqueous layer was discarded. The HPLC analysis of the aqueous layer shows 0.77% of amide impurity. The ethyl acetate layer was then extracted with aqueous ammonia solution (4%, 2×40 ml). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was further extracted with ethyl acetate (2×280 ml). Combined ethyl acetate layer was discarded. This aqueous layer (280 ml) was used as such in the next stage. The aqueous layer display purity 96.19 % by HPLC and amide impurity 0.04% by HPLC. Step-2: Preparation of calcium salt of dSVmitiglinide

To the above stirred solution of (S)-mitiglinide in water and ammonia(280 ml), methanol (168 ml) was added, followed by calcium chloride (4.48 g) dissolved in demineralized water (56 ml) at ambient temperature and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The resulting precipitate was filtered, successively slurry washed with water (3 x 140 ml) and acetone (2 x 70 ml) and dried at 450C -500C under vacuum to obtain 16.1 g of title compound having purity 99.67% by HPLC and amide impurity 0.01% by HPLC. The title product was re-precipitated from a mixture of methanol and water and dried to obtain pure title compound.

Example 7: Preparation of (.SVmitiglinide

To a solution of (2S)-2-benzyl-l-((4R)-4-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-yl)-4-(hexahydro-isoindolin-2-yl)- butane- 1,4-dione (50 g) in tetrahydrofuran (350 ml) was added a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (8.65 g) in demineralized water (100 ml) and hydrogen peroxide (30% w/w, 40 ml) with stirring at 5 to 10 0C over a period of 15 minutes. After the completion of reaction, sodium meta- bisulphate solution (40%, 500 ml) was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 250 ml). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated under vacuum to obtain 45.5 g of title compound having 35 % of R-benzyl oxozolidin-2-one as impurity. Example 8: Purification of (.S)-mitiglinide

Aqueous ammonia solution (4%, 300 ml) was added to the crude (5)-mitiglinide (30 g) and stirred. The reaction mixture was washed with ethyl acetate (3 x 300 ml). Thereafter the reaction mixture was acidified to pH 1 to 2 with IN hydrochloric acid solution (250 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 150 ml). The layers were separated and ethyl acetate layer was washed with demineralized water (2 x 150 ml), dried over sodium sulphate and then evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain 16.2 g of pure (5)-mitiglinide having purity 95.55% by HPLC Example 9: Preparation of calcium salt of (S)-mitiglinide

To a solution of (<S)-mitiglinide (15 g) in water (150 ml) and aqueous ammonia solution (25%, 15 ml) at 25 to 30 0C, a solution of calcium chloride (7.5 g) in demineralized water (37.5 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour to precipitate the calcium salt of (5)-mitiglinide dihydrate. The resulting precipitate was filtered, slurry washed with water (3 x 150ml) and dried at 45 to 50 0C to obtain 13.25 g of the title compound having purity of 98.84% by HPLC. Example 10: Purification of calcium salt of (5)-mitiglinide

(iS)-mitiglinide calcium (10 g) was dissolved in dimethylformamide (100 ml). This is followed by the addition of demineralized water (500 ml) at 25 to 30 0C. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The precipitated solid was filtered, washed with water (10x 50ml) and dried at 45 to 50 0C under vacuum to obtain 8g of pure title compound as a crystalline solid having purity of 99.62% by HPLC. Example 11: Preparation of amorphous mitiglinide calcium

Crystalline mitiglinide calcium (2.0 g) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (20 ml) and filtered to remove undissolved and suspended particles. The solvent was then evaporated under vacuum to obtain a powder which was then dried under vacuum at 40-600C to obtain 1.70 g of the title compound. Example 12: Preparation of amorphous mitiglinide calcium

Crystalline mitiglinide calcium (2.0 g) was dissolved in dichloromethane (30 ml) and filtered to remove undissolved and suspended particles. The solvent was then evaporated under vacuum to obtain a powder which was then dried under vacuum at 40-600C to obtain 1.64 g of the title compound. Example 13: Preparation of amorphous mitiglinide calcium

Mitiglinide (2.0 g) was dissolved in methanol (20 ml) and methanolic ammonia (5.0 ml) solution was added to it. The solution was stirred at 25-30 0C and calcium chloride (1.5 g) dissolved in methanol was mixed with the solution of mitiglinide and ammonia in methanol and the solution was filtered to remove the suspended particles. The solvent was then evaporated under vacuum to obtain a powder which was then dried under vacuum at 40-600C to obtain 1.9 g of the title compound. Example 14: Preparation of amorphous mitiglinide calcium

Mitiglinide (2.0 g) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml) and aqueous ammonia (3.6 ml, 25 % solution) was added to it. The solution was stirred at 25-300C and solid calcium chloride (1.5 g) was mixed with the solution of mitiglinide and ammonia in dichloromethane and the solution warmed at 30 – 35 0C. The solution was washed with water (2 xlO ml) and the clear solution was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated under vacuum and finally dried at under vacuum at 40-60 0C to obtain 1.75 g of the title compound.

Example 15: Preparation of amorphous mitiglinide calcium

Crystalline mitiglinide calcium dihydrate (2.0 g) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (30 ml) and filtered to remove undissolved and suspended particles. Approimately. 60 % of the solvent was distilled off under vacuum to obtain a stirrable solution. The solution was then cooled to 15-2O0C, mixed with n-heptane (20 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The resulting solid was filtered, washed with n-heptane and dried under vacuum at 45-600C to yield 1.72 g of the title compound. Example 16: Preparation of amorphous mitiglinide calcium

Crystalline mitiglinide calcium (2.Og) was dissolved in dichloromethane (30 ml) and filtered to remove undissolved and suspended particles. Approximately 60 % of the solvent was distilled off under vacuum to obtain a stirrable solution. The solution was then cooled to 15-200C and mixed with diisopropyl ether (20 ml). The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes and the resulting solid was filtered, washed with diisopropyl ether and dried under vacuum at 45-600C to obtain 1.70 g of the title compound. Example 17: Preparation of amorphous mitiglinide calcium

Mitiglinide (2.0 g) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml) and aqueous ammonia (3.6 ml, 25 % solution) solution was added to it. The solution was stirred at 25-30 0C and mixed with solid calcium chloride (1.5 g) and the solution warmed at 30-35 0C and stirred for 30 minutes. The solution was washed with water (2 x 10 ml) and the clear solution was dried over sodium sulfate, and filtered. Approximately 60% of the solvent was distilled off under vacuum and the resulting viscous oil was cooled to 10-15 0C and mixed with diisopropyl ether (50 ml). The reaction mixture was stirred for 30-35 minutes and the resulting solid was filtered and dried at 40-600C to obtain 1.75 g of the title compound. Example 18: Conversion of amorphous mitiglinide calcium into crystalline mitiglinide calcium A suspension of amorphous mitiglinide calcium in diisopropyl ether (30 ml) was stirred for 2 hours at 25- 300C, filtered and dried under vacuum at 45-600C to obtain crystalline form of mitiglinide calcium. Example 19: Preparation of crystalline mitiglinide calcium

To a solution of mitiglinide (2.5 g) in water (2.5 ml), aqueous ammonia solution (approx 25%, 4.0 ml) and acetonitrile (2.5 ml) at 10-150C, calcium chloride (1.32 g) dissolved in demineralized water (15 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The resulting precipitate was filtered, slurry washed with water (3 x 25 ml) and acetone (2 x 5 ml) and dried at 45-500C under vacuum to obtain 2.12 g of title compound having purity: 99.72 % by HPLC.

Example 20: Preparation of crystalline mitiglinide calcium

To a solution of mitiglinide (2.5 g) in water (2.5 ml), aqueous ammonia solution (approx 25%, 4.0 ml) and tetrahydrofuran (2.5 ml) at 10-150C, calcium chloride (1.32 g) dissolved in demineralized water (15 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The resulting precipitate was filtered, slurry washed with water (3 x 25 ml) and acetone (2 x 5 ml) and dried at 45-500C under vacuum to obtain 1.95 g of title compound having purity: 99.52 % by HPLC.

Example 21; Preparation of crystalline mitiglinide calcium

To a solution of mitiglinide (30.0 g) in water (300 ml), aqueous ammonia solution (approx 25%, 48 ml) and acetone (300 ml) at 10-150C, calcium chloride (15.8 g) dissolved in demineralized water (180 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The resulting precipitate was filtered, slurry washed with water (3 x 300 ml) and acetone (2 x 60 ml) and dried at 45-500C under vacuum to obtain 24.32 g of title compound having purity: 99.42 % by HPLC.

Example 22: Preparation of crystalline mitiglinide calcium

To a solution of mitiglinide (3.0 g) in water (30 ml), aqueous ammonia solution (approx 25%, 4.8 ml) and isopropyl alcohol (300 ml) at 10-150C, calcium chloride (1.58 g) dissolved in demineralized water

(18 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours. The resulting precipitate was filtered, slurry washed with water (3 x 30 ml) and acetone (2 x 6 ml) and dried at 45-500C under vacuum to obtain 1.92 g of title compound having purity: 99.65 % by HPLC.

Example 23: Preparation of (2S)-2-benzyWV-((lR)-l-benzyl-2-hydroxy-ethyl)-4-(hexahvdro- isoindolin-2-yl)-4-oxo-buryramide

To a solution of (2S)-2-benzyl-l-((4R)-4-benzyl-2-oxo-oxazolidin-3-yl)-4-(hexahydro-isoindolin-2-yl)- butane-l,4-dione (20.0 g) in tetrahydrofuran (140 ml), a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate

(3.43 g,) in demineralized water (40 ml) was added and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 4 hours till the completion of the reactions (monitored by thin layer chromatography). After the completion of the reaction, the reaction mixture was poured into demineralized water (100 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 80 ml). The combined organic layer was washed with water (80 ml) and dried over sodium sulphate. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give residue which was stirred in isopropyl alcohol at 0-5 0C for 5 hours. The mixture was filtered and then dried at 40-45 0C under vacuum to obtain 12.48 g of title compound having purity 99.77 % by HPLC. Melting point = 77 – 800C.

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/CN102101838A?cl=en

Mitiglinide calcium (mitiglinide calcium), the chemical name (2S) _2_ benzyl _3_ (cis – hexahydro _2_ isoindolinyl-carbonyl) propionate dihydrate by Japanese pharmaceutical company developed Kissei ATP-dependent potassium channel blockers, 2004 for the first time in Japan for the treatment of type II diabetes.

Mitiglinide calcium is the second repaglinide, nateglinide after the first three columns MAG urea drugs, is a derivative of phenylalanine, which acts like mechanism sulfonylurea, but faster onset and the short half-life, is conducive to reducing postprandial blood glucose in diabetic patients, but also to avoid low blood sugar caused by continuous glucose, with “in vitro pancreas” reputation.

 In recent years, synthetic methods as described in patent application number: Patent 200510200127 9, the synthesis process first synthesized racemic (±) 2_-benzyl-3- (cis – hexahydro iso-indole-2. carbonyl) propionic acid, and then split to give (2S) -2- benzyl-3- (cis – hexahydro isoindole-2-carbonyl) propionic acid, not a lot of waste material along _ hexahydro isoindole, and Chiral separation is not high.

DISCLOSURE

The technical problem to be solved by the present invention is to provide a material savings along _ hexahydro isoindole, and preparation of a high degree of chiral separation.

To solve the above technical problem, the technical solution of the present invention is employed as a method for preparing mitiglinide calcium, comprising the steps of:

Step 1 Synthesis, benzylidene succinic acid

Figure CN102101838AD00051

With stirring, was added sodium metal in absolute ethanol, under an inert gas, the solution was heated to reflux with stirring, reflux for 45 fly 0 minutes, under reflux before the dropwise addition of benzaldehyde, and then added dropwise diethyl succinate esters, reaction stirring was continued for 2 to 3 hours, slowly reducing the LC-Ms detection, the ratio of formaldehyde starting material benzene, cooled to room temperature, after use 5 (T55wt% aqueous solution of NaOH to adjust the PH San 13.0, and then heated at reflux;. Γ4 hours, cooled to at room temperature, keeping the reaction solution temperature <25 ° C, pH adjusted with concentrated hydrochloric San 2.0, filtration, recrystallization cold tetrahydrofuran, wherein the molar ratio of sodium metal with benzaldehyde and diethyl succinate is: 0.3 … ~ 0 5: 1 2~1 5: 1; Step 2 synthesis, benzyl butyl acid

Figure CN102101838AD00061

The benzylidene succinic acid into the reactor, 10% Pd / C and ethanol, evacuated, and then replaced with hydrogen three times, introducing hydrogen, atmospheric hydrogenation reaction 12~15 hours, the reaction solution suction After the filtrate was evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure, the resulting solid was recrystallized from ethyl acetate, wherein the mass ratio of benzylidene succinic acid with 10% Pd / C is 1: 0 0 15 ^ 20.

3 Synthesis [0006] step, (S) -2- acid, benzyl butyl

Figure CN102101838AD00062

Benzyl succinic acid dissolved in methanol was added dropwise with stirring (R) – a chiral amine, stirred at room temperature 2 hours wide, and the precipitated solid was filtered and the solid dispersed in water, under stirring 6 mol / mL hydrochloric acid adjusted ρΗ = 1 (Γ2.0, stirred for 30 minutes, the solid by suction filtration, dried, and wherein the benzyl succinic acid (R) – chiral amine molar ratio of 1: 0~2 5 2;…

Said (R) – a chiral amine (R) -I- phenylethylamine, (R) -I- naphthylethylamine or (R) -I- phenyl-2-p-amine;

4 (S) synthesis step, -2-benzyl succinic anhydride

Figure CN102101838AD00063

Reactor, has added (S) -2- benzyl succinic acid and acetic anhydride, at 7 5,0 ° C reaction 1 to 2 hours, isopropyl ether low temperature crystallization after cooling, heavy with ethyl acetate crystallization, wherein (S) -2- molar ratio of benzyl succinic acid and acetic anhydride: 1: 7 · 0 to 7 · 5;

Step 5, (2S) -2- benzyl-3- (cis – hexahydro isoindole-2-carbonyl) propionic acid Synthesis

Figure CN102101838AD00064

Stirring, S- benzyl succinic anhydride is dissolved in dichloromethane, control the internal temperature <0 V, a solution of cis _ hexahydro isoindole, dropping it, keeping the internal temperature at <0! : Continue stirring for 2 to 3 hours, the reaction in 2 (T25 ° C 10~15 hours, concentrated to give a pale yellow viscous material, wherein the (S) -2- benzyl succinic anhydride and cis – hexahydro isoindole molar ratio of 1: 2 (Γ2 5; step 6, mitiglinide calcium synthesis.

Figure CN102101838AD00071

To the reactor was added (2S) -2- benzyl-3- (cis – hexahydro isoindole-2-carbonyl) propionic acid, water and concentrated ammonia, stir until completely dissolved, a solution of anhydrous calcium chloride aqueous solution, gradually precipitated white solid was added dropwise and then stirred at room temperature 12~ after 15 hours, suction filtered, the filter cake washed with water, dried to give a white solid, i.e. Mitiglinide calcium crude, obtained crude product with methanol and water (volume Than 0.5 4~0 5: 1) and recrystallized as a white solid Mitiglinide calcium;

Beneficial effects: The invention provides a method for preparing calcium Mitiglinide not only saves raw material cis – hexahydro isoindole, and chiral separation is high.

Embodiment 1

Step 1 Synthesis, benzylidene succinic acid

Under stirring, sodium metal (1.7 g, 0. 072 mol) was added absolute ethanol (50 mL), and under argon, the solution was heated to reflux with stirring, reflux for 50 minutes under reflux before the dropwise addition of benzene Formaldehyde (23 mL, 0. 183 mol), and then added dropwise diethyl succinate (50 mL, 0. 275 mol), stirring was continued for 2.5 hours the reaction, reducing the slow LC-Ms detection, the ratio of formaldehyde starting material benzene , was cooled to room temperature, with 55wt.% aqueous NaOH solution adjusting pH ≥ 13.0, and then heated at reflux for 3 hours, cooled to room temperature, the reaction solution temperature maintained <25 ° C, with concentrated hydrochloric pH≤2.0, leaching, cryogenic tetrahydrofuran recrystallization, yield = 81.3%;

Step 2 synthesis, benzyl butyl acid

The benzylidene succinic acid (23. 7 g, 0. 114 mol) into the reactor, then add 10% Pd / C (4. 7g) and anhydrous ethanol (300 mL), evacuated, then Hydrogen replacement three times, introducing hydrogen, hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 14 hours, the reaction solution after filtration, evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure, the resulting solid was recrystallized from ethyl acetate, yield: 98% 9; step 3, (S). -2-butyric acid benzyl

Benzyl succinic acid (31. 2 g, 0. 156 mol) was dissolved in methanol (500 mL), and added dropwise with stirring (R) -I- phenylethylamine (41.2 g, 0. 343 mol), room temperature stirred for 1.5 hours, the precipitated solid was filtered, the solid dispersion to water (100 mL) and stirred at with 6 mol / mL hydrochloric acid adjusted ρΗ = 1. (Γ2. 0, stirred for 30 minutes, the solid was suction filtered, and dried Yield 87. 3%; 4 (S) synthesis step, -2-benzyl succinic anhydride

Reactor, has added (S) -2- benzylbutyl acid (27. 8 g, 0. 132 mol) and acetic anhydride (88 mL, 0. 964 mol), at 7 5,0 ° C for 1 hours, cooled and added to isopropyl ether (150 mL) low temperature crystallization, after recrystallization from ethyl acetate, yield: 73% 9;.

Under – (hexahydro-isoindole-2-carbonyl cis) acid synthesis stirring S- benzyl succinic anhydride (12. 7 g, 0 Step 5, (2S) -2- benzyl-3. 067 mol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (250 mL), to control the internal temperature <0 ° C, a solution of cis – hexahydro isoindole (18. 5 g, 0 154 mol), the addition was complete, maintaining the internal temperature in <0! : Continue stirring for 2.5 hours, the reaction in 2 (T25 ° C 12 hours, concentrated to give a pale yellow viscous material, yield: 83 1%; Step 6 Synthesis Mitiglinide calcium.

To the reactor was added (2S) -2- benzyl-3- (cis – hexahydro isoindole-2-carbonyl) propionic acid (. 28. 7 g, 0 091 mol), water (150 mL), and concentrated aqueous ammonia (12 mL), stirring until completely dissolved, a solution of anhydrous calcium chloride (12. 1 g, 0.109 mol) water (100 mL) solution was gradually precipitated white solid was added dropwise at room temperature and then stirred for 13 End hours, filtration, washing the filter cake, and drying to give a white solid, crude Mitiglinide calcium, derived from crude methanol and water (volume ratio 0.5 4~0 5: 1) and recrystallized as a white solid MIG Chennai column calcium, yield: 87.3%.

 Second Embodiment

Example A similar experimental method steps 1 through 6 was carried out except in step 3, using (R) -1- naphthyl-amine (61. 4 g, 0. 359 mol) substituted (R) -I- phenylethylamine Other operating homogeneous reaction similar to this step of the synthesis yield: 87.3%.

Third Embodiment

Example A similar experimental method steps 1 through 6 was carried out except in step 3, using (R) -I- phenyl-2-p-tolyl-ethylamine (90. 2 g, 0. 374 mol) substituent (R ) -I- phenethylamine, other homogeneous reaction procedure similar to the synthesis yield of this step:. 83 4% ο

PATENT

WO 199832736

References

External links

Cited Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
EP0507534A1 * Mar 30, 1992 Oct 7, 1992 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Succinic acid compounds
EP0967204A1 * Jan 22, 1998 Dec 29, 1999 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Process for producing benzylsuccinic acid derivatives
US6133454 * Jul 1, 1998 Oct 17, 2000 Adir Et Compagnie Method for preparing a substituted perhydroisoindole
Citing Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
CN102898348A * Sep 8, 2012 Jan 30, 2013 迪沙药业集团有限公司 Preparation method for Mitiglinide calcium
CN102898348B * Sep 8, 2012 Sep 2, 2015 迪沙药业集团有限公司 一种米格列奈钙的制备方法
CN103450069A * Jun 24, 2013 Dec 18, 2013 山西大同大学 Preparation method of mitiglinide calcium
CN103724253A * Dec 11, 2013 Apr 16, 2014 苑振亭 Preparation method for Mitiglinide calcium hydrate
CN103724253B * Dec 11, 2013 Jun 15, 2016 苑振亭 一种米格列奈钙的制备方法
CN102659562A * May 9, 2012 Sep 12, 2012 山东铂源药业有限公司 Synthesis method of mitiglinide calcium intermediate
CN102898348A * Sep 8, 2012 Jan 30, 2013 迪沙药业集团有限公司 Preparation method for Mitiglinide calcium
CN102898348B * Sep 8, 2012 Sep 2, 2015 迪沙药业集团有限公司 一种米格列奈钙的制备方法
CN103450069A * Jun 24, 2013 Dec 18, 2013 山西大同大学 Preparation method of mitiglinide calcium
CN103709092A * Nov 4, 2013 Apr 9, 2014 河北科技大学 High purity mitiglinide calcium preparation method
CN103709092B * Nov 4, 2013 Jul 6, 2016 河北科技大学 米格列奈钙的制备方法
CN104311471A * Sep 23, 2014 Jan 28, 2015 山东省药学科学院 Improved mitiglinide calcium industrialized preparation method
CN1616427A * Nov 13, 2003 May 18, 2005 中国科学院上海药物研究所 New method for preparing medicine mitiglinide for treating diabetes
CN101270074A * Mar 21, 2007 Sep 24, 2008 北京德众万全药物技术开发有限公司 Method for preparing high purity mitiglinide calcium
CN101492411A * Jan 22, 2008 Jul 29, 2009 北京华禧联合科技发展有限公司 Improved method for preparation of mitiglinide
WO2009047797A2 * Oct 7, 2008 Apr 16, 2009 Ind-Swift Laboratories Limited Process for the preparation of perhydroisoindole derivative
Reference
1 * 张永亮,等: “米格列奈合成方法研究“, 《化工中间体》, no. 1, 31 December 2009 (2009-12-31), pages 16 – 22
Cited Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
CN101492411A * Jan 22, 2008 Jul 29, 2009 北京华禧联合科技发展有限公司 Improved method for preparation of mitiglinide
WO2005030719A1 * Sep 24, 2004 Apr 7, 2005 Les Laboratoires Servier Novel method for preparing cis-octahydro-isoindole
Reference
1 * WEI HUANG,等: “Novel Convenient Synthesis of Mitiglinide“, 《SYNTHETIC COMMUNICATIONS》, vol. 37, no. 13, 3 July 2007 (2007-07-03), pages 2153 – 2157, XP055079498, DOI: doi:10.1080/00397910701392590
2 * 张永亮,等: “米格列奈合成方法研究“, 《化工中间体》, no. 1, 31 January 2009 (2009-01-31), pages 16 – 22
Citing Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
CN103709092A * Nov 4, 2013 Apr 9, 2014 河北科技大学 High purity mitiglinide calcium preparation method
CN103709092B * Nov 4, 2013 Jul 6, 2016 河北科技大学 米格列奈钙的制备方法
EP0507534A1 * Mar 30, 1992 Oct 7, 1992 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Succinic acid compounds
EP0967204A1 * Jan 22, 1998 Dec 29, 1999 Kissei Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Process for producing benzylsuccinic acid derivatives
US6133454 * Jul 1, 1998 Oct 17, 2000 Adir Et Compagnie Method for preparing a substituted perhydroisoindole
Citing Patent Filing date Publication date Applicant Title
CN102898348A * Sep 8, 2012 Jan 30, 2013 迪沙药业集团有限公司 Preparation method for Mitiglinide calcium
CN102898348B * Sep 8, 2012 Sep 2, 2015 迪沙药业集团有限公司 一种米格列奈钙的制备方法
CN103450069A * Jun 24, 2013 Dec 18, 2013 山西大同大学 Preparation method of mitiglinide calcium
CN103724253A * Dec 11, 2013 Apr 16, 2014 苑振亭 Preparation method for Mitiglinide calcium hydrate
CN103724253B * Dec 11, 2013 Jun 15, 2016 苑振亭 一种米格列奈钙的制备方法
Title: Mitiglinide
CAS Registry Number: 145375-43-5
CAS Name: (aS,3aR,7aS)-Octahydro-g-oxo-a-(phenylmethyl)-2H-isoindole-2-butanoic acid
Additional Names: (2S)-2-benzyl-3-(cis-hexahydroisoindolin-2-ylcarbonyl)propionic acid
Molecular Formula: C19H25NO3
Molecular Weight: 315.41
Percent Composition: C 72.35%, H 7.99%, N 4.44%, O 15.22%
Literature References: Hypoglycemic agent for treatment of type 2 diabetes. Prepn: F. Sato et al., EP 507534; eidem, US5202335 (1992, 1993 both to Kissei); T. Yamaguchi et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. 45, 1518 (1997); eidem, ibid. 46, 337 (1998). Improved synthesis: J. Liu et al., Helv. Chim. Acta 87, 1935 (2004). 2D-NMR conformation study: L. Lins et al., Biochem. Pharmacol. 52, 1155 (1996). Mechanism of action studies: F. Reimann et al., Br. J. Pharmacol. 132, 1542 (2001); N. Kaiser et al.,ibid. 146, 872 (2005). Clinical evaluation in type 2 diabetes: R. Assaloni et al., Diabetologia 48, 1919 (2005).
Properties: Viscous oil. [a]D24 -3.2° (c = 1.04 in methanol); [a]D18 -3.5° (c = 1.00 in methanol).
Optical Rotation: [a]D24 -3.2° (c = 1.04 in methanol); [a]D18 -3.5° (c = 1.00 in methanol)
Derivative Type: Calcium salt dihydrate
CAS Registry Number: 207844-01-7; 145525-41-3 (anhydrous)
Manufacturers’ Codes: KAD-1229; S-21403
Trademarks: Glufast (Kissei)
Molecular Formula: C38H48CaN2O6.2H2O
Molecular Weight: 704.91
Percent Composition: C 64.75%, H 7.44%, Ca 5.69%, N 3.97%, O 18.16%
Properties: Colorless crystals from 5% aqueous ethanol, mp 179-185° C. [a]D18 +5.7° (c = 1.0 in methanol).
Melting point: mp 179-185° C
Optical Rotation: [a]D18 +5.7° (c = 1.0 in methanol)
Therap-Cat: Antidiabetic.
Keywords: Antidiabetic.
Mitiglinide
Mitiglinide.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
(2S)-2-benzyl-4-[(3aR,7aS)-octahydro-2H-isoindol- 2-yl]-4-oxobutanoic acid
Clinical data
AHFS/Drugs.com International Drug Names
Routes of
administration
oral
Identifiers
CAS Number 145375-43-5 
ATC code A10BX08 (WHO)
PubChem CID 121891
DrugBank DB01252 Yes
ChemSpider 108739 Yes
UNII D86I0XLB13 Yes
KEGG D01854 Yes
ChEMBL CHEMBL471498 Yes
Chemical data
Formula C19H25NO3
Molar mass 315.41 g/mol

/////////207844-01-7, 145525-41-3, KAD-1229,  S-21403, MITIGLINIDE, Glufast, Kissei, 145375-43-5

Quality Control & MSDS

Purity: 99.90% COA

O=C(O)[C@@H](Cc1ccccc1)CC(=O)N3C[C@H]2CCCC[C@H]2C3


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: 145375-43-5, 145525-41-3, 207844-01-7, ミチグリニドカルシウム水和物, Glufast, KAD-1229, Kissei, MITIGLINIDE, S-21403, 快如妥/Glufast

Novel, isoform-selective inhibitor of histone deacetylase 8 (HDAC8)

$
0
0

str1

MF C22H20N4O2, MW 372.4

(S)-2-(5-(cyclopropylethynyl)-4-phenyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)-N-hydroxy-3-phenylpropanamide

Applicants: TRUSTEES OF BOSTON UNIVERSITY
DANA-FARBER CANCER INSTITUTE, INC.
Inventors: Aaron Beaty BEELER
John A. PORCO, JR.
Oscar J. INGHAM
James E. BRADNER
As histone proteins bind DNA prior to transcription, their biochemical action plays a critical role in the regulation of gene expression and cellular differentiation. Histone deacetylases (HDACs) are an important family of proteins predominantly responsible for specific posttranslational modifications of histone proteins, the chief organizational component of chromatin. HDACs catalyze the removal of acetyl groups from histones and other cellular proteins. HDAC-mediated deacetylation of chromatin-bound histones regulates the expression of a variety of genes throughout the genome. Importantly, HDACs have been linked to cancer, as well as other health conditions. To date, eleven major HDAC isoforms have been described (HDACs 1-11). HDACs are categorized into two classes. Class I HDACs include HDAC1, HDAC2, HDAC3, HDAC8 and HDAC11. Class II HDACs include HDAC4, HDAC5, HDAC6, HDAC7, HDAC9 and HDAC10. HDAC’s are validated targets for a number of disease states, including cancer, neurodegenerative diseases, sickle-cell anemia, muscular dystrophy, and HIV. There are currently two HDAC inhibitors on the market, Vorniostat and Romidepsin. Both are approved for treatment of T-cell lymphoma. However, they are both pan active inhibitors showing very little specificity of binding to HDAC subclasses. Because of this lack of specificity they have a number of side effects.
      Non-selective HDAC inhibitors effect deacetylase activity of most, if not all, of the HDACs. The mechanisms of the anticancer effects of SAHA, a non-selective HDAC inhibitor, are not completely understood, and likely result from both altered gene expression and altered function of proteins regulating cell proliferation and cell death pathways. Non-selective HDAC inhibitors, such as SAHA, induce the accumulation of acetylated histone proteins and non histone proteins.
    Small molecule HDAC inhibitors that are isoform-selective are useful as therapeutic agents with reduced toxicity and as tools for probing the biology of the HDAC isoforms. The present disclosure is related, in part to small molecules that are selective HDAC inhibitors.

1H NMR (500 MHz, d4-MeOD) 0.80 (2H, m), 0.98 (2H, m), 1.47 (1H, m), 3.51 (1H, dd, J = 11.2, 14.2 Hz), 3.71 (1H, dd, J = 3.9, 14.2 Hz), 5.49 (1H, dd, J = 3.9, 11.2 Hz), 6.96 (2H, m), 7.17-7.20 (3H, m), 7.37 (1H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 7.43 (2H, t, J = 7.3 Hz), 7.99 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz);

13C NMR (100 MHz, d4-MeOD) 0.02, 8.55, 37.07, 60.83, 62.59, 109.09, 118.98, 125.9, 127.16, 128.55, 128.65, 128.71, 129.16, 130.07, 136.09, 147.10, 165.20;

HRMS calculated for C22H21N4O2 + (M+H): 373.1659, found: 373.1665.

PATENT

WO2014116962

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2014116962A1?cl=en

SAR. libraries were synthesized to investigate substitution about the triazole core. In some examples, compounds were synthesized using the synthetic routes shown in Fig. 2.

In one study, compound
was synthesized as outline in Scheme I.

Scheme I

PATENT

US153441899

https://patentscope.wipo.int/search/en/detail.jsf?docId=US153441899&recNum=1&office=&queryString=FP%3A%28Aaron+Beeler%29&prevFilter=&sortOption=Pub+Date+Desc&maxRec=8

SAR libraries were synthesized to investigate substitution about the triazole core. In some examples, compounds were synthesized using the synthetic routes shown in FIG. 2. In one study, compound

 was synthesized as outline in Scheme I.

The HDAC assays were carried out as described in Bowers A, West N, Taunton J, Schreiber S L, Bradner J E, Williams R M Total Synthesis and Biological Mode of Action of Largazole: A Potent Class I Histone Deacetylase Inhibitor. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2008, 130, 11219-11222. Assay results revealed that among the analogues tested a cyclopropane analog was the most active at 0.4 nM (>1000 fold selectivity). These results demonstrated that a small aliphatic group in the 5-position on the triazole can increase potency. Also, compounds with an L-phenylalanine moiety at the 3-position showed significant potency. To expand our understanding of how the molecule interacts with the binding pocket of HDAC 8 and to understand our preliminary SAR, molecular modeling was carried out. The phenyl group from the original amino methyl ester fits snuggly into the Zn binding site and the alkynyl phenyl group sits flat in a hydrophobic groove. In summary, the inventors have developed a potent and highly selective small molecule which inhibits HDAC-8 at approximately 500 pM with over 1000-fold selectivity over HDAC-6 and significantly greater selectivity for all other HDACs. To inventors’ knowledge, to date there are no compounds with this level of potency and selectivity.
All patents and other publications identified in the specification and examples are expressly incorporated herein by reference for all purposes. These publications are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing date of the present application. Nothing in this regard should be construed as an admission that the inventors are not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention or for any other reason. All statements as to the date or representation as to the contents of these documents is based on the information available to the applicants and does not constitute any admission as to the correctness of the dates or contents of these documents.
Although preferred embodiments have been depicted and described in detail herein, it will be apparent to those skilled in the relevant art that various modifications, additions, substitutions, and the like can be made without departing from the spirit of the invention and these are therefore considered to be within the scope of the invention as defined in the claims which follow. Further, to the extent not already indicated, it will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art that any one of the various embodiments herein described and illustrated can be further modified to incorporate features shown in any of the other embodiments disclosed herein.

Paper

Abstract Image

A novel, isoform-selective inhibitor of histone deacetylase 8 (HDAC8) has been discovered by the repurposing of a diverse compound collection. Medicinal chemistry optimization led to the identification of a highly potent (0.8 nM) and selective inhibitor of HDAC8.

Development of a Potent and Selective HDAC8 Inhibitor

Department of Chemistry and Center for Molecular Discovery (BU-CMD), Boston University, 590 Commonwealth Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02215, United States
Department of Medical Oncology, Dana Farber Cancer Institute, Boston, Massachusetts 02215, United States
§ Department of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts 02115, United States
ACS Med. Chem. Lett., Article ASAP
DOI: 10.1021/acsmedchemlett.6b00239
*Tel: 617-358-3487. E-mail: beelera@bu.edu.

http://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/acsmedchemlett.6b00239

file:///C:/Users/Inspiron/Downloads/ml6b00239_si_001.pdf

 

Department of Chemistry and Center for Molecular Discovery (BU-CMD), Boston University, 590 Commonwealth Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02215, United States

Image result for Department of Chemistry and Center for Molecular Discovery (BY-CMD),

 

Image result for Department of Chemistry and Center for Molecular Discovery (BY-CMD),Center for Molecular Discovery (CMD) Director John Porco and members of the CMD lab team.

 

 

Image result for Aaron B. Beeler

Aaron Beeler

prof-beeler

Dr. Aaron Beeler

Aaron Beeler received his Ph.D. in 2002 from Professor John Rimoldi’s laboratory in the Department of Medicinal Chemistry at the University of Mississippi. He then joined the Porco group as a postodoctoral fellow and subsequently the Center for Chemical Methodology and Library Development at Boston University, now the Center for Molecular Discovery. He was promoted to Assistant Director of the CMLD-BU in January 2005. In 2012 Aaron joined the Department of Chemistry as a tenure-track professor in medicinal chemistry.

Degrees and Positions

  • B.S. Belmont University, Biology,
  • Ph.D. University of Mississippi, Medicinal Chemistry

Research

The Beeler Research Group is truly multidisciplinary, combining organic chemistry, engineering, and biology to solve problems in medicinal chemistry. All of these elements are combined and directed toward significant problems in human health. The Beeler Group is addressing focused disease areas (e.g., schizophrenia, Parkinson’s, cystic fibrosis), as well as project areas with broader impact potential (e.g., new methods for discovery of small molecules with anti-cancer properties).

  • Medicinal Chemistry: The goals of medicinal chemistry projects are to optimize small molecules in order to: a) develop a probe that may be utilized as a tool in biological studies; b) develop a lead molecule to facilitate future therapeutics; and c) utilize small molecules to enhance understanding of biological targets that are important for human health. These projects provide students with training in organic chemistry, medicinal chemistry, and focused biology. Projects are selected based on their chemistry and/or biology significance and potential for addressing challenging questions.
  • Technology: One of the core components of the research in the Beeler Group is development of technologies and paradigms that facilitate rapid modification of complex scaffolds. These technologies enable optimization of biologically active lead compounds and identification of small molecule leads in biological systems. The projects focus on utilizing automation, miniaturization, and microfluidics to carry out chemical transformations. These projects are highly interdisciplinary with both chemistry and engineering components.
  • Photochemistry: This area focuses on photochemical transformations toward the synthesis of natural products, natural product scaffolds, and other complex chemotypes of interest to medicinal chemistry and chemical biology. The foundation of these projects is utilizing microfluidics to enable photochemical reaction development.

Techniques & Resources

Students in the Beeler Research Group will have opportunities to learn a number of exciting research disciplines. Organic synthesis will be at the heart of every project. This will include targeted synthesis, methodology development, and medicinal chemistry. Through collaborations with biological researchers and/or research projects carried out within the Beeler Group, students will learn methods for biological assays, pharmacology, and target identification. Many projects will also include aspects of engineering that will provide opportunities for learning techniques such as microfabrication and microfluidics.

Opportunities

It is becoming evident that successful and impactful science is realized in collaborative interdisciplinary environments. The Beeler Research Group’s multidisciplinary nature and collaborative projects provides opportunities to learn areas of research outside of traditional chemistry.

What’s Next for Graduates of the Beeler Group?

Members of the Beeler Research Group will be positioned for a wide range of future endeavors.

  • Undergraduates will be prepared to enter into graduate school for organic chemistry, chemical biology, or chemical engineering or to start careers in industry;
  • Graduate students will have the foundation required for postdoctoral studies in organic synthesis or chemical biology as well as an industrial career in biotech or pharma;
  • Postdoctoral associates will gain training and experience critical for both academic and industrial careers.

Assistant Professor
Office: SCI 484C
Laboratory: SCI 484A
Phone: 617.358.3487
Fax: 617-358-2847
beelera@bu.edu
Office Hours: by Appointment
Beeler Group Homepage
Google Scholar Page

Oscar J. Ingham below

Image result for Oscar J. Ingham

John A. PORCO, JR  below

Image result for John A. PORCO, JRImage result for James E. BRADNER

JAMES E. BRADNER, MD  above

Dana-Farber Cancer Institute

Image result for Dana-Farber Cancer Institute

 

Image result for Dana-Farber Cancer Institute

 

Ron ParanalRon Paranal

 

US20090181943 * Apr 9, 2008 Jul 16, 2009 Methylgene Inc. Inhibitors of Histone Deacetylase
Reference
1 * GERARD, B ET AL.: ‘Synthesis of 1,4,5-trisubstituted-1,2,3-triazoles by copper-catalyzed cycloaddition-coupling of azides and terminal alkynes‘ TETRAHEDRON vol. 62, 12 May 2006, pages 6405 – 6411
2 * VANNINI, A ET AL.: ‘Crystal structure of a eukaryotic zinc-dependent histone deacetylase, human HDAC8, complexed with a hydroxamic acid inhibitor.‘ PNAS, [Online] vol. 101, no. 42, 19 October 2004, pages 15064 – 15069 Retrieved from the Internet: <URL:http://www.pnas.org/content/101/42/15064&gt;

///////////epigenetic,  HDACHDAC8,  Histone deacetylase,  histone deacetylase 8,  triazole, PRECLINICAL, Department of Chemistry and Center for Molecular Discovery (BU-CMD), Boston University, 590 Commonwealth Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02215, United States, Oscar J. InghamAaron Beeler

n1n(c(c(n1)c2ccccc2)C#CC3CC3)C(C(=O)NO)Cc4ccccc4


Filed under: Preclinical drugs Tagged: 590 Commonwealth Avenue, Aaron Beeler, Boston, Boston University, Department of Chemistry and Center for Molecular Discovery (BU-CMD), epigenetic, HDAC, HDAC8, histone deacetylase 8, histone deacetylase., Massachusetts 02215, Oscar J. Ingham, preclinical, triazole, united states

PF-04136309

$
0
0

STR1

Image result for PF-04136309

PF 4136309

PF4136309; PF 4136309; PF-4136309; PF04136309; PF4136309; PF-04136309; INCB8761; INCB 8761; INCB-8761

(S)-N-(2-(3-((4-hydroxy-4-(5-(pyrimidin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl)cyclohexyl)amino)pyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl)-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide

N-[2-[(3S)-3-[[trans-4-Hydroxy-4-[5-(2-pyrimidinyl)-2-pyridinyl]cyclohexyl]amino]-1-pyrrolidinyl]-2-oxoethyl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide

N-[2-((3S)-3-[4-hydroxy-4-(4-pyrimidin-2-ylphenyl)cyclohexyl]aminopyrrolidin-1-yl)-2- oxoethyl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide

1341224-83-6
MF: C29H31F3N6O3
MW: 568.24097

CC chemokine receptor 2 (CCR2) antagonist

Image result for PFIZER

Pfizer Limited

Gary Burgess

Image result for INCYTE

PF-4136309, also known as INCB8761, is an orally available human chemokine receptor 2 (CCR2) antagonist with potential immunomodulating and antineoplastic activities. Upon oral administration, CCR2 antagonist PF-04136309 specifically binds to CCR2 and prevents binding of the endothelium-derived chemokine ligand CLL2 (monocyte chemoattractant protein-1 or MCP1) to its receptor CCR2, which may result in inhibition of CCR2 activation and signal transduction. This may inhibit inflammatory processes as well as angiogenesis, tumor cell migration, and tumor cell proliferation. The G-protein coupled receptor CCR2 is expressed on the surface of monocytes and macrophages, stimulates the migration and infiltration of these cell types, and plays an important role in inflammation, angiogenesis, and tumor cell migration and proliferation.

  • Originator Pfizer
  • Class Analgesics
  • Mechanism of Action CCR2 receptor antagonists

Highest Development Phases

  • Phase I/II Pancreatic cancer
  • Discontinued Hepatic fibrosis; Pain

Most Recent Events

  • 01 Apr 2016 Phase-I/II clinical trials in Pancreatic cancer (Combination therapy, First-line therapy, Metastatic disease) in USA (PO) (NCT02732938)
  • 01 Dec 2015 Phase-I clinical trials in Pancreatic cancer (In volunteers) in Belgium (PO) (NCT02598206)
  • 09 Nov 2015 Pfizer plans a phase I trial in Healthy volunteers in Belgium and USA (NCT02598206)

STR1

(S)-N-[2-(3-{trans-4-Hydroxy-4-[5-(pyrimidin-2-yl)pyridin-2-
yl]cyclohexylamino}pyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide

MS (M+H)+:569.2.

1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 9.57 – 9.45 (m, 1H), 8.94-8.84 (m, 2H), 8.82 –
8.72 (m, 1H), 8.27 – 8.19 (m, 1H), 8.15 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.91 – 7.84 (m, 2H), 7.69
(dd, J = 7.8, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.39 (m, 1H), 4.29 – 4.12 (m, 2H), 3.87 (dd, J = 10.1, 6.4
Hz, 0.5H), 3.83 – 3.39 (m, 3.5H), 3.38 – 3.32 (m, 1H), 3.02 – 2.91 (m, 1H), 2.51 – 2.35
(m, 2H), 2.34 – 2.14 (m, 1H), 2.13 – 1.88 (m, 2.5H), 1.88 – 1.76 (m, 0.5H), 1.74 – 1.56
(m, 4H).

Anal. (C29H31F3N6O3): calcd C 61.24, H 5.50, N 14.79; found C 61.18, H 5.59,
N 14.87.

INTERMEDIATES

8-(5-Bromopyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol

str1

LC-MS (M+H)+: 316.1/314.1. 1H NMR (300 MHz,CDCl3): δ 8.60 (s, 1 H), 7.82 (d, 1 H), 7.38 (d, 1 H), 4.6 (s, 1 H), 4.0 (m, 4 H), 2.2 (m, 4
H), 1.7 (m, 4 H).

8-(5-Pyrimidin-2-ylpyridin-2-yl)-1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol

str1

LC-MS (M+H)+: 314.2.

 

4-Hydroxy-4-(5-pyrimidin-2-ylpyridin-2-yl)cyclohexanone

str1

MS
(M+H)+: 270.2.

tert-Butyl [(S)-1-({[3-(Trifluoromethyl)benzoyl]amino}acetyl)
pyrrolidin-3-yl]carbamate.

STR1

MS (M-Boc+H)+: 316.

 

(S)-N-{2-[3-Aminopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-oxoethyl}-3-(trifluoromethyl)
benzamide hydrochloride

str1

MS
(M+H)+: 316.

 

 

PATENT

WO 2012114223

https://www.google.com/patents/WO2012114223A1?cl=en

Example 35

Step A

Figure imgf000062_0002

8-(4-lodo-phenyl)-1 ,4-dioxa-spiro[4.5]decan-8-ol. To a solution of 1 ,4-diiodobenzene (16.5 g, 50 mmol) in THF (350 mL) at -78°C was added n-BuLi (2.5 M, 24 mL) over 1 hour. After stirred additional 30 minutes, a solution of 1 ,4-dioxa-spiro[4.5]decan-8-one (7.8 g, 50 mmol) in THF (30 mL) was added in and the resulting mixture was stirred for 3 hours. To the mixture was added TMSCI (5.4 g, 50 mmol) and the resulting mixture was allowed to warm to rt and stirred at rt for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was neutralized to pH 6.0, and extracted with ethyl acetate (3X 50 mL). The organic extracts were combined, washed with saline solution (2X 50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, concentrated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed on silica gel, eluting with hexane/ethyl acetate (95/5 to 100/0). The appropriate fractions were combined to give 8-(4-lodo-phenyl)-1 ,4-dioxa-spiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (12 g, 66.6%) with LCMS: 361 .2 (M+H+, 100%) and {[8-(4-iodophenyl)-1 ,4- dioxaspiro[4.5]dec-8-yl]oxy}(trimethyl)silane (6 g, 27%) with LCMS: 433.1 (M+H+, 100%). Step B

Figure imgf000063_0001

8-(4-pyrimidin-2-ylphenyl)-1 ,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol. To a solution of 8-(4-iodo- phenyl)-1 ,4-dioxa-spiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (450.0 mg, 1.249 mmol) in THF (1.0 mL) at room temperature was added dropwise isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF, 1 .37 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 mins. To another flask charged with nickel acetylacetonate (20 mg, 0.06 mmol) and 1 ,3-bis(diphenylphosphino)-propane (26 mg, 0.062 mmol) suspened in THF (3 mL) under N2 was added 2-bromopyrimidine (199 mg, 1.25 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature until it is clear. The second mixture was transferred into the degassed Grignard solution prepared in step 1. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, quenched with water, washed with brine, dried overNa2S04, and concentrated. The residue was columned on silica gel, eluted with hexane/EtOAc (2/1 ), to gave the desired compound (270 mg, 69%) as white solid. LCMS: 313.1 , (M+H, 100%). 1H

NMR (CDCIs): δ 8.86 (d, 2H), 8.46 (dd, 2H), 7.71 (dd, 2H), 7.24 (t, 1 H), 4.05 (d, 4H), 2.30 (dt, 2H), 2.18 (dt, 2H), 1 .90 (m, 2H), 1 .78 (m, 2H).

Step C

Figure imgf000063_0002

4-Hydroxy-4-(4-pyrimidin-2-ylphenyl)cyclohexanone. The title compound was prepared by treating the ketal of step B with HCI in water following the procedure described in step B of Example 2. MS (M+H)+ 269.

Step D

Figure imgf000063_0003

N-[2-((3S)-3-[4-hydroxy-4-(4-pyrimidin-2-ylphenyl)cyclohexyl]aminopyrrolidin-1-yl)-2- oxoethyl]-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide bis(trifluoroacetate) (salt). To a 1-neck round-bottom flask charged with methylene chloride (1 ml.) was added 4-hydroxy-4-(4-pyrimidin-2- ylphenyl)cyclohexanone (50.0 mg, 0.186 mmol), N-2-[(3S)-3-aminopyrrolidin-1-yl]-2- oxoethyl-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzamide hydrochloride (65.5 mg, 0.186 mmol), and triethylamine (85.7 uL, 0.615 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 25°C for 30 minutes, and to it was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (62.4 mg, 0.28 mmol) in portion. The reaction mixture was stirring at rt overnight. The reaction was concentrated, and the residue was chromatographed on Si02, eluted with acetone/methanol (100% to 90%/10%) to give two fractions, which were further purified on prep-LCMS separately to afford F1 (24.2 mg ) and F2 (25.9 mg) as white powder in total 34% of the yield. LCMS: 568.2 (M+H, 100%)

Paper

Discovery of INCB8761/PF-4136309, a Potent, Selective, and Orally Bioavailable CCR2 Antagonist

Incyte Corporation, Experimental Station E336, Wilmington, Delaware 19880, United States
Pfizer Global Research and Development, Chesterfield Parkway West, St. Louis, Missouri 63017, United States
ACS Med. Chem. Lett., 2011, 2 (12), pp 913–918
Tel: 302-498-6706. Fax: 302-425-2750. E-mail: cxue@incyte.com.
Abstract Image

We report the discovery of a new (S)-3-aminopyrrolidine series of CCR2 antagonists. Structure–activity relationship studies on this new series led to the identification of 17 (INCB8761/PF-4136309) that exhibited potent CCR2 antagonistic activity, high selectivity, weak hERG activity, and an excellent in vitro and in vivo ADMET profile. INCB8761/PF-4136309 has entered human clinical trials.

HPLC

http://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s10337-015-2860-8

A precise and sensitive LC method was developed and further validated for the determination of enantiomeric purity of (S)-N-[2-(3-{trans-4-hydroxy-4-[5-(pyrimidin-2-yl)pyridin-2-yl] cyclohexylamino} pyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-oxoethyl]-3-(trifluoromethyl) benzamide (PF-04136309). Baseline separation with a resolution higher than 1.8 was accomplished within 40 min using a CHIRALPAK AD (250 × 4.6 mm; particle size 5 μm) column, with n-hexane:2-propanol (70:30v/v) as mobile phase at a flow rate of 1 mL min−1. The eluted analytes were subsequently detected with a UV detector at 260 nm. The effects of mobile phase components and temperature on enantiomeric selectivity as well as the resolution of enantiomers were thoroughly investigated. The calibration curves were plotted within a concentration range between 0.01 and 1 mg mL−1 (n = 9), and recoveries between 98.17 and 101.28 % were obtained, with relative standard deviation (RSD) lower than 1.44 %. The LOD and LOQ for PF-04136309 were 3.59 and 11.54 μg mL−1 and for its enantiomer were 3.39 and 11.28 μg mL−1, respectively. The developed method was demonstrated to be accurate, robust and sensitive for the determination of enantiomeric purity of PF-04136309, especially for the analysis of bulk samples.

REFERENCES

1: Xue CB, Wang A, Han Q, Zhang Y, Cao G, Feng H, Huang T, Zheng C, Xia M, Zhang K, Kong L, Glenn J, Anand R, Meloni D, Robinson DJ, Shao L, Storace L, Li M, Hughes RO, Devraj R, Morton PA, Rogier DJ, Covington M, Scherle P, Diamond S, Emm T, Yeleswaram S, Contel N, Vaddi K, Newton R, Hollis G, Metcalf B. Discovery of INCB8761/PF-4136309, a Potent, Selective, and Orally Bioavailable CCR2 Antagonist. ACS Med Chem Lett. 2011 Oct 5;2(12):913-8. doi: 10.1021/ml200199c. eCollection 2011 Dec 8. PubMed PMID: 24900280; PubMed Central PMCID: PMC4018168.

http://www.pfizer.com/files/news/asco/ASCO2016_PipelineFactSheet_CCR2.pdf

//////1341224-83-6, PF 4136309, PF4136309,  PF 4136309, PF-4136309, PF04136309, PF4136309, PF-04136309, INCB8761, INCB 8761, INCB-8761, PFIZER, PHASE 2

O=C(NCC(N1C[C@@H](NC2CCC(C3=NC=C(C4=NC=CC=N4)C=C3)(O)CC2)CC1)=O)C5=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C5


Filed under: Phase2 drugs Tagged: 1341224-83-6, INCB 8761, INCB8761, PF 4136309, PF-04136309, PF04136309, PF4136309, PFIZER, phase 2

CHIRAL INDIA 2016, 5th International Conference & Exhibition Nov 8-9 2016, Holiday Inn, Mumbai, India

$
0
0

str1

 

India's only conference focusing on new chiral technologies for pharmaceutical fine chemicals. The event is a unique platform to learn about recent advances in chiral chemistry, technology and application.

Chiral India series which began in 2012 has now grown into a major must-attend event for the Pharmaceutical industry. This platform is the most popular chiral technology platform bringing together the top experts from China, Canada, USA, Japan, India and other countries to present the latest developments in chiral drug developments and brainstorm with leading R&D personnel from Indian pharmaceutical industry.

The fifth edition of Chiral India to be held on 8-9 November 2016, at Holiday Inn (Mumbai), follows the success of previous four annual editions (2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015) and is now an event awaited by R&D professionals across the industry.

International panel of Chiral experts will address on key Themes
  • Asymmetric hydrogenations: New directions
  • Chiral switches: Development of single enantiomer drugs
  • Chiral tool kit in new drug development
  • Organo molecular catalysts
  • Enzymatic processes for new chiral drug synthesis
  • Chiral chemistry in natural product synthesis
  • Chiral catalysis: An overview of recent advances
  • Chiral drugs: New regulatory directions
  • Chiral separation technologies
  • Flow reactions for chiral drug development

R  Rajagopal

+9198211 28341

rraj@chemicalweekly.com

kiran@chemicalweekly.com

Dr. R. Rajagopal B-602, Godrej Coliseum Tel: +91 22 24044477
Editorial Advisor K.J. Somaiya Hospital Road Fax: +91 22 24044450
Chemical Weekly Sion (East) Mumbai 400 022 www.chemicalweekly.com

DOWNLOAD BROCHURE…..

Please use http://www.chiralindia.com/Brochure.pdf link to download the Brochure.

Our website URL is www.chiralindia.com

 

Oganised By

 

str2

str1

 

SCROLL USING MOUSE TO VIEW 5 PAGES

////////CHIRAL INDIA 2016, 5th International Conference, Exhibition,  Nov 8-9,  2016, Holiday Inn, Mumbai, India


Filed under: conference Tagged: 2016, 5th International Conference, CHIRAL INDIA 2016, Exhibition, Holiday Inn, INDIA, Mumbai, Nov 8-9

Evofosfamide, эвофосфамид , إيفوفوسفاميد , 艾伏磷酰胺 ,

$
0
0

str1

TH-302.svg

Evofosfamide, HAP-302 , TH-302, TH 302

эвофосфамид ,  إيفوفوسفاميد ,  艾伏磷酰胺 ,

  • Molecular Formula C9H16Br2N5O4P
  • Average mass 449.036 Da

(1-Methyl-2-nitro-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl N,N’-bis(2-bromoethyl)phosphorodiamidate

(1-Methyl-2-nitro-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl-N,N’-bis(2-bromethyl)phosphorodiamidat
918633-87-1

TH-302 is a nitroimidazole-linked prodrug of a brominated derivative of an isophosphoramide mustard previously used in cancer drugs

  • Originator Threshold Pharmaceuticals
  • Developer Merck KGaA; Threshold Pharmaceuticals
  • Class Antineoplastics; Nitroimidazoles; Phosphoramide mustards; Small molecules
  • Mechanism of Action Alkylating agents
  • Orphan Drug Status Yes – Soft tissue sarcoma; Pancreatic cancer
  • On Fast track Pancreatic cancer; Soft tissue sarcoma
  • Suspended Glioblastoma; Leukaemia; Malignant melanoma; Multiple myeloma; Non-small cell lung cancer; Solid tumours
  • Discontinued Pancreatic cancer; Soft tissue sarcoma

Most Recent Events

  • 01 Aug 2016 Threshold plans a clinical trial for Solid tumours
  • 01 Aug 2016 Threshold announces intention to submit NDA to the Pharmaceuticals and Medical Device Agency in Japan
  • 16 Jun 2016 Merck KGaA terminates a phase II trial in Soft tissue sarcoma (Combination therapy, Inoperable/Unresectable, Metastatic disease, Late-stage disease) in Japan (IV) due to negative results from the phase III SARC021 trial (NCT02255110)

Evofosfamide (first disclosed in WO2007002931), useful for treating cancer.

Image result for Evofosfamide

Threshold Pharmaceuticals and licensee Merck Serono are codeveloping evofosfamide, the lead in a series of topoisomerase II-inhibiting hypoxia-activated prodrugs and a 2-nitroimidazole-triggered bromo analog of ifosfamide, for treating cancer, primarily soft tissue sarcoma and pancreatic cancer (phase 3 clinical, as of April 2015).

In November 2014, the FDA granted Fast Track designation to the drug for the treatment of previously untreated patients with metastatic or locally advanced unresectable soft tissue sarcoma.

Evofosfamide (INN,[1] USAN;[2] formerly known as TH-302) is an investigational hypoxia-activated prodrug that is in clinical development for cancer treatment. The prodrug is activated only at very low levels of oxygen (hypoxia). Such levels are common in human solid tumors, a phenomenon known as tumor hypoxia.[3]

Evofosfamide is being evaluated in clinical trials for the treatment of multiple tumor types as a monotherapy and in combination with chemotherapeutic agents and other targeted cancer drugs.

Dec 2015 : two Phase 3 trials fail, Merck will not apply for a license

Collaboration

Evofosfamide was developed by Threshold Pharmaceuticals Inc. In 2012, Threshold signed a global license and co-development agreement for evofosfamide with Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany (EMD Serono Inc. in the US and Canada), which includes an option for Threshold to co-commercialize evofosfamide in the United States. Threshold is responsible for the development of evofosfamide in the soft tissue sarcoma indication in the United States. In all other cancer indications, Threshold and Merck KGaA are developing evofosfamide together.[4] From 2012 to 2013, Merck KGaA paid 110 million US$ for upfront payment and milestone payments to Threshold. Additionally, Merck KGaA covers 70% of all evofosfamide development expenses.[5]

Mechanism of prodrug activation and Mechanism of action (MOA) of the released drug[edit]

Evofosfamide is a 2-nitroimidazole prodrug of the cytotoxin bromo-isophosphoramide mustard (Br-IPM). Evofosfamide is activated by a process that involves a 1-electron (1 e) reduction mediated by ubiquitous cellular reductases, such as the NADPH cytochrome P450, to generate a radical anion prodrug:

  • A) In the presence of oxygen (normoxia) the radical anion prodrug reacts rapidly with oxygen to generate the original prodrug and superoxide. Therefore, evofosfamide is relatively inert under normal oxygen conditions, remaining intact as a prodrug.
  • B) When exposed to severe hypoxic conditions (< 0.5% O2; hypoxic zones in many tumors), however, the radical anion undergoes irreversible fragmentation, releasing the active drug Br-IPM and an azole derivative. The released cytotoxin Br-IPM alkylates DNA, inducing intrastrand and interstrand crosslinks.[6]

Evofosfamide is essentially inactive under normal oxygen levels. In areas of hypoxia, evofosfamide becomes activated and converts to an alkylating cytotoxic agent resulting in DNA cross-linking. This renders cells unable to replicable their DNA and divide, leading to apoptosis. This investigational therapeutic approach of targeting the cytotoxin to hypoxic zones in tumors may cause less broad systemic toxicity that is seen with untargeted cytotoxic chemotherapies.[7]

The activation of evofosfamide to the active drug Br-IPM and the mechanism of action (MOA) via cross-linking of DNA is shown schematically below:

Activation of eofosfamide to the active drug Br-IPM, and mechanism of action via cross-linking of DNA

Drug development history

Phosphorodiamidate-based, DNA-crosslinking, bis-alkylator mustards have long been used successfully in cancer chemotherapy and include e.g. the prodrugs ifosfamide andcyclophosphamide. To demonstrate that known drugs of proven efficacy could serve as the basis of efficacious hypoxia-activated prodrugs, the 2-nitroimidizole HAP of the active phosphoramidate bis-alkylator derived from ifosfamide was synthesized. The resulting compound, TH-281, had a high HCR (hypoxia cytotoxicity ratio), a quantitative assessment of its hypoxia selectivity. Subsequent structure-activity relationship (SAR) studies showed that replacement of the chlorines in the alkylator portion of the prodrug with bromines improved potency about 10-fold. The resulting, final compound is evofosfamide (TH-302).[8]

Synthesis

Evofosfamide can be synthesized in 7 steps.[9][10]

  1. CPhI.cn: Synthetic routes to explore anti-pancreatic cancer drug Evofosfamide, 22 Jan 2015
  2.  Synthetic route Reference: International patent application WO2007002931A2

Formulation

The evofosfamide drug product formulation used until 2011 was a lyophilized powder. The current drug product formulation is a sterile liquid containing ethanol,dimethylacetamide and polysorbate 80. For intravenous infusion, the evofosfamide drug product is diluted in 5% dextrose in WFI.[11]

Diluted evofosfamide formulation (100 mg/ml evofosfamide, 70% ethanol, 25% dimethylacetamide and 5% polysorbate 80; diluted to 4% v/v in 5% dextrose or 0.9% NaCl) can cause leaching of DEHP from infusion bags containing PVC plastic.[12]

Clinical trials

Overview and results

Evofosfamide (TH-302) is currently being evaluated in clinical studies as a monotherapy and in combination with chemotherapy agents and other targeted cancer drugs. The indications are a broad spectrum of solid tumor types and blood cancers.

Evofosfamide clinical trials (as of 21 November 2014)[13] sorted by (Estimated) Primary Completion Date:[14]


Both, evofosfamide and ifosfamide have been investigated in combination with doxorubicin in patients with advanced soft tissue sarcoma. The study TH-CR-403 is a single arm trial investigating evofosfamide in combination with doxorubicin.[35] The study EORTC 62012 compares doxorubicin with doxorubicin plus ifosfamide.[36] Doxorubicin and ifosfamide are generic products sold by many manufacturers.Soft tissue sarcoma

The indirect comparison of both studies shows comparable hematologic toxicity and efficacy profiles of evofosfamide and ifosfamide in combination with doxorubicin. However, a longer overall survival of patients treated with evofosfamide/doxorubicin (TH-CR-403) trial was observed. The reason for this increase is probably the increased number of patients with certain sarcoma subtypes in the evofosfamide/doxorubicin TH-CR-403 trial, see table below.

However, in the Phase 3 TH-CR-406/SARC021 study (conducted in collaboration with the Sarcoma Alliance for Research through Collaboration (SARC)), patients with locally advanced unresectable or metastatic soft tissue sarcoma treated with evofosfamide in combination with doxorubicin did not demonstrate a statistically significant improvement in OS compared with doxorubicin alone (HR: 1.06; 95% CI: 0.88 – 1.29).

Metastatic pancreatic cancer

Both, evofosfamide and protein-bound paclitaxel (nab-paclitaxel) have been investigated in combination with gemcitabine in patients with metastatic pancreatic cancer. The study TH-CR-404 compares gemcitabine with gemcitabine plus evofosfamide.[39] The study CA046 compares gemcitabine with gemcitabine plus nab-paclitaxel.[40] Gemcitabine is a generic product sold by many manufacturers.

The indirect comparison of both studies shows comparable efficacy profiles of evofosfamide and nab-paclitaxel in combination with gemcitabine. However, the hematologic toxicity is increased in patients treated with evofosfamide/gemcitabine (TH-CR-404 trial), see table below.

In the Phase 3 MAESTRO study, patients with previously untreated, locally advanced unresectable or metastatic pancreatic adenocarcinoma treated with evofosfamide in combination with gemcitabine did not demonstrate a statistically significant improvement in overall survival (OS) compared with gemcitabine plus placebo (hazard ratio [HR]: 0.84; 95% confidence interval [CI]: 0.71 – 1.01; p=0.0589).

Drug development risks

Risks published in the quarterly/annual reports of Threshold and Merck KGaA that could affect the further development of evofosfamide (TH-302):

Risks related to the formulation

The evofosfamide formulation that Threshold and Merck KGaA are using in the clinical trials was changed in 2011[43] to address issues with storage and handling requirements that were not suitable for a commercial product. Additional testing is ongoing to verify if the new formulation is suitable for a commercial product. If this new formulation is also not suitable for a commercial product another formulation has to be developed and some or all respective clinical phase 3 trials may be required to be repeated which could delay the regulatory approvals.[44]

Risks related to reimbursement

Even if Threshold/Merck KGaA succeed in obtaining regulatory approvals and bringing evofosfamide to the market, the amount reimbursed for evofosfamide may be insufficient and could adversely affect the profitability of both companies. Obtaining reimbursement for evofosfamide from third-party and governmental payors depend upon a number of factors, e.g. effectiveness of the drug, suitable storage and handling requirements of the drug and advantages over alternative treatments.

There could be the case that the data generated in the clinical trials are sufficient to obtain regulatory approvals for evofosfamide but the use of evofosfamide has a limited benefit for the third-party and governmental payors. In this case Threshold/Merck KGaA could be forced to provide supporting scientific, clinical and cost effectiveness data for the use of evofosfamide to each payor. Threshold/Merck KGaA may not be able to provide data sufficient to obtain reimbursement.[45]

Risks related to competition

Each cancer indication has a number of established medical therapies with which evofosfamide will compete, for example:

  • If approved for commercial sale for pancreatic cancer, evofosfamide would compete with gemcitabine (Gemzar), marketed by Eli Lilly and Company; erlotinib (Tarceva), marketed by Genentech and Astellas Oncology; protein-bound paclitaxel (Abraxane), marketed by Celgene; and FOLFIRINOX, which is a combination of generic products that are sold individually by many manufacturers.
  • If approved for commercial sale for soft tissue sarcoma, evofosfamide could potentially compete with doxorubicin or the combination of doxorubicin and ifosfamide, generic products sold by many manufacturers.[46]

Risks related to manufacture and supply

Threshold relies on third-party contract manufacturers for the manufacture of evofosfamide to meet its and Merck KGaA’s clinical supply needs. Any inability of the third-party contract manufacturers to produce adequate quantities could adversely affect the clinical development and commercialization of evofosfamide. Furthermore, Threshold has no long-term supply agreements with any of these contract manufacturers and additional agreements for more supplies of evofosfamide will be needed to complete the clinical development and/or commercialize it. In this regard, Merck KGaA has to enter into agreements for additional supplies or develop such capability itself. The clinical programs and the potential commercialization of evofosfamide could be delayed if Merck KGaA is unable to secure the supply.[47]

History

Date Event
Jun 2005 Threshold files evofosfamide (TH-302) patent applications in the U.S.[48]
Jun 2006 Threshold files an evofosfamide (TH-302) patent application in the EU and in Japan[49]
Sep 2011 Threshold starts a Phase 3 trial (TH-CR-406) of evofosfamide in combination with doxorubicin in patients with soft tissue sarcoma
Feb 2012 Threshold signs an agreement with Merck KGaA to co-develop evofosfamide
Apr 2012 A Phase 2b trial (TH-CR-404) of evofosfamide in combination with gemcitabine in patients with pancreatic cancer meets primary endpoint
Jan 2013 Merck KGaA starts a global Phase 3 trial (MAESTRO) of evofosfamide in combination with gemcitabine in patients with pancreatic cancer
Dec 2015 two Phase 3 trials fail, Merck will not apply for a license

CLIP

CLIP

Efficient synthesis of 2-nitroimidazole derivatives and the bioreductive clinical candidate Evofosfamide (TH-302)

*Corresponding authors
aDepartment of Chemistry, Chemistry Research Laboratory, University of Oxford, Mansfield Road, Oxford, UK
E-mail: stuart.conway@chem.ox.ac.uk
bCancer Research UK/MRC Oxford Institute for Radiation Oncology, Department of Oncology, University of Oxford, Old Road Campus Research Building, Oxford, UK
Org. Chem. Front., 2015,2, 1026-1029

DOI: 10.1039/C5QO00211G

http://pubs.rsc.org/en/content/articlelanding/2015/qo/c5qo00211g/unauth#!divAbstract

http://www.rsc.org/suppdata/c5/qo/c5qo00211g/c5qo00211g1.pdf

Hypoxia, regions of low oxygen, occurs in a range of biological environments, and is involved in human diseases, most notably solid tumours. Exploiting the physiological differences arising from low oxygen conditions provides an opportunity for development of targeted therapies, through the use of bioreductive prodrugs, which are selectively activated in hypoxia. Herein, we describe an improved method for synthesising the most widely used bioreductive group, 2-nitroimidazole. The improved method is applied to an efficient synthesis of the anti-cancer drug Evofosfamide (TH-302), which is currently in Phase III clinical trials for treatment of a range of cancers.

Graphical abstract: Efficient synthesis of 2-nitroimidazole derivatives and the bioreductive clinical candidate Evofosfamide (TH-302)

Image result for Evofosfamide

(1-Methyl-2-nitro-1H-imidazol-5-yl)-N,N–bis(2-bromoethyl) phosphordiamidate (TH- 302)

The residue was then purified by semi-preparative HPLC on a Phenomenex Luna (C18(2), 10 µm, 250 × 10 mm) column, eluting with H2O and methanol (50 – 70% methanol over 10 min, then 1 min wash with methanol, 5 mL/min flow rate) to afford TH-302 as a yellow gum: vmax (solid) cm-1 : 3212 (br), 1489 (m), 1350 (m), 1105 (m), 1004 (s); δH (DMSO-D6, 400 MHz) 7.25 (1H, s, CH), 5.10–4.90 (2H, m, NHCH2CH2Br), 4.98 (2H, d, J 7.8, CH2O), 3.94 (3H, s, CH3), 3.42 (4H, t, J 7.0, NHCH2CH2Br), 3.11 (4H, dt, J 9.8, 7.2, NHCH2CH2Br); δC (DMSO-D6, 126 MHz) 146.1, 134.2 (d, J 7.5, OCH2CN), 128.2, 55.6 (d, J 4.6, CH2O), 42.7, 34.2 (d, J 26.4, CH2Br), 34.1; δP (DMSO-D6, 202 MHz) 15.4; HRMS m/z (ESI− ) [found; (M-H)− 447.9216, C9H16 79Br81BrN5O4P requires (M-H)− 447.9213]; m/z (ESI+ ) 448.0 ([M-H]− , 60%, [C9H15 79Br81BrN5O4P] − ), 493.9 ([M+formate] − , 100%, [C10H17 79Br81BrN5O6P] − ). These data are in good agreement with the literature values.4

4 J.-X. Duan, H. Jiao, J. Kaizerman, T. Stanton, J. W. Evans, L. Lan, G. Lorente, M. Banica, D. Jung, J. Wang, H. Ma, X. Li, Z. Yang, R. M. Hoffman, W. S. Ammons, C. P. Hart and M. Matteucci, J. Med. Chem., 2008, 51, 2412–2420.

J. Med. Chem., 2008, 51, 2412–2420/……………….1-Methyl-2-nitro-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl N,N-bis(2-bromoethyl)
phosphordiami-date (3b). Compound 3b was synthesized by a procedure similar to that described for 3a and obtained as an off-white solid in 47.6% yield.

1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: 7.22 (s, 1H), 5.10–5.00 (m, 2H), 4.97 (d, J ) 7.6 Hz, 2H), 3.94 (s, 3H), 3.42 (t, J ) 7.2 Hz, 4H), and 3.00–3.20 (m, 4H).

13C NMR (DMSOd6)δ: 146.04, 134.16 (d, J ) 32 Hz), 128.17, 55.64, 42.70, 34.33,and 34.11 (d, J ) 17.2 Hz).

31P NMR (DMSO-d6) δ: -11.25.
HRMS: Calcd for C9H16N5O4PBr2, 446.9307; found, 446.9294.

CLIP

Synthesis Route reference WO2007002931A2

Med J.. Chem. 2008, 51, 2412-2420

From compound S-1 starting aminoacyl protection is S-2 , a suspension of NaH grab α -proton, offensive, ethyl, acidification, introduction of an aldehyde group, S-3followed by condensation with the amino nitrile, off N- acyl ring closure, migration rearrangement amino imidazole compound S-. 8 , the amino and sodium nitrite into a diazonium salt, raising the temperature, nitrite anion nucleophilic attack diazonium salt obtained nitro compound S-9, under alkaline conditions ester hydrolysis gives acid S-10 , followed by NEt3 under the action of isobutyl chloroformate and the reaction mixed anhydride formed by of NaBH 4 reduction to give the alcohol S-. 11 , [use of NaBH 4 reduction of the carboxyl group is another way and the I 2 / of NaBH 4 ] , to give S-11 later, the DIAD / PPh3 3 under the action via Mitsunobu linking two fragments obtained reaction Evofosfamide

Image result for Evofosfamide.

PATENT

http://www.google.co.in/patents/WO2015051921A1?cl=en

EXAMPLE 1

1

N-Formylsarcosine ethyl ester 1 (1 ,85 kg) was dissolved in toluene (3,9 kg) and ethyl formate (3,28 kg) and cooled to 10 °C. A 20 wt-% solution of potassium tert-butoxide (1 ,84 kg) in tetrahydrofuran (7,4 kg) was added and stirring was continued for 3h. The reaction mixture was extracted 2x with a solution of sodium chloride in water (10 wt-%) and the combined water extracts were washed lx with toluene.

Aqueous hydrogen chloride (25% wt-%; 5,62 kg) was added to the aqueous solution, followed by ethylene glycol (2,36 kg). The reaction mixture was heated to 55-60 °C for lh before only the organic solvent residues were distilled off under vacuum.

Aqueous Cyanamide (50 wt-%, 2,16 kg) was then added at 20 °C, followed by sodium acetate (3,04 kg). The resulting reaction mixture was heated to 85-90 °C for 2h and cooled to 0-5 °C before a pH of ~ 8-9 was adjusted via addition of aqueous sodium hydroxide (32% wt-%; 4,1 kg). Compound 3 (1,66 kg; 75%) was isolated after filtration and washing with water.

Ή-NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ= 1,24 (3H, t, J= 7,1 Hz); 3,53 (3H, s); 4,16 (2H, q, J= 7,0 Hz) ; 6,15 (s, 2 H); 7,28 (s, 1H).

HPLC (Rt = 7,7 min): 97,9% (a/a).

HPLC data was obtained using Agilent 1100 series HPLC from agilent technologies using an Column: YMC-Triart CI 8 3μ, 100 x 4,6 mm Solvent A: 950 ml of ammonium acetate/acetic acid buffer at pH = 6 + 50 ml acetonitril; Solvent B: 200 ml of ammonium acetate/acetic acid buffer at pH = 6 + 800 ml acetonitril; Flow: 1,5 ml/min; Gradient: 0 min: 5 % B, 2 min: 5 % B, 7 min: 20 % B, 17 min: 85% B, 17, 1 min: 5% B, 22 min: 5% B.

PATENT

WO2007002931

http://www.google.com/patents/WO2007002931A2?cl=en

Example 8

Synthesis of Compounds 25, 26 [0380] To a solution of 2-bromoethylammmonium bromide (19.4 g) in DCM (90 mL) at – 1O0C was added a solution OfPOCl3 (2.3 mL) in DCM (4 mL) followed by addition of a solution of TEA (14.1 mL) in DCM (25 mL). The reaction mixture was filtered, the filtrate concentrated to ca. 30% of the original volume and filtered. The residue was washed with DCM (3×25 mL) and the combined DCM portions concentrated to yield a solid to which a mixture of THF (6 mL) and water (8 mL) was added. THF was removed in a rotary evaporator, the resulting solution chilled overnight in a fridge. The precipitate obtained was filtered, washed with water (10 mL) and ether (30 mL), and dryed in vacuo to yield 2.1 g of:

Figure imgf000127_0001

Isophosphoramide mustard

Figure imgf000127_0002

can be synthesized employing the method provided in Example 8, substituting 2- bromoethylammmonium bromide with 2-chloroethylammmonium chloride. Synthesis of Isophosphoramide mustard has been described (see for example Wiessler et al., supra).

The phosphoramidate alkylator toxin:

Figure imgf000127_0003

was transformed into compounds 24 and 25, employing the method provided in Example 6 and the appropriate Trigger-OH.

Example 25

Synthesis of l-N-methyl-2-nitroimidazole-5-carboxylis acid

Figure imgf000143_0002

A suspension of the nitro ester (39.2 g, 196.9 rnmol) in IN NaOH (600 mL) and water (200 mL) was stirred at rt for about 20 h to give a clear light brown solution. The pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to about 1 by addition of cone. HCl and the reaction mixture extracted with EA (5 x 150 mL). The combined ethyl acetate layers were dried over MgS O4 and concentrated to yield l-N-methyl-2-nitroimidazole-5-carboxylis acid (“nitro acid”) as a light brown solid (32.2 g, 95%). Example 26

Synthesis of l-N-methyl-2-nitroimidazole-5-carboxylis acid

Figure imgf000144_0001

A mixture of the nitro acid (30.82 g, 180.23 mmol) and triethylamine (140 niL, 285 mmol) in anhydrous THF (360 mL) was stirred while the reaction mixture was cooled in a dry ice-acetonitrile bath (temperature < -20 0C). Isobutyl chloroformate (37.8 mL, 288 mmol) was added drop wise to this cooled reaction mixture during a period of 10 min and stirred for 1 h followed by the addition of sodium borohydride (36 g, 947 mmol) and dropwise addition of water during a period of 1 h while maintaining a temperature around or less than O0C. The reaction mixture was warmed up to O0C. The solid was filtered off and washed with THF. The combined THF portions were evaporated to yield l-N-methyl-2- nitroimidazole-5-methanol as an orange solid (25 g) which was recrystallized from ethyl acetate.

PATENT

WO-2015051921

EXAMPLE 1

1

N-Formylsarcosine ethyl ester 1 (1 ,85 kg) was dissolved in toluene (3,9 kg) and ethyl formate (3,28 kg) and cooled to 10 °C. A 20 wt-% solution of potassium tert-butoxide (1 ,84 kg) in tetrahydrofuran (7,4 kg) was added and stirring was continued for 3h. The reaction mixture was extracted 2x with a solution of sodium chloride in water (10 wt-%) and the combined water extracts were washed lx with toluene.

Aqueous hydrogen chloride (25% wt-%; 5,62 kg) was added to the aqueous solution, followed by ethylene glycol (2,36 kg). The reaction mixture was heated to 55-60 °C for lh before only the organic solvent residues were distilled off under vacuum.

Aqueous Cyanamide (50 wt-%, 2,16 kg) was then added at 20 °C, followed by sodium acetate (3,04 kg). The resulting reaction mixture was heated to 85-90 °C for 2h and cooled to 0-5 °C before a pH of ~ 8-9 was adjusted via addition of aqueous sodium hydroxide (32% wt-%; 4,1 kg). Compound 3 (1,66 kg; 75%) was isolated after filtration and washing with water.

Ή-NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO): δ= 1,24 (3H, t, J= 7,1 Hz); 3,53 (3H, s); 4,16 (2H, q, J= 7,0 Hz) ; 6,15 (s, 2 H); 7,28 (s, 1H).

HPLC (Rt = 7,7 min): 97,9% (a/a).

PATENT

WO 2016011195

http://google.com/patents/WO2016011195A1?cl=en

Figure 1 provides the differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) data of crystalline solid form A of TH-302.

Figure 2 shows the 1H-NMR of crystalline solid form A of TH-302.

Figure 5 shows the Raman Spectra of TH-302 (Form A)

Scheme 1 illustrates a method of preparing TH-302.

Scheme 1: Process for the Preparation of TH-302

NaOH (RGT)

Step 1. Imidazole Purified water (SLV)

Carboxylic Acid IPC: NMT 1.0% SM by HPLC

HCI (RGT)

IPC: pH 1.0 ± 0.5

IPC: NMT 1.0% water by KF

TH-302

MW = 449.0

SM = Starting Material INT = Intermediate IPC = In-process Control RGT = Reagent SLV = Solvent MW = Molecular Weight LOD = Loss on drying NMT = Not more than NLT = Not less than

TH-302 can be prepared by hydro lyzing (l-methyl-2-nitro-lH-imidazol-5-yl) ethyl ester above for example under aqueous conditions with a suitable base catalyst (e.g. NaOH in water at room temperature). The imidazole carboxylic acid prepared by this method can be used without further purification. However, it has been found that treating the dried crude intermediate product with a solvent such as acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, n-heptane, acetone, dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, 1, 4-dioxane, ethylene glycol, 2-propanol, 1-propanol, tetrahydrofuran (1 : 10 w/v) or combinations thereof in a vessel with heating, followed by cooling and filtration through a filtration aid with acetone decreased the number and levels of impurities in the product. The number and levels of impurities could be further reduced by treating the dried crude product with water (1 :5.0 w/v) in a vessel with heating followed by cooling and filtration through a filtration aid with water.

The carboxylic acid of the imidazole can then be reduced using an excess of a suitable reducing agent (e.g. sodium borohydride in an appropriate solvent, typically aqueous. The reaction is exothermic (i.e. potentially explosive) releasing borane and hydrogen gases over several hours. It was determined that the oxygen balance of the product imidazole alcohol is about 106.9, which suggests a high propensity for rapid decomposition. It has been found that using NaOH, for example 0.01M NaOH followed by quenching the reaction with an acid. Non-limiting examples of acids include, but are not limited to water, acetic acid, hydrobromic acid, hydrochloric acid, sodium hydrogen phosphate, sulfuric acid, citric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid, oxalic acid, boric acid and combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the acid may diluted with a solvent, such as water and/or tetrahydrofuran. In some embodiments, acetic acid or hydrochloric acid provide a better safety profile, presumably because it is easier to control the temperature during the addition of the reducing agent and the excess reducing agent is destroyed after the reaction is complete. This also results in improved yields and fewer impurities, presumably due to reduced impurities from the reducing agent and decomposition of the product. Using this process, greater than 98.5% purity could be achieved for this intermediate. The formation of ether linkage can be accomplished by treating the product imidazole alcohol with solution of N,N’-Bis(2-bromoethyl)phosphorodiamidic acid (Bromo IPM), a trisubstituted phosphine and diisopropyl azodicarboxylate in tetrahydrofuran at room temperature to afford TH-302. It has been found that by recrystallizing the product from a solvents listed in the examples, one could avoid further purfication by column chromatography, which allowed for both reduced solvent use especially on larger scales.

Scheme 2 illustrates an alternative method of preparing TH-302.

Scheme 2: Process for the Preparation of TH-302

(SM)

ethylamine mide (SM) 04.9 ) SLV) , RGT) ter by KF

NT)

MW = 449.0

Example 1: Synthesis of TH-302

Step 1 – Preparation intermediate imidazole carboxylic

I T)

Crude imidazole carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1 : 1.0 w/w) was taken in water (1 : 10.0 w/v) at 25± 5°C and cooled to 17± 3°C. A 2.5 N sodium hydroxide solution (10 V) was added slowly at 17±3°C. The reaction mass was warmed to 25±5°C and monitored by HPLC. After the completion of reaction, the reaction mass was cooled to 3±2°C and pH of the reaction mass adjusted to 1=1=0.5 using 6 M HC1 at 3±2°C. The reaction mass was then warmed to 25±5°C and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 10 V). The combined organic layers

were washed with water (1 x 10 V) followed by brine (1 x 10 V). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate (3 w/w), filtered over Celite and concentrated. n-Heptane (1.0 w/v) was added and the the reaction mixture was concentrated below 45°C to 2.0 w/v. The reaction mass was cooled to 0±5°C. The solid was filtered, and the bed was washed with n-heptane (1 x 0.5 w/v) and dried at 35±5°C. In a vessel, acetone (1 : 10 w/v) was added. Dry crude imidazole carboxylic acid (ICA) from 1.12 was added to the acetone. The mixture was warmed to 45±5°C and was stirred for 30 minutes. The mass was cooled to 28±3°C and filtered through a Celite bed. The filter bed was washed with 1 : 1.0 w/v of acetone. Water (1 :5.0 w/v) was added to the filtrate and the mixture was concentrated. The concentrated mass was cooled to 5±5°C and stirred for 30 minutes. The material was filtered and the solid was washed 2 x 1 : 1.0 w/v of water at 3±2°C. The product was dried for 2 hours at 25±5°C and then at 45±5°C. As can be seen below, the number and levels of impurities are decreased.

Table I: Purity and Impurity Profile Comparison of Typical Crude ICA and Purified

ICA

Imidazole alcohol:

CI^Oi-Bu

T

o

Imidazole carboxylic acid (1.0 w/w) was taken in tetrahydrofuran (10 w/v) under nitrogen atmosphere at 25±5°C. The reaction mass was cooled to -15±5°C. Triethylamine (1 : 1.23 w/v) was added slowly over a period of 1 hour maintaining the temperature at – 15±5°C. The reaction mass was stirred at -15±5°C for 15-20 min. Isobutylchloroformate (1 : 1.14 w/v) was added slowly over a period of 1 hour maintaining the temperature at – 15±5°C. The reaction mass was stirred at -15±5°C for 30-40 min. A solution of sodium borohydride (1 : 1.15 w/w) in 0.01 M aqueous sodium hydroxide (2.2 w/v) was divided into 6 lots and added to the above reaction mass while maintaining the temperature of the reaction mass between 0±10°C for 40-60 min for each lot. The reaction mass was warmed to 25±5°C and stirred until imidazole carboxylic acid content < 5.0 % w/w. The reaction mass was filtered and the bed was washed with tetrahydrofuran (1 :2.5 w/v). The filtrate was quenched with 10 % acetic acid in water at 25±5°C. Reaction mass stirred for 50-60 minutes at 25±5°C. The filtrate was concentrated below 45°C until no distillate was observed. The mass was cooled to 5±5°C and stirred for 50-60 minutes. The reaction mass was filtered and the solid was taken in ethanol (1 :0.53 w/v). The reaction mass was cooled 0±5°C and stirred for 30-40 min. The solid was filtered and the bed was washed ethanol (1 :0.13 w/v). The solid was dried at 40±5 °C.

Step 3 – Synthesis of intermediate Br-IPM:

P

o

M
W = 286.7 MW = 204.9 Purified water (SLV, RGT)

Acetone (SLV)

IPC: NMT 1.0% water by KF

2-Bromoethylamine hydrobromide (1 : 1.0 w/w) and POBr^ (1 :0.7 w/w) were taken in DCM (1 :2 w/v) under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was cooled to -70±5°C. Triethylamine (1 : 1.36 w/v) in DCM (1 :5 w/v) was added to the reaction mass at -70±5°C. The reaction mass was stirred for additional 30 min at -70±5°C. Reaction mass was warmed to 0±3°C and water (1 :1.72 w/v) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0±3°C for 4 hrs. The solid obtained was filtered and filter cake was washed with ice cold water (2 x 1 :0.86 w/v) and then with chilled acetone (2 x 1 :0.86 w/v). The solid was dried in at 20±5°C.

Step 4 Synthesis ofTH-302

TH-302

MW = 449.0

Imidazole alcohol (IA) (1 : 1.0 w/w), Bromo-IPM (1 :2.26 w/w) and

triphenylphosphine (1 :2.0 w/w) were added to THF (1 : 13.5 w/v) at 25±5°C. The reaction

mass was cooled to 0±5°C and DIAD (1.5 w/v) was added. The reaction mixture warmed to 25±5°C and stirred for 2 hours. Progress of the reaction was monitored by HPLC. Solvent was removed below 50°C under vacuum. Solvent exchange with acetonitrile (1 :10.0 w/v) below 50°C was performed. The syrupy liquid was re-dissolved in acetonitrile (1 : 10.0 w/v) and the mixture was stirred at -20±5°C for 1 hour. The resulting solid was filtered and the filtrate bed was washed with chilled acetonitrile (1 : 1.0 w/v). The acetonitrile filtrate was concentrated below 50°C under vacuum. The concentrated mass was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (1 : 10.0 w/v) and concentrated below 50°C under vacuum. The ethyl acetate strip off was repeated two more times. Ethyl acetate (1 : 10.0 w/v) and silica gel (230-400 mesh, 1 :5.3 w/w) were added to the concentrated reaction mass. The mixture was concentrated below 40°C under vacuum. n-Heptane (1 :5.0 w/v) was charged to the above mass and the mixture was evaporated below 40°C under vacuum. n-Heptane (1 :5.0 w/v) was again added to the above mass and the solid was filtered and the bed was washed with n-heptane (1 : 1.0 w/v). The solid was suspended in a mixture oftoluene (1 :7.1 w/v) and n-heptane (1 :21.3 w/v), stirred at 35±5°C for 15-20 minutes, filtered off and the bed was washed with n-heptane

(1 : 1.0 w/v). The solid was re-suspended in a mixture of toluene (1 : 10.6 w/v) and n-heptane (1 : 10.6 w/v), stirred at 35±5°C for 15-20 minutes, filtered off and the bed was washed with n-heptane (1 : 1.0 w/v). The solid was suspended in acetone (1 : 19.0 w/v), stirred at 35±5°C for 15-20 minutes, filtered off and the bed was washed with acetone (1 : 1.0 w/v). The acetone washes were repeated 3 more times. Filtrates from the above acetone washings were combined and concentrated below 40°C under vacuum. The residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (1 : 10.0 w/v) and concentrated below 40°C under vacuum. The ethyl acetate strip off was repeated one more time. The residue was re-dissolved in ethyl acetate (1 :5.5 w/v), cooled to 0±3°C and stirred at 0±3°C for 2 h and then at -20±5°C for 2 h. The solid was filtered and the solid was washed with ethyl acetate (1 :0.10 w/v). The solid was dissolved in ethyl acetate (1 : 10.0 w/v) at 50±5°C and the resulting solution was filtered through a cartridge filter. The filtrate was concentrated to ~4.0 w/w and stirred at 0±3°C for 4 hours. The solid was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate (1 :0.10 w/v). The crystallization from ethyl acetate was repeated and TH-302 was dried at 25±5°C. Table 2 shows how the process reduces solvent use.

Table 2: Solvent and Silica Gel Usage for 10 kg Column and 10 kg Column-free Purification

“Amounts are estimated from a 5 kg batch

b Amounts are estimated

Example 2: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to purify ICA:

Crude ICA was prepared according to the method described in Example 1. In a vessel, water (1 :7.0 w/v) was added. Dry crude ICA was added to the water. The reaction mixture was heated to 85±5°C until a clear solution was obtained. The reaction mass was cooled to 20±5°C and filtered through a Celite bed. The filter bed was washed with 2 x 5.0 of n-heptane. The material was dried for 2 hours at 25±5°C and then 45±5°C. As can be seen below, the number and levels of impurities decreased.

Table 3: Purity and Impurity Profile Comparison of Typical Crude ICA and Purified

ICA

Example 3: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to purify ICA:

Crude ICA was prepared according to the method described in Example 1. In a vessel

ethanol (1 :30.0 w/v) and ICA (1 : 1.0 w/w) were mixed. The reaction mixture was stirred at

25±5°C for 30 minutes and filtered. Water (1 :50.0 w/v) was added and the mixture was

stirred at 50±5°C for 30 minutes. The reaction mass was cooled to 20±5°C and filtered. The isolated solid was dried at 25±5°C for 24 hours. As can be seen below, the number and levels

of impurities generally decreased.

Table 4: Purity and Impurity Profile Comparison of Typical Crude ICA and Purified

ICA

Example 4: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to purify ICA:

Crude ICA was prepared according to the method described in Example 1. In a vessel

acetonitrile (1 :20.0 w/v) and ICA (1 : 1.0 w/w) were mixed at 25±5°C for one hour. The

reaction mixture was filtered and the solution was concentrated to ~ 6 volumes. The mixture

was then cooled to 0±5°C, stirred at this temperature for one hour and filtered. The isolated

solid was dried at 25±5°C for 24 hours. As can be seen below the number of impurities

decreased and except for TH-2717, the amounts also decreased.

Table 5: Purity and Impurity Profile Comparison of Typical Crude ICA and Purified

ICA

Example 5: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to purify ICA:

Crude ICA is prepared according to the method described in Example 1 and purified by treatment with dimethylacetamide and water.

Example 6: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to purify ICA:

Crude ICA is prepared according to the method described in Example 1 and purified by treatment with dimethylforamide and water.

Example 7: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to purify ICA:

[0109] Crude ICA is prepared according to the method described in Example 1 and purified by crystallization from a 1,4-dioxane and water mixture.

Example 8: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to purify ICA:

Crude ICA is prepared according to the method described in Example 1 and purified by crystallization from a mixture of ethylene glycol and water.

Example 9: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to purify ICA:

Crude ICA is prepared according to the method described in Example 1 and purified by treatment with 2-propanol and water.

Example 10: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to purify ICA:

[0112] Crude ICA is prepared according to the method described in Example 1 and purified by treatment with 1-propanol and water.

Example 11: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to purify ICA:

[0113] Crude ICA is prepared according to the method described in Example 1 and purified by crystallization from a mixture of tetrahydrofuran and water.

Example 12: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to quench IA:

[0114] The reduction of ICA to IA was carried out according to Example 1 except that after reaction completion and filtration of the inorganics, the filtrate was quenched with 1.5 M hydrochloric acid.

Example 13: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to quench IA:

[0115] The reduction of ICA to IA was carried out according to Example 1 except that after

reaction completion and filtration of the inorganics, the filtrate was quenched with 1.5 M

hydrobromic acid.

Example 14: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to quench IA:

The reduction of ICA to IA was carried out according to Example 1 except that after

reaction completion and filtration of the inorganics, the filtrate was quenched with

hydrobromic acid in acetic acid.

Example 15: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to quench IA:

The reduction of ICA to IA was carried out according to Example 1 except that after

reaction completion and filtration of the inorganics, the filtrate was treated with sodium

hydrogen phosphate.

Example 16: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to quench IA:

The reduction of ICA to IA was carried out according to Example 1 except that after

reaction completion and filtration of the inorganics, the filtrate was quenched with 10% acetic

acid in tetrahydrofuran.

Example 17: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to quench IA:

The reduction of ICA to IA was carried out according to Example 1 except that after

reaction completion and filtration of the inorganics, the filtrate was quenched with water.

Example 18: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to quench IA:

The reduction of ICA to IA is carried out according to Example 1 except that after

reaction completion and filtration of the inorganics, the filtrate is quenched with sulfuric acid.

Example 19: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to quench IA:

The reduction of ICA to IA is carried out according to Example 1 except that after

reaction completion and filtration of the inorganics, the filtrate is quenched with citric acid.

Example 20: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to quench IA:

The reduction of ICA to IA is carried out according to Example 1 except that after

reaction completion and filtration of the inorganics, the filtrate is treated with carbonic acid.

Example 21: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to quench IA:

The reduction of ICA to IA is carried out according to Example 1 except that after

reaction completion and filtration of the inorganics, the filtrate is treated with phosphoric

acid.

Example 22: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to quench IA:

The reduction of ICA to IA is carried out according to Example 1 except that after

reaction completion and filtration of the inorganics, the filtrate is quenched with oxalic acid.

Example 23: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to quench IA:

The reduction of ICA to IA is carried out according to Example 1 except that after reaction completion and filtration of the inorganics, the filtrate is quenched with boric acid.

Example 24: Synthesis ofTH-302 using alternative procedure to purify TH-302:

[0126] Coupling of bromo-IPM and IA was performed according to Example 1 except that after concentration of the reaction mixture, ethyl acetate (1 : 10 w/v) was added to the concentrated mass. The mixture was stirred at -55±5°C for 2 hours. The resulting solid was filtered and washed with chilled EtOAc (1 :2.0 w/v). The solid was reslurried in ethyl acetate (1 : 10 w/v) at -55±5°C for 2 hours, filtered and the solid was washed with chilled ethyl acetate (1 : 1.0 w/v). The filtrates from both filtrations were combined and treated with silica gel (1 :5.3 w/w) of silica gel (230-400 mesh). The mixture was concentrated below 40°C under vacuum. n-Heptane (1 :5.0 w/v) was again added to the above mass and the solid was filtered and the bed was washed with n-heptane (1 : 1.0 w/v). The solid was suspended in a mixture of toluene (1 :7.1 w/v) and n-heptane (1 :21.3 w/v), stirred at 35±5°C for 15-20 minutes, filtered off and the bed was washed with n-heptane (1 : 1.0 w/v). The solid was re-suspended in a mixture of toluene (1 : 10.6 w/v) and n-heptane (1 :10.6 w/v), stirred at 35±5°C for 15-20 minutes, filtered off and the bed was washed with n-heptane (1 : 1.0 w/v). The solid was suspended in acetone (1 : 19.0 w/v), stirred at 35±5°C for 15-20 minutes, filtered off and the bed was washed with acetone (1 : 1.0 w/v). The acetone washes were repeated 3 more times. Filtrates from the above acetone washings were combined and concentrated below 40°C under vacuum. The residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (1 :5.5 w/v), cooled to 0±3°C and stirred at 0±3°C for 2 h and then at -20±5°C for 2 h. The solid was filtered and the solid was washed with ethyl acetate (1 :0.10 w/v). The solid was dissolved in ethyl acetate (1 :27 w/v), stirred at 50±5°C and filtered through Celite. The filtrate was concentrated to ~4.0 w/w and stirred at 0±5°C for 4 hours. The recrystallization from ethyl acetate was repeated and TH- 302 was dried at 25±5°C. Table 4 shows how the process reduced solvent use.

Table 4: Estimated Solvent and Silica Gel Usage for Column and 10 kg Column-free

(EtOAc) Purification

References

  1.  WHO Drug Information; Recommended INN: List 73
  2.  Adopted Names of the United States Adopted Names Council
  3.  Duan J; Jiao, H; Kaizerman, J; Stanton, T; Evans, JW; Lan, L; Lorente, G; Banica, M; et al. (2008). “Potent and Highly Selective Hypoxia-Activated Achiral Phosphoramidate Mustards as Anticancer Drugs”. J. Med. Chem. 51 (8): 2412–20. doi:10.1021/jm701028q.PMID 18257544.
  4. Jump up^ Threshold Pharmaceuticals and Merck KGaA Announce Global Agreement to Co-Develop and Commercialize Phase 3 Hypoxia-Targeted Drug TH-302 – Press release from 3 February 2012
  5. Jump up^ Threshold Pharmaceuticals Form 8-K from 3 Nov 2014
  6. Jump up^ Weiss, G.J., Infante, J.R., Chiorean, E.G., Borad, M.J., Bendell, J.C., Molina, J.R., Tibes, R., Ramanathan, R.K., Lewandowski, K., Jones, S.F., Lacouture, M.E., Langmuir, V.K., Lee, H., Kroll, S., Burris, H.A. (2011) Phase 1 Study of the Safety, Tolerability, and Pharmacokinetics of TH-302, a Hypoxia-Activated Prodrug, in Patients with Advanced Solid Malignancies. Clinical Cancer Research 17, 2997–3004.doi:10.1158/1078-0432.CCR-10-3425
  7.  J. Thomas Pento (2011). “TH-302”. Drugs of the Future. 36 (9): 663–667.doi:10.1358/dof.2011.036.09.1678337.
  8. Jump up^ Duan J; Jiao, H; Kaizerman, J; Stanton, T; Evans, JW; Lan, L; Lorente, G; Banica, M; et al. (2008). “Potent and Highly Selective Hypoxia-Activated Achiral Phosphoramidate Mustards as Anticancer Drugs”. J. Med. Chem. 51 (8): 2412–20. doi:10.1021/jm701028q.PMID 18257544.
  9. Jump up^ CPhI.cn: Synthetic routes to explore anti-pancreatic cancer drug Evofosfamide, 22 Jan 2015
  10.  Synthetic route Reference: International patent application WO2007002931A2
  11. Jump up^ FDA Advisory Committee Briefing Materials Available for Public Release, TH-302: Pediatric oncology subcommittee of the oncologic drugs advisory committee (ODAC) meeting, December 4, 2012
  12. Jump up^ AAPS 2014 – Measurement of Diethylhexyl Phthalate (DEHP) Leached from Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Containing Plastics by Infusion Solutions Containing an Organic Parenteral Formulation – Poster W4210, Nov 5, 2014
  13. Jump up^ ClinicalTrials.gov
  14.  The Primary Completion Date is defined as the date when the final subject was examined or received an intervention for the purposes of final collection of data for the primary outcome.
  15. Jump up^ Detailed Results From Positive Phase 2b Trial of TH-302 in Pancreatic Cancer at AACR Annual Meeting – Press release from 30 March 2012
  16. Jump up^ TH-302 Plus Gemcitabine vs. Gemcitabine in Patients with Untreated Advanced Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma. Borad et al. Presentation at the European Society for Medical Oncology (ESMO) 2012 Congress, September 2012. (Abstract 6660)
  17. Stifel 2014 Healthcare Conference; Speaker: Harold Selick – 18 November 2014
  18.  Updated Phase 2 Results Including Analyses of Maintenance Therapy With TH-302 Following Induction Therapy With TH-302 Plus Doxorubicin in Soft Tissue Sarcoma – Press release from 15 November 2012
  19.  TH-302 Maintenance Following TH-302 Plus Doxorubicin Induction: The Results pf a Phase 2 Study of TH-302 in Combination with Doxorubicin in Soft Tissue Sarcoma. Ganjoo et al. Connective Tissue Oncology Society (CTOS) 2012 Meeting, November 2012
  20. Jump up^ Chawla, S.P., Cranmer, L.D., Van Tine, B.A., Reed, D.R., Okuno, S.H., Butrynski, J.E., Adkins, D.R., Hendifar, A.E., Kroll, S., Ganjoo, K.N., 2014. Phase II Study of the Safety and Antitumor Activity of the Hypoxia-Activated Prodrug TH-302 in Combination With Doxorubicin in Patients With Advanced Soft Tissue Sarcoma. Journal of Clinical Oncology 32, 3299–3306.doi:10.1200/JCO.2013.54.3660
  21. Jump up^ Follow-Up Data From a Phase 1/2 Clinical Trial of TH-302 in Solid Tumors – Press release from 12 October 2010
  22.  TH-302 Continues to Demonstrate Promising Activity in Pancreatic Cancer Phase 1/2 Clinical Trial – Press release from 24 January 2011
  23. Jump up^ TH-302, a tumor selective hypoxia-activated prodrug, complements the clinical benefits of gemcitabine in first line pancreatic cancer. Borad et al. ASCO Gastrointestinal Cancers Symposium, January 2011
  24. Jump up^ Stifel 2014 Healthcare Conference; Speaker: Harold Selick – 18 November 2014
  25. Jump up^ Borad et al., ESMO Annual Meeting, October 2010
  26. Jump up^ Video interview of Stefan Oschmann, CEO Pharma at Merck – Merck Serono Investor & Analyst Day 2014 – 18 Sept 2014 – 2:46 min – Youtube
  27. Jump up^ The Phase 3 Trial of TH-302 in Patients With Advanced Soft Tissue Sarcoma Will Continue as Planned Following Protocol-Specified Interim Analysis – Press release from 22 September 2014
  28. Jump up^ Threshold Pharmaceuticals’ Partner Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany, Completes Target Enrollment in the TH-302 Phase 3 MAESTRO Study in Patients With Locally Advanced or Metastatic Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma – Press release from 3 November 2014
  29.  Data From Ongoing Phase 1/2 Trial of TH-302 Plus Bevacizumab (Avastin(R)) in Patients With Recurrent Glioblastoma – Press release from 30 May 2014
  30. Jump up^ Phase 1/2 Study of Investigational Hypoxia-Targeted Drug, TH-302, and Bevacizumab in Recurrent Glioblastoma Following Bevacizumab Failure. Brenner, et al. 2014 ASCO, 7 – 30 May 2014
  31. Jump up^ Phase 1/2 Interim Data Signaling Activity of TH-302 Plus Bevacizumab (Avastin(R)) in Patients With Glioblastoma – Press release from 17 November 2014
  32. Jump up^ Threshold Pharmaceuticals’ Partner Merck KGaA, Darmstadt, Germany, Completes Target Enrollment in the TH-302 Phase 3 MAESTRO Study in Patients With Locally Advanced or Metastatic Pancreatic Adenocarcinoma – Press release from 3 November 2014
  33. Jump up^ Stifel 2014 Healthcare Conference; Speaker: Harold Selick – 18 November 2014
  34. Jump up^ Stifel 2014 Healthcare Conference; Speaker: Harold Selick – 18 November 2014
  35. Jump up^ Chawala SP, et al. J Clin Oncol. 2014 (54) 3660 doi:10.1200/JCO.2013.54.3660
  36. Jump up^ Judson I, et al. Lancet Oncol. 2014 Apr;15(4):415-23doi: 10.1016/S1470-2045(14)70063-4
  37. Jump up^ Judson I, et al. Lancet Oncol. 2014 Apr;15(4):415-23doi: 10.1016/S1470-2045(14)70063-4
  38. Jump up^ Chawala SP, et al. J Clin Oncol. 2014 (54) 3660 doi:10.1200/JCO.2013.54.3660
  39. Jump up^ Borad, M. J. et al. Randomized Phase II Trial of Gemcitabine Plus TH-302 Versus Gemcitabine in Patients With Advanced Pancreatic Cancer. Journal of Clinical Oncology (2014). doi: 10.1200/JCO.2014.55.7504
  40. Jump up^ Von Hoff, D. D. et al. Increased Survival in Pancreatic Cancer with nab-Paclitaxel plus Gemcitabine. New England Journal of Medicine 369, 1691–1703 (2013). doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1304369
  41. Jump up^ Von Hoff, D. D. et al. Increased Survival in Pancreatic Cancer with nab-Paclitaxel plus Gemcitabine. New England Journal of Medicine 369, 1691–1703 (2013). doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1304369
  42. Jump up^ Borad, M. J. et al. Randomized Phase II Trial of Gemcitabine Plus TH-302 Versus Gemcitabine in Patients With Advanced Pancreatic Cancer. Journal of Clinical Oncology (2014). doi: 10.1200/JCO.2014.55.7504
  43. Jump up^ Threshold Pharmaceuticals 10-K Annual report 2011 from 15 Mar 2012
  44. Jump up^ Threshold Pharmaceuticals 10-Q Quarterly report Q3/2014 from 3 Nov 14
  45. Jump up^ Threshold Pharmaceuticals Form 8-K from 9 Oct 14
  46. Jump up^ Threshold Pharmaceuticals Form 8-K from 9 Oct 14
  47.  Threshold Pharmaceuticals Form 8-K from 9 Oct 14
  48.  Phosphoramidate alkylator prodrugs US8003625B2,US8507464B2, US8664204B2
  49.  Phosphoramidate alkylator prodrugs EP1896040B1and JP5180824B2
WO2007002931A2 * Jun 29, 2006 Jan 4, 2007 Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphoramidate alkylator prodrugs
WO2008083101A1 * Dec 21, 2007 Jul 10, 2008 Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphoramidate alkylator prodrugs for the treatment of cancer
WO2010048330A1 * Oct 21, 2009 Apr 29, 2010 Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of cancer using hypoxia activated prodrugs
WO2015051921A1 * Oct 10, 2014 Apr 16, 2015 Merck Patent Gmbh Synthesis of 1-alkyl-2-amino-imidazol-5-carboxylic acid ester via calpha-substituted n-alkyl-glycine ester derivatives
Reference
1 * DUAN, J.-X. ET AL.: “Potent and Highly Selective Hypoxia-Activated Achiral Phosphoramidate Mustards as Anticancer Drugs“, JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 51, 2008, pages 2412 – 2420, XP008139620, DOI: doi:10.1021/jm701028q
Evofosfamide
TH-302.svg
Names
IUPAC name
(1-Methyl-2-nitro-1H-imidazol-5-yl)methyl N,N’-bis(2-bromoethyl)phosphorodiamidate
Other names
TH-302; HAP-302
Identifiers
918633-87-1 Yes
ChemSpider 10157061 Yes
Jmol-3D images Image
PubChem 11984561
Properties
C9H16Br2N5O4P
Molar mass 449.04 g·mol−1
6 to 7 g/l

///////////Orphan Drug Status, soft tissue sarcoma,  Pancreatic cancer, Fast track,  TH-302, TH 302, эвофосфамид ,  إيفوفوسفاميد ,  艾伏磷酰胺 , Evofosfamide, 918633-87-1, PHASE 3

O=[N+]([O-])c1ncc(COP(=O)(NCCBr)NCCBr)n1C


Filed under: 0rphan drug status, FAST TRACK FDA, Phase3 drugs Tagged: 918633-87-1, Evofosfamide, 艾伏磷酰胺, FAST TRACK, эвофосфамид, Orphan Drug Status, pancreatic cancer, PHASE 3, Soft Tissue Sarcoma, TH-302, إيفوفوسفاميد

Continuous Flow Stereoselective Synthesis of (S)-Warfarin

$
0
0

Figure

Continuous Flow Stereoselective Synthesis of (S)-Warfarin

The same catalytic packed-bed reactor was used for the preparation of (S)-warfarin 107 under continuous flow conditions (Scheme ).A solution of 4-OH-coumarin 104, benzalacetone105, and trifluoroacetic acid as a cocatalyst in dioxane was flowed into the reactor containing the polystyrene-supported 9-amino-epi-quinine 122. With a residence time of 5 h at 50 °C, we were able to isolate the product in up to 90% yield and up to 87% ee. Further studies are needed in order to optimize the reaction under continuous flow conditions; however, the proposed protocol already offers the possibility to extend catalyst’s lifetime, longer than in batch mode, further suggesting interesting future applications for the catalytic reactors.

The Pericàs group published the stereoselective Michael addition of ethyl nitroacetate to benzalacetone promoted by polystyrene-supported 9-amino-9-deoxy-epi-quinine 126 under continuous flow conditions. It should be pointed out that the polystyrene in our hands is a highly reticulated, insoluble polymer, while the polystyrene used by the Pericàs group is a swelling resin; a careful choice of the reaction solvent should be done, as this may affect the reaction course. The functionalized resin was packed into a Teflon tube between two plugs of glass wool. The reaction was run by pumping a solution of the two reagents and benzoic acid as a cocatalyst in CHCl3 (chosen after careful solvent screening) at 30 °C for 40 min residence time. Notably, 3.6 g (12.9 mmol) of the desired adducts were collected in 21 h of operation in roughly 1/1 dr and 97/98% ee.

Porta, R.; Benaglia, M.; Puglisi, A. Unpublished results.

Izquierdo, J.; Ayats, C.; Henseler, A. H.; Pericàs, M. A. Org. Biomol. Chem. 2015, 13, 4204, DOI: 10.1039/C5OB00325C

str1

Image result for warfarin nmr

A polystyrene-supported 9-amino(9-deoxy)epi quinine derivative for continuous flow asymmetric Michael reactions

*Corresponding authors
aInstitute of Chemical Research of Catalonia (ICIQ), Avda. Països Catalans, 16, E-43007, Tarragona, Spain
bDepartament de Química Orgànica, Universitat de Barcelona (UB), E-08028, Barcelona, Spain
E-mail: mapericas@iciq.es
Fax: +34 977920244
Tel: +34 977920243
Org. Biomol. Chem., 2015,13, 4204-4209

DOI: 10.1039/C5OB00325C

A polystyrene (PS)-supported 9-amino(9-deoxy)epi quinine derivative catalyzes Michael reactions affording excellent levels of conversion and enantioselectivity using different nucleophiles and structurally diverse enones. The highly recyclable, immobilized catalyst has been used to implement a single-pass, continuous flow process (residence time: 40 min) that can be operated for 21 hours without significant decrease in conversion and with improved enantioselectivity with respect to batch operation. The flow process has also been used for the sequential preparation of a small library of enantioenriched Michael adducts.

Graphical abstract: A polystyrene-supported 9-amino(9-deoxy)epi quinine derivative for continuous flow asymmetric Michael reactions
Image result for (S)-Warfarin

Synthesis:

There are 3 types of Warfarin:

1. Racemic Warfarin

2. S-Warfarin

3. R-Warfarin

As there are different types different synthetic routes are required. Firstly, looking at the racemic Warfarin followed by the asymetric Warfarin (S- and R- Warfarin).

Racemic Warfarin Synthesis:

The usual synthetic route for racemic Warfarin involves a base/acid catalysed Michael condensation reaction of 4-hydroxycoumarin with benzalacetone. These reactants are either refluxed in water for approximately 4-8 hours or refluxed with pyridine which gives a saturated yield. The mechanism is shown below:

The yield when this reaction is reflux with water is 48%.

Asymetric Synthesis:

During recent years it has been found that one of the possible enantiomers usually has a pharmacological profile that is superior to the racemate. Hence pharmaceutical companies have been replacing exisiting racemic drugs with their pure enantiomeric form.

In the case of Warfarin it was found that S-Warfarin is the superior enantiomer being 6 times more active than R-Warfarin. There are 2 main methods to form a pure enantiomeric form of Warfarin.

1. Asymmetric hydrogenation: This was developed by DuPont Merk Pharmaceutical. It involves the a DuPHOS-Rh(I) catalysed hydrogenation of racemic Warfarin to give the desired enantiomer. Below is the reaction scheme for this synthesis:

This exclusive product is then used in the rest of the synthesis. First reacting it with NaOH to form the sodium salt of the product:

This, then, depending on the enantiomer that is desired, the sodium salt is hydrogenated using either (R,R)-Et-DuPHOS-Rh(I) or (S,S)-Et-DuPHOS-Rh(I) to give S-Warfarin and R-Warfarin respectively:

This route gives enantioselectivities of 82-86% e.e in methanol and 88% e.e in 3:2 isopropanol-methanol. Acidification and a single recrystallisation of the crude product gave R- and S- Warfarin in >98% e.e.

2. Hetero-Diels-Alder cycloaddition: This method was developed in 2001 and the key feature is that it does not use racemic Warfarin as a starting material. Instead it involves a hetero-Diels-Alder cycloaddition of a iso-propenyl ether to 4-hydroxycoumarin (via the use of dry dioxane and a Tietze Base with 5A Molecular sieves at a temperature of 80ºC):

Here S-Warfarin has been synthesised with an e.e of 95%.

NMR 

General Data:

Chemical Names:
  • 4-hydroxy-3-(3-oxo-1-phenyl-butyl)-chromen-2-one
  • 3-(2-acetyl-1-phenylethyl)-4-hydroxycoumarin
  • (+ -)Warfarin
Formula:

C19H16O4

CAS Number:
81-81-2
Molecular Weight:
308.33
Structure:
Isomers:
Optical Isomers: S-Warfarin and R-Warfarin
Melting Point /ºC :
161
Optical Rotation:
S-Warfarin : -25.5 ± 1º
R-Warfarin : +24.8 ± 1º

str1 str2

 

 

Tautomerization of warfarin substructures, whose combination generates 40 distinct tautomeric forms of warfarin

13 C NMR spectrum (A) and 1 H NMR spectrum (B) of warfarin. Arrows indicate peaks from the open-chain form of warfarin though the intensity is very low. See Figure 1 for numbering of the C atoms. H1(R) and H1(S) are connected to C15; H2 and H3 are connected to C13; and H4 is bonded to C3. 

 

(R)-(+)-Warfarin

The structure of Warfarin

Warfarin is optically active, and from the time of it’s discovery it was recognised that the two enantiomers were clinically different in their effect as a drug. So establishing the absolute configuration of the two isomers was a priority.

R-Warfarin

R-warfarin 2D

S-Warfarin

S-warfarin 2D

Hemiketal Ring Formation

RR-Warfarin

RR-warfarin 2D

SS-Warfarin

SS-warfarin 2D

RS-Warfarin

RS-warfarin 2D

SR-Warfarin

SR-warfarin 2D

The stereochemical assignment of (−)-(S)-warfarin was initially achieved by relating it to (−)-(R)-beta-phenylcaproic acid through a series of reactions not involving the asymmetric center {B.D.West, S.Preis, C.H.Schroder, & K.P.Link, J.Amer.Chem.Soc.,1961,83, 2676}. This assignment was confirmed by a determination of the crystal and molecular structure, and using the anomalous scattering of oxygen, and absolute configuration of (−)-(S)-Warfarin was measured {E.J.Valente, W.F.Trager and L.H.Jensen, Acta Cryst. 1975. B31, 954}.

The Hemiketal

The primary feature of the structure of (−)-warfarin is the hemiketal ring formed by cyclization of the side-chain keto function and the phenolic hydroxyl in the 4 position of the coumarin ring system. The crystal structure of racemic warfarin has the same feature. In solution n.m.r. spectra shows that the hemiketal is present in acetone solution.

Bond Lengths

The hemiketal bonding is rather weak. Thus the bond lengths within the hemiketal show that the atoms retain some of the characteristic of an open side chain keto group.

The Absolute Configuration

In the open chain keto form warfarin has two isomers, R andS, however the hemiketal introduces a second assymmetric center, so that we can have RR,SS, RS, and SR forms. The crystal structure determination favoured the SS enantiomer in the crystal studied.

Enantiomers & Biochemical Function

The S-isomer is very much more potent than the R isomer in both rats and humans.The S-isomer is stereoselectively oxidized to the inactive 7-hydroxywarfarin, and the keto-group of the R-isomer is stereospecifically reduced to the slightly active R,S-alcohol. Both isomers are oxidized to the inactive 6-hydroxywarfarin.

It is evident that we are dealing with a very complex system indeed; the presence of the hemiketal adds four more enantiomers to the complexity pot. Recent work has unravelled some more of the mechanisms behind the Vitamin K1 antagonism of Warfarin.

Preparation of Coumarins: the Pechmann Condensation

In 1883 Hans von Pechmann and Carl Duisberg {H. v Pechmann, and C. Duisberg, Ber., 1883, 16, 2119} found that phenols condense with beta-ketonic esters in the presence of sulphuric acid, giving coumarin derivatives.

Pechman condensation for coumarin synthesis

With R1=OH we have 4-hydroxycoumarin, the starting material for the preparation of Warfarin

The reaction is also catalysed by the presence of a Lewis acid such aluminium(III) chloride or other strong Brönstedt acids such as methanesulphonic acid to form a coumarin. The acid catalyses trans-esterification as well as keto-enol tautomerisation.

Bismuth(III) chloride, also a Pechmann catalyst, provides a recent procedure for 4-substituted coumarins.{ An Efficient and Practical Procedure for the Synthesis of 4-Substituted Coumarins Surya K. De*, Richard A. Gibbs, Synthesis, 2005, 1231.}

In another Pechmann condensation synthesis, the ionic liquid 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium chloroaluminate ([bmim]Cl.2AlCl3) plays the dual role of solvent and Lewis acid catalyst for the reaction of phenols with ethyl acetoacetate leading to coumarin derivatives. Here, the reaction time is reduced drastically even at ambient conditions. {M. K. Potdar, S. S. Mohile, M. M. Salunkhe, Tetrahedron Lett., 2001, 42, 9285}

Solid acid catalysts with the H+ attached to the polymer surface such as Nafion 417 or Amberlyst IR120 can be used. Thus resorcinol reacts with ethyl acetoacetate in boiling toluene in the presence of Nafion sheet to form the coumarin 7-hydroxy-4-methylcoumarin. This preparation forms the basis of a student organic chemistry experiment at Penn State University. In this case the coumarin, {also named, 7-hydroxy-4-methyl-2H-benzo[b]-pyran-2-one} is not a blood thinner but is a drug used in bile therapy, Hymecromone. The material is also, in highly purified form a laser dye, and the starting material for some insecticides!

The Preparation of Warfarin

warfarin synthesisReaction of 4-hydroxycoumarin with benzylacetone underMichael reactionconditions gives racaemic warfarin.

assymetric synthesis via MacMillan catalyst
Imidazolidinone compounds – MacMillan organocatalysts – enable a stereoselective preparation for this reaction
There has been a recent flurry of interest in such assymetric preparation, well cataloged byWikipedia, references 17 to 22. The last reference even puts the stereoselective preparation into the second year undergraduate chemistry laboratory as an innovative ‘green chemistry’ experiment:

The enantioselective synthesis of drugs is of fundamental importance in the pharmaceutical industry. In this experiment, students synthesize either enantiomer of warfarin, a widely used anticoagulant, in a single step from inexpensive starting materials. Stereoselectivity is induced by a commercial organocatalyst, (R,R)- or (S,S)-1,2-diphenylethylenediamine. The environmentally friendly microscale reaction is performed at ambient temperature, and the product can be purified by recrystallization or column chromatography. Product characterization includes thin-layer chromatography, NMR spectroscopy, and polarimetry. {T.C.Wong, C.M.Sultana and D.A.Vosburg, Department of Chemistry, Harvey Mudd College, Claremont, California 91711, J. Chem. Educ., 2010, 87(2), 194}

The Biochemistry of Warfarin Action

This is a complex biochemical and medical subject, certainly beyond the simple chemistry required for a molecule of the month! Warfarin acts as a Vitamin K antagonist, that is it blocks the action of vitamin K epoxide reductase.

Vitamins K1 and K2

phylloquinone
This vitamin is found in brassicas, spinach, parsley, and other green vegetables, avocado pairs are also rich in Vitamin K1.

menaquinone
For Vitamin K2, n signifies a number of five-carbon side chain units, hence MK-n, and except for MK4, is synthesised by gut bacteria. Both vitamins are fat soluble, the “K” deriving from the German “koagulation”. German researchers discovered the K vitamins, and that they are involved in blood clotting.

Vitamin K Cycle

gammacarboxyglutamateVitamin K is a cofactor in the synthesis of blood clotting factors II, VII, IX and X*, this step occurs in the liver and involves the gammacarboxylation of the first 10 glutamic acid residues in the amino-terminal region of the prothrombin clotting factor to generategamma-carboxyglutamate. The gamma-carboxyglutamatee amino acid groups can chelate Ca2+ better than ten replaced glutamate residues, thus providing binding sites for four Vitamin Ks onto the phospholipid membrane during coagulation. The clotting occurs via a cascade*, a kind of biochemical chain reaction. {See Biochemistry by Stryer for the terminology}

Vitamin K cycleTo work, the Vitamin K must be reduced to its quinol or hydroquinone form. This is achieved with Vitamin K Oxide reductase, which is the step inhibited by S-warfarin, being some three times more potent than R-warfarin. S-warfarin is metabolized primarily by the CYP2C9 enzyme of the cytochrome P450 system. The R-warfarin is metabolized by the two cytochrome P450 enzymes, CP1A4Y and CYP3A4. Warfarin is very soluble in water, and is absorbed into the blood stream within 90 minutes of taking the pills.

So far as the enantiomers are concerned, racaemic warfarin has a half life of around 40 hours, the two enantiomers, having half lives: R-warfarin, 45 hours; S-warfarin, 29 hours.

During my review for MoTM, necessarily hurried, I have not been able to find out if the hemiketal, with the four enantiomers is involved. That the hemiketal is weak is shown by the crystal structure study, so, in any case these enantiomers will have short half lives. It all adds to the complexity.

The relationship between the dose of warfarin and the response is modified by genetic and environmental factors that can influence the absorption of warfarin, its pharmacokinetics, and its pharmacodynamics.

An application of an asymmetric synthesis with a DuPhos ligand is the hydrogenation of dehydrowarfarin to warfarin:[9]

Warfarin synthesis

The first practical asymmetric synthesis of R and S-Warfarin Andrea Robinson and Hui-Yin Li John Feaster Tetrahedron Letters Volume 37, Issue 46, 11 November 1996, Pages 8321-8324doi:10.1016/0040-4039(96)01796-0

Links & References

  1. Biochemistry, Lubert Stryer, Freeman and Co. 1981; the basics of blood clotting are described in Chapter 8.
  2. The Crystal and Molecular Structure and Absolute Configuration of (−)(S)-Warfarin, E.J.Valente, W.F.Trager and L.H.Jensen, Acta Cryst. 1975. B31, 954. A seminal paper on the structure of S-warfarin
  3. Organocatalytic Asymmetric Michael Reaction of Cyclic 1,3-Dicarbonyl Compounds and Unsaturated Ketones – A Highly Atom-Economic Catalytic One-Step Formation of Optically Active Warfarin Anticoagulant, N.Halland, T.Hansen and K.A.Jørgensen, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2003, 42(40), 4955.
  4. Studies on 4-Hydroxycoumarins. V. The Condensation of alpha,beta-Unsaturated Ketones with 4-Hydroxycoumarin. M. Ikawa, M.A. Stahmann and K.P.Link, J.Amer.Chem.Soc 1944, 66, 902.
  5. Pharmacology and Management of the Vitamin K Antagonists, an excellent and freely downloadable, CHEST article from a group of doctors and pharmacologists.
  6. Vitamin K: paper for students
  7. Vitamin K: Linus Pauling Institute article.
  8. Warfarin by Yunas Bhonoah of Imperial College. A student project. The crystal structure paper was not found, nor the differing effects of the two enantiomers. However see the section on themechanism of action of Warfarin
  9. Pharmacogenetics of warfarin elimination and its clinical implications. A paper dealing with pharmacogenetic polymorphism of cytochrome P450

//////////////////////Continuous Flow,  Stereoselective Synthesis, (S)-Warfarin, FLOW CHEMISTRY, FLOW SYNTHESIS


Filed under: flow synthesis Tagged: (S)-Warfarin, continuous flow, flow chemistry, FLOW SYNTHESIS, Stereoselective Synthesis

SNS-032, BMS-387032 A potent and selective Cdk inhibitor

$
0
0

SNS 032 C17H24N4O2S2 [345627-80-7]

SNS 032, BMS-387032

N-[5-[[[5-(1,1-Dimethylethyl)-2-oxazolyl]methyl]thio]-2-thiazolyl]-4-piperidinecarboxamide

Cas 345627-80-7, MP 165-167° C

M.Wt:380.53, Formula:C17H24N4O2S2

 

SNS 032, BMS-387032 HYDROCHLORIDE

Formula C17H24N4O2S2 . HCl
MW 380.5 . 36.5
CAS 345627-90-9

A potent and selective Cdk inhibitor

Potent inhibitor of cyclin-dependent kinases (cdks) 9, 2 and 7 (IC50 values are 4, 38 and 62 nM respectively). Displays no activity against 190 additional kinases (IC50 >1000 nM). Arrests the cell cycle at G2/M; inhibits transcription, proliferation and colony formation, and induces apoptosis in RPMI-8226 multiple myeloma cells. Prevents tumor cell-induced VEGF secretion and in vitro angiogenesis. SNS-032 (BMS-387032) has firstly been described as a selective inhibitor of CDK2 with IC50 of 48 nM in cell-free assays and is 10- and 20-fold selective over CDK1/CDK4. It is also found to be sensitive to CDK7/9 with IC50 of 62 nM/4 nM, with little effect on CDK6. Phase 1.

Quality Control & MSDS

COA NMR HPLC Datasheet SDS/MSDS

SNS-032 (BMS-387032) is a potent and selective inhibitor of cyclin-dependent kinases (CDKs) 2, 7, and 9 [1], with IC50 values of 38 nM, 62 nM and 4 nM, respectively [2].

CDKs mean a family of serine/threonine kinases regulating cell cycle process. Some CDKs are related to transcription control and are often perturbed in cancer cells [3].

Decrease in the phosphorylation at Ser5 and Ser2 in the C-terminal domain (CTD) of RNA Pol II can indicate the inhibition to CDK9 and CDK7 [1]. Chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL) cells treated with SNS-032 for 6 or 24 hours showed a decrease in the phosphorylation of Ser2 and Ser5 of the CTD of RNA Pol II, this appeared to be both time- and concentration- dependent, and remarkably consistent among samples. For the phosphorylation of Ser2, the inhibition of SNS-032 was greater than that for the phosphorylation of Ser5, this was consistent with the fact that IC50 for the inhibition of CDK9 was lower compared with that for the inhibition of CDK7 (4 nM vs 62 nM). After 6 hours of SNS-032 exposure, protein levels of CDK7 and CDK9 were stable, but declined at 24 hours [4].

In patients with chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), infusion of SNS-032 in a total dose of 75 mg/m2 resulted in a decrease in the phosphorylation at Ser5 and Ser2 in the C-terminal domain of RNA Pol II. This indicated the inhibition to Cdk9 and Cdk7 by SNS-032. This inhibition was first seen 2 hours after the beginning of the infusion with SNS-032, was pronounced after 6 hours and returned to baseline after 24 hours [1].

Image result for SNS-032, BMS-387032

The cell cycle-regulated cyclin-dependent kinases (CDKs), CDK1, 2, and 4 have been extensively studied as potential therapeutic targets in cancer. Recent research has additionally underscored the potential role of several constitutively active CDKs including CDK7 and 9 as cancer targets. Phosphorylation of the c-terminal domain (CTD) of RNA Polymerase II by CDK7 and 9 are critical steps in transcriptional regulation. Inhibition of these kinases is predicted to have the greatest effect on the expression of proteins with short t½ and short-lived mRNA, including proteins involved in apoptotic regulation. CDK7 also activates cell-cycle CDKs 1, 2, 4 and 6. SNS-032 (formerly BMS-387032) has previously been described as a selective inhibitor of CDK2 with potent antitumor activity in animal models. Here we show that in addition to inhibition of CDK2, SNS-032 also inhibits CDK7/cyclinH and CDK9/cyclinT at low nanomolar concentrations in biochemical assays. The compound is highly selective for CDK inhibition; in a panel of 208 kinases, only four non-CDK proteins were inhibited by >50% at 1 μM SNS-032. The cellular pharmacology of SNS- 032 mirrors the biochemical data. Cells treated with SNS-032 show a rapid cell cycle arrest and onset of cell death that corresponds with inhibition of multiple substrates of CDK2, 7, and 9. For instance, inhibition of Rb phosphorylation, accumulation of cyclin E protein and cell-cycle arrest at GI and G2 are observed in multiple cell lines in a time and dose-dependent manner, consistent with inhibition of CDK2 and CDK7. Furthermore, SNS-032 inhibits CDK9-mediated phosphorylation of Ser2 in the CTD with an IC50 = 200 nM. Corresponding with inhibition of RNA polymerase II, the short half-life, anti-apoptotic protein Mcl-1 is rapidly depleted from cells, coincident with the phosphorylation of p53. Expression of Mcl-1 is a candidate predictor of aggressive disease and resistance to chemotherapy in CLL and is essential for survival of B-cell lymphoma and multiple myelomas, supporting the use of SNS-032 as a treatment for these diseases. SNS-032, a selective inhibitor of multiple CDKs involved in apoptosis and cell cycle regulation, has potential for antitumor activity in both solid and hematological cancers. SNS-032 is currently in phase 1 clinical studies.

SNS-032, was designed as a selective CDK2 inhibitor. Here, we show that in addition to CDK2, CDK 7 and 9 inhibitory activities also contribute to the biological activity of the molecule. The CDK2/cyclin E complex regulates entry of cells into S phase by phosphorylating Rb, a negative regulator of the transcription factor E2F. CDK2 phosphorylates a number of additional substrates, including cyclin E, signaling its degradation. Inhibiting CDK2 should therefore arrest cells in G1 and stabilize cyclin E. The cellcycle CDKs (CDK1, 2 4 and 6) are activated by phosphorylation by CDK7/cyclin H (also called CAK). Inhibition of CDK7 would therefore also result in cell-cycle arrest at multiple points in the cell cycle due to failure to activate the cell cycle CDKs. CDK 7 and 9 activate transcription by phosphorylating the CTD of RNA pol II. Inhibition of CTD phosphorylation has been shown to inhibit transcription and reduce expression of short lived proteins, including those involved in apoptosis regulation. Stalling of RNA polymerase has also been shown to activate p53, leading to apoptosis. Thus, the CDK7 and 9 inhibitory activities of SNS-032 are expected to cause cytotoxicity via induction of apoptosis.

SNS-032 is a selective CDK inhibitor, preferentially targeting CDK2, CDK7 and CDK9 in vitro. • In cell models, SNS-032 shows dual activity, targeting both cell cycle progression and apoptosis pathway proteins. • SNS-032 Inhibited CDK9 and 7-mediated phosphorylation of ser 2 and ser 5 of the CTD of RNA pol II and in turn downregulates the antiapoptotic protein Mcl-1. • SNS-032 induced a cell cycle arrest, and increased cyclin E levels are consistent with inhibition of cell cycle CDKs • Mcl-1 is a key survival factor in many B-cell malignancies. SNS-032 is being pursed as treatment for these diseases.

Biological Activity
Description SNS-032 is a novel, potent and selective CDK inhibitor of CDK2, CDK7 and CDK9 with IC50 of 38 nM, 62 nM and 4 nM, respectively.
Targets CDK2 CDK7 CDK9
IC50 38 nM 62 nM 4 nM [1]
In Vitro SNS-032 has low sensitivity to CDK1 and CDK4 with IC50 of 480 nM and 925 nM, respectively. SNS-032 effectively kills chronic lymphocytic leukemia cells in vitro regardless of prognostic indicators and treatment history. Compared with flavopiridol and roscovitine, SNS-032 is more potent, both in inhibition of RNA synthesis and at induction of apoptosis. SNS-032 activity is readily reversible; removal of SNS-032 reactivates RNA polymerase II, which led to resynthesis of Mcl-1 and cell survival. [1] SNS-032 inhibits three dimensional capillary network formations of endothelial cells. SNS-032 completely prevents U87MG cell–mediated capillary formation of HUVECs. In addition, SNS-032 significantly prevents the production of VEGF in both cell lines, SNS-032 prevents in vitro angiogenesis, and this action is attributable to blocking of VEGF. Preclinical studies have shown that SNS-032 induces cell cycle arrest and apoptosis across multiple cell lines. [2] SNS-032 blocks the cell cycle via inhibition of CDKs 2 and 7, and transcription via inhibition of CDKs 7 and 9. SNS-032 activity is unaffected by human serum. [3]SNS-032 induces a dose-dependent increase in annexin V staining and caspase-3 activation. At the molecular level, SNS-032 induces a marked dephosphorylation of serine 2 and 5 of RNA polymerase (RNA Pol) II and inhibits the expression of CDK2 and CDK9 and dephosphorylated CDK7. [4]
In Vivo SNS-032 prevents tumor cell-induced VEGF secretion in a tumor coculture model. [2] SNS-032, a new CDK inhibitor, is more selective and less cytotoxic and has been shown to prolong stable disease in solid tumors. [4]
Clinical Trials SNS-032 currently in phase I clinical trial for chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL) and multiple myeloma (MM).

Biological Activity

Description SNS-032 is a selective inhibitor of CDK2 with IC50 of 48 nM.
Targets CDK2 CDK7 CDK9
IC50 48 nM 62 nM 4 nM

CLIP

http://www.mdpi.com/1420-3049/19/9/14366/htm#B39-molecules-19-14366

SNS032, previously called BMS-387032, has been developed by Sunesis. This compound, which contains a thiazole unit, selectively inhibits CDK2 (IC50: 38 nM), CDK7 (IC50: 62 nM) and CDK9 (IC50: 4 nM) [39]. Preclinical studies demonstrated that SNS032 was able to inhibit cell cycle activity along with transcription [20].

SNS032 is in phase I clinical trials for the treatment of chronic lymphoid leukemia along with multiple myeloma, and the mode of administration is intravenous [39]. The purpose is to evaluate the dose-escalation of SNS-032 along with its safety, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamic activity and clinical efficacy. Biomarker analyses demonstrated mechanism-based pharmacodynamic activity with inhibition of CDK7 and CDK9, although limited clinical activity in heavily pretreated patients was observed [39].

Tong, W.G.; Chen, R.; Plunkett, W.; Siegel, D.; Sinha, R.; Harvey, R.D.; Badros, A.Z.; Popplewell, L.; Coutre, S.; Fox, J.A.; et al. Phase I and pharmacologic study of SNS-032, a potent and selective CDK2, 7, and 9 inhibitor, in patients with advanced chronic lymphocytic leukemia and multiple myeloma. ASCO Annual Meeting. J. Clin. Oncol. 2010, 28, 3015–3022.

Image result for sns 032SNS-032 (BMS-387032)

Image result for sns 032

Image result for N-(Cycloalkylamino)acyl-2-aminothiazole Inhibitors of Cyclin-Dependent Kinase 2. N-[5-[[[5-(1,1-Dimethylethyl)-2-oxazolyl]methyl]thio]-2-thiazolyl]-4- piperidinecarboxamide (BMS-387032), a Highly Efficacious and Selective Antitumor Agent,

SNS-032 (formerly BMS-387032) is a small-molecule cyclin-dependent kinase (CDK) inhibitor currently in phase I clinical trials for the treatment of B-cell malignancies and advanced solid tumors. Preclinical studies have shown that SNS-032 is a specific and potent inhibitor of CDK2, 7 and 9 which induces cell cycle arrest and apoptosis in tumor cell lines. It was shown to inhibit in vitro angiogenesis and prostaglandin E2 (PGE2) production, both strongly associated with tumorigenesis. Phase I clinical trials support the safety and tolerability of SNS-032 as evaluated in dose-escalation studies. The compound is currently administered by i.v. infusion but has shown promising potential for oral delivery.

Image result for N-(Cycloalkylamino)acyl-2-aminothiazole Inhibitors of Cyclin-Dependent Kinase 2. N-[5-[[[5-(1,1-Dimethylethyl)-2-oxazolyl]methyl]thio]-2-thiazolyl]-4- piperidinecarboxamide (BMS-387032), a Highly Efficacious and Selective Antitumor Agent,

str1NMR

CLIP

Image result for N-(Cycloalkylamino)acyl-2-aminothiazole Inhibitors of Cyclin-Dependent Kinase 2. N-[5-[[[5-(1,1-Dimethylethyl)-2-oxazolyl]methyl]thio]-2-thiazolyl]-4- piperidinecarboxamide (BMS-387032), a Highly Efficacious and Selective Antitumor Agent,

Image result for N-(Cycloalkylamino)acyl-2-aminothiazole Inhibitors of Cyclin-Dependent Kinase 2. N-[5-[[[5-(1,1-Dimethylethyl)-2-oxazolyl]methyl]thio]-2-thiazolyl]-4- piperidinecarboxamide (BMS-387032), a Highly Efficacious and Selective Antitumor Agent,

The structures of representative protein kinases inhibitors based on the aminopyrazole scaffold.http://www.mdpi.com/1422-0067/14/11/21805/htm

CLIP

N-(Cycloalkylamino)acyl-2-aminothiazole Inhibitors of Cyclin-Dependent Kinase 2. N-[5-[[[5-(1,1-Dimethylethyl)-2-oxazolyl]methyl]thio]-2-thiazolyl]-4- piperidinecarboxamide (BMS-387032), a Highly Efficacious and Selective Antitumor Agent, 

Abstract Image

N-Acyl-2-aminothiazoles with nonaromatic acyl side chains containing a basic amine were found to be potent, selective inhibitors of CDK2/cycE which exhibit antitumor activity in mice. In particular, compound 21 {N-[5-[[[5-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-2-oxazolyl]methyl]thio]-2-thiazolyl]-4-piperidinecarboxamide, BMS-387032}, has been identified as an ATP-competitive and CDK2-selective inhibitor which has been selected to enter Phase 1 human clinical trials as an antitumor agent. In a cell-free enzyme assay, 21 showed a CDK2/cycE IC50 = 48 nM and was 10- and 20-fold selective over CDK1/cycB and CDK4/cycD, respectively. It was also highly selective over a panel of 12 unrelated kinases. Antiproliferative activity was established in an A2780 cellular cytotoxicity assay in which 21 showed an IC50 = 95 nM. Metabolism and pharmacokinetic studies showed that 21 exhibited a plasma half-life of 5−7 h in three species and moderately low protein binding in both mouse (69%) and human (63%) serum. Dosed orally to mouse, rat, and dog, 21showed 100%, 31%, and 28% bioavailability, respectively. As an antitumor agent in mice, 21administered at its maximum-tolerated dose exhibited a clearly superior efficacy profile when compared to flavopiridol in both an ip/ip P388 murine tumor model and in a sc/ip A2780 human ovarian carcinoma xenograft model.

CLIP

image file: c6md90040b-u1.tif

http://pubs.rsc.org/en/content/articlehtml/2016/md/c6md90040b

Heat shock factor 1 (HSF1) is a transcription factor that plays key roles in cancer, including providing a mechanism for cell survival under proteotoxic stress. Therefore, inhibition of the HSF1-stress pathway represents an exciting new opportunity in cancer treatment. We employed an unbiased phenotypic screen to discover inhibitors of the HSF1-stress pathway. Using this approach we identified an initial hit (1) based on a 4,6-pyrimidine scaffold (2.00 μM). Optimisation of cellular SAR led to an inhibitor with improved potency (25, 15 nM) in the HSF1 phenotypic assay. The 4,6-pyrimidine 25 was also shown to have high potency against the CDK9 enzyme (3 nM).

Graphical abstract: Discovery of 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines as potent inhibitors of the heat shock factor 1 (HSF1) stress pathway and CDK9
6-(1H-Imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-1-yl)-N-(5-(2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethoxy)pyridin-2-yl)pyrimidin-4-amine

Discovery of 4,6-disubstituted pyrimidines as potent inhibitors of the heat shock factor 1 (HSF1) stress pathway and CDK9

*
Corresponding authors
a
Cancer Research UK Cancer Therapeutics Unit, The Institute of Cancer Research, London SW7 3RP, UK
E-mail: Paul.Workman@icr.ac.uk, Keith.Jones@icr.ac.uk
b
AstraZeneca, Alderley Park, Macclesfield, Cheshire, UK
Med. Chem. Commun., 2016,7, 1580-1586

DOI: 10.1039/C6MD00159A

COMPD 25

1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 10.38 (s, 1H), 9.21 (s, 1H), 8.74 (d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1H), 8.62 (dd, J = 8.2, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (dd, J = 4.7, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.16-8.13 (m, 2H), 7.64 (br d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.47 (m, 2H), 4.14 (t, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 2.66 (t, J = 5.9 Hz, 2H), 2.47-2.42 (m, 4H), 1.53-1.47 (m, 4H), 1.42 – 1.33 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 160.74, 158.32, 156.72, 154.88, 150.74, 146.47, 145.38, 143.74, 134.21, 125.02, 124.16, 122.29, 119.60, 114.32, 94.06, 66.49, 57.35, 54.35, 25.54, 23.88. HRMS (ESI+ ): calcd for C22H25N8O (M + H)+ , 417.2146; found 417.2163.

NOTE, THERE IS ERROR IN STRUCTURE ABOVE OF SNS 032

References

References:
[1].  Tong W.G., Chen R., Plunkett W., et al. Phase I and Pharmacologic Study of SNS-032, a Potent and Selective Cdk2, 7, and 9 Inhibitor, in Patients With Advanced Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia and Multiple Myeloma. Journal of Clinical Oncology, 2010, 28(18):3015- 3022.
[2].  Chipumuro E., Marco E., Christensen C.L., et al. CDK7 Inhibition Suppresses Super-Enhancer-Linked Oncogenic Transcription in MYCN-Driven Cancer. Cell, 2014, 159:1-14.
[3].  Meng H., Jin Y.M., Liu H., et al. SNS-032 inhibits mTORC1/mTORC2 activity in acute myeloid leukemia cells and has synergistic activity with perifosine against Akt. Journal of Hematology & Oncology, 2013, 6:18.
[4].  Chen R., Wierda W.G., Chubb S., et al. Mechanism of action of SNS032, a novel cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor, in chronic lymphocytic leukemia. Blood, 2009, 113(19):4637-4645.Chen et al (2010) Responses in mantle cell lymphoma cells to SNS-032 depend on the biological context of each cell line. Cancer Res. 70 6587. PMID: 20663900.

Conroy et al (2009) SNS-032 is a potent and selective CDK 2, 7 and 9 inhibitor that drives target modulation in patient samples. Cancer Chemother.Pharmacol. 64 723. PMID: 19169685.

Ali et al (2007) SNS-032 prevents tumor cell-induced angiogenesis by inhibiting vascular endothelial growth factor. Neoplasia 9 370. PMID: 17534442.

Misra et al (2004) N-(Cycloalkylamino)acyl-2-aminothiazole inhibitors of cyclin-dependent kinase 2. N-[5-[[[5-(1,1-Dimethylethyl)-2-oxazolyl]methyl]thio]-2-thiazolyl]-4- piperidinecarboxamide (BMS-387032), a highly efficacious and selective antitumor agent. J.Med.Chem. 47 1719. PMID: 15027863.

http://www.sunesis.com/data-pdf/032/poster5_04_06.pdf

Research Update

1. Testing of SNS-032 in a Panel of Human Neuroblastoma Cell Lines with Acquired Resistance to a Broad Range of Drugs. Transl Oncol. 2013 Dec 1;6(6):685-96. eCollection 2013.
Abstract
SNS-032, a CDK inhibitor, exhibited modest to high anti-neuroblastoma activity against a panel of 109 neuroblastoma cell lines in the range of the therapeutic plasma levels reported for SNS-032 through a mechanism involving CDK7 and CDK9 inhibition-mediated down-regulation of XIAP, Mcl-1, BIRC2, cIAP-1 and surviving.
2. SNS-032 inhibits mTORC1/mTORC2 activity in acute myeloid leukemia cells and has synergistic activity with perifosine against Akt. J Hematol Oncol. 2013 Feb 18;6:18. doi: 10.1186/1756-8722-6-18.
Abstract
The anti-AML mechanism of SNS-032, a cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor, has been identified though characterizing in vitro effects of SNS-032 alone or in combination with perifosine.
3. [Effect of SNS-032 on biological activity of hematopoietic stem cells in mice]. Zhongguo Shi Yan Xue Ye Xue Za Zhi. 2013 Jun;21(3):741-5. doi: 10.7534/j.issn.1009-2137.2013.03.040.
Abstract
Although it induces apoptosis in cancer cells, SNS-032 has no significant effects on normal HSC and HPC in terms of self-renewal inhibition, differentiation suppression and apoptosis induction.
5. The cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor SNS-032 has single agent activity in AML cells and is highly synergistic with cytarabine. Leukemia. 2011 Mar;25(3):411-9. doi: 10.1038/leu.2010.290. Epub 2011 Jan 7.
Abstract
SNS-032, a CDK inhibitor, alone or in combination with Ara-C exhibited potent anti-AML activity, where down-regulation of antiapoptotic genes, cluding BCL2, XIAP amd MCL1, was associated with the synergistic anti-AML effect of the combination treatment.
///////////SNS-032, BMS-387032, CDK inhibitor

CC(C)(C)C1=CN=C(O1)CSC2=CN=C(S2)NC(=O)C3CCNCC3


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: BMS-387032, CDK Inhibitor, SNS-032

Flow synthesis of Meclinertant

$
0
0

SR-48692 structure.png

SR48692 (Meclinertant)

Reminertant; SR 48692

CAS [146362-70-1]

  • Molecular FormulaC32H31ClN4O5
  • Average mass587.065

SEE…...https://newdrugapprovals.org/2014/12/31/meclinertant-sr48692/

2-[[1-(7-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-5-(2,6-dimethoxyphenyl)pyrazole-3-carbonyl]amino]adamantane-2-carboxylic acid

  • Originatorsanofi-aventis
  • ClassAnalgesics; Antineoplastics; Antipsychotics
  • Mechanism of ActionNeurotensin antagonists

ChemSpider 2D Image | Meclinertant | C32H31ClN4O5

Meclinertant (SR-48692) is a drug which acts as a selective, non-peptide antagonist at the neurotensin receptor NTS1, and was the first non-peptide antagonist developed for this receptor.[1][2] It is used in scientific research to explore the interaction between neurotensin and other neurotransmitters in the brain,[3][4][5][6][7][8] and produces anxiolytic, anti-addictive and memory-impairing effects in animal studies.[9][10][11][12]

CLIP

Methods for the synthesis of pharmaceuticals have improved over the years, however, the technology and tools used to perform synthetic operations have remained the same. Batch-mode processes are still common but many improvements can be made by using modern technologies. Recently, the use of machine-assisted protocols has increased, with flow-based chemical synthesis being extensively investigated. Under dynamic flow regimes, mixing and heat transfer can be more accurately controlled, the use of solid-phase reagents and catalysts can facilitate purification, and tedious downstream processes (workup, extraction, and purification) are reduced.
Steven V. Ley and co-workers, University of Cambridge, UK, have been evaluating the utility of flow-based syntheses to accelerate multistep routes to highly complex, medically relevant compounds, in this case Meclinertant (SR48692, pictured). They show that new technologies can help to overcome many synthetic issues of the existing batch process. In this case, flow chemistry has allowed control of exothermic events, controlled the superheating of solvents, and streamlined the synthesis by allowing reaction telescoping. It has also helped to prevent back mixing and the accumulation of byproducts. The use of polymer-supported reagents has simplified downstream processing and enhanced the safety of reactions, and in-line monitoring can track hazardous intermediates.

These new technologies have been shown to be powerful synthetic tools, although care must be taken not to convert them to expensive solutions to nonexistent problems.

http://community.dur.ac.uk/i.r.baxendale/papers/ChemEurJ2013.19.7917.pdf

A Machine-Assisted Flow Synthesis of SR48692: A Probe for the Investigation of Neurotensin Receptor-1,
Claudio Battilocchio, Benjamin J. Deadman, Nikzad Nikbin, Matthew O. Kitching, Ian R. Baxendale, Steven V. Ley,
Chem. Eur. J. 2013.
DOI: 10.1002/chem.201300696

2-[1-(7-Chloroquinolin-4-yl)-5-(2,6-dimethoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamido]adamantane-2-carboxylic acid (1):

Polymer-supported sulfonic acid (QP-SA; 0.6 g, 2.4 mmol) was added to a solution of tert-butyl 2-[1- (7-chloroquinolin-4-yl)-5-(2,6-dimethoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carboxamido]adamantane-2-carboxylate (13; 30 mg, 0.05 mmol) in dichloromethane and the reaction was stirred at RT for 18 h. The QP-SA was filtered off and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to provide the title compound as white crystals (yield 25 mg, 0.04 mmol, 86%).

M.p. 219–222 deg C;

1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3, 25 deg C): d=8.91 (d, 1H, J=4.6 Hz), 8.15 (d, 1H, J=2.1 Hz), 7.78 (d, 1H, J=9.1 Hz), 7.68 (dd, 1H, J=2.1, 9.1 Hz), 7.28 (d, 1H, J=4.7 Hz), 7.24 (t, 1H, J=8.5 Hz), 7.91 (s, 1H), 6.52 (d, 2H, J=8.5 Hz), 3.42 (s, 6H), 2.64–2.56 (m, 2H), 2.17–2.05 (m, 2H), 2.04–1.92 (m, 2H), 1.82–1.71 (m, 2H), 1.71–1.61 (m, 4H), 1.61–1.50 ppm (m, 2H); 

13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCl3, 25 deg C): d=173.3(C), 159.9 (C), 157.5 (C), 157.5 (C), 151.8 (CH), 149.1 (C), 143.4 (C), 139.2 (C), 134.8 (C), 131.9 (CH), 128.0 (CH), 127.7 (CH), 125.9 (CH), 122.2 (C), 118.6 (CH), 109.6 (CH), 105.8 (C), 104.0 (CH), 55.4 (CH3), 55.3 (C), 37.4 (CH2), 33.6 (CH2), 32.8 (CH2), 31.9 (CH), 26.5 (CH), 26.2 ppm (CH);

FT-IR (neat): 3405, 2922, 1728, 1674, 1591, 1527, 1474, 1433, 1379, 1357, 1288, 1251, 1206, 1101, 1077, 1031, 1006, 957, 882, 865, 823, 779, 725, 682 cm1 ;

LCMS: tR =5.29 min, m/z [M+H]+: 587.46;

HRMS (ESI): m/z calcd for C32H32N4O5Cl+: 587.2061, found 587.2053; the structure was unambiguously confirmed by single X-ray crystallography; space group P1¯: a= 10.249, b=11.718, c=12.634 ; a=76.6, b=72.9, g=76.4o

CLIP AND ITS OWN REFERENCES

Although batch processes remain the most used procedure for running chemical reactions, the use of machine-assisted flow methodologies(24) enables an improved efficiency and high throughput. A direct comparison between conventional batch preparation and flow multistep synthesis of selective neurotensine probe SR48692 (Meclinertant) was reported by Ley and co-workers in 2013 (Scheme 6).(25)

In this case study, the authors investigated whether flow technology could accelerate a multistep synthesis (i.e., higher yields or lower reaction times) and overcome many synthetic issues (i.e., solid precipitation or accumulation of byproducts). The initial Claisen condensation between ketone 31 and ethyl glyoxalate in the presence of NaOEt as base and EtOH as solvent in batch is run at room temperature and product 32 is obtained in 60% yield after 3 h stirring.

Superheating (heat above solvent boiling point) the reaction in flow provided a faster alternative: using a 52 mL PFA reactor coil at 115 °C with a residence time of 22 min gave the corresponding product 32 in 74% yield. In order to solve some problems of solid accumulation an ad-hoc pressurized stainless-steel tank (5 bar, nitrogen) was designed; it allowed to run the reaction continuously without any precipitation or blockage.

Figure

The following reaction between 32 and commercially available hydrazine 33 was performed in DMF in the presence of concentrated H2SO4. After 52 min of residence time at 140 °C into a 52 mL PFA reactor coil the crude mixture was treated with an Na2CO3 aq. and then inline extracted through a semipermeable membrane with CH2Cl2. After crystallization, pyrazole ester 34 was isolated in 89% yield.

The corresponding reaction in batch was conducted in DMF under microwaves irradiation at 140 °C for 2 h. Running the reaction in batch on the same scale as in flow (3.58 mmol) gave product 34 in a lower yield (70%). The subsequent hydrolysis was performed combining a THF solution of ester 34 and 3 M aqueous KOH. The reaction was performed inside a 14 mL PFA reactor coil heated at 140 °C with a residence time of 14 min.

Upon treatment with 3 M HCl aq., acid 35 precipitated, and it was isolated by filtration in 90% yield. In this case, the corresponding batch hydrolysis afforded product 35 with the same yield (90%); however, a longer reaction time (1.5 h) was required. The final amide formation was performed by reacting acid 35 (activated as acyl chloride) and protected amino alcohol 37through a telescoped synthesis. Triphosgene 36 (a safer substitute for phosgene) was found to be the best acid activator.

Triphosgene decomposition occurred in the presence of DIPEA at 100 °C into a stainless steel heat exchanger, where phosgene was generated. The crude mixture, containing also acid 35, then passed into a 2.5 mL stainless steel reactor coil at 25 °C, to complete the formation of the corresponding acyl chloride. An inline Flow-IR spectrometer(26)was used to monitor the formation of phosgene without exposing the operator to the toxic gas during analysis. As soon as acyl chloride was formed it was reacted with protected amino alcohol 37.

The amide formation took place into a 14 mL stainless steel reactor coil at 100 °C with a residence time of 75 s. Amide 38 was isolated in 85% yield after quenching with NH4Cl and extraction with AcOEt. For obvious safety concerns, avoiding the handling of phosgene and the isolation of highly reactive acyl chloride intermediate represent a remarkable improvement with respect to batch procedure.

Finally, meclinertant 39 was obtained after deprotection of ester38 by using a polymer-supported sulfonic acid. The last synthetic step was conducted in batch on a small scale; however, it could be easily transferred to flow mode by using a column packed with commercially available polymer-supported sulfonic acid.

24 Ley, S. V.; Fitzpatrick, D. E.; Myers, R. M.; Battilocchio, C.; Ingham, R. J. Angew. Chem., Int. Ed. 2015, 54, 2, DOI: 10.1002/anie.201501618

25.Battilocchio, C.; Deadman, B. J.; Nikbin, N.; Kitching, M. O.; Baxendale, I. C.; Ley, S. V. Chem. – Eur. J. 2013, 19, 7917, DOI: 10.1002/chem.201300696

Org. Process Res. Dev., 2016, 20 (1), pp 2–25
DOI: 10.1021/acs.oprd.5b00325

CLIP AND ITS OWN REFERENCES

The choice of the flow reactor also plays a key role in the synthesis of meclinertant (SR48692, 103), which is a potent probe for investigating neurotensin receptor-1 [92]. The flow synthesis of this challenging compound was reported in 2013 and aims to evaluate the benefits of flow chemistry in order to avoid shortcomings of previous batch synthesis efforts particularly in regard to scale up [93].

The investigation first involved the preparation of the key acetophenone starting material 112 which although commercially available was expensive and could be generated from 1,3-cyclohexadione (104). The sequence consisted of O-acetylation, a Steglich rearrangement, oxidation and a final methylation reaction.

As the use of flow chemistry had already improved the O-acetylation during scale-up tests (130 mmol) by avoiding exotherms, it was anticipated that the subsequent Steglich rearrangement could be accomplished in flow using catalytic DMAP instead of stoichiometric AlCl3 as precedented (Scheme 19).

This was eventually realised by preparing a monolithic flow reactor functionalised with DMAP that proved far superior to commercially available DMAP on resin. Employing the monolithic reactor cleanly catalysed the rearrangement step when a solution of 106 was passed through the reactor at elevated temperature (100 °C, 20 min residence time).

The resulting triketone 107 was telescoped into an iodine mediated aromatisation, followed by high temperature mono-methylation using dimethyl carbonate/dimethylimidazole as a more benign alternative to methyl iodide at scale.

[1860-5397-11-134-i19]
Scheme 19: First stage in the flow synthesis of meclinertant (103).

The subsequent Claisen condensation step between ketone 112 and diethyl oxalate (113) was reportedly hampered by product precipitation and clogging problems, thus a pressure chamber was developed [94] that would act as a pressure regulator allowing this step to be scaled up in flow in order to provide 114 on multigram scale (134 g/h).

A Knorr pyrazole formation between 114 and commercially available hydrazine 115 had previously been found difficult to scale up in batch (the yield dropped from 87% to 70%) and was thus translated into a high temperature flow protocol (140 °C) delivering the desired product 116 in 89% yield (Scheme 20).

Ester hydrolysis and a triphosgene (118) mediated amide bond formation between acid 117 and adamantane-derived aminoester119 [95] completed this flow synthesis. Meclinertant (103) was subsequently obtained after batch deprotection using polymer supported sulfonic acid.

Overall, this study showcases how flow chemistry can be applied to gain benefits when faced with problems during mesoscale synthesis of a complex molecule. However, despite the successful completion of this campaign, it could be argued that the development time required for such a complex molecule in flow can be protracted; therefore both synthetic route and available enabling technologies should be carefully examined before embarking upon such an endeavour.

[1860-5397-11-134-i20]
Scheme 20: Completion of the flow synthesis of meclinertant (103).
92   Myers, R. M.; Shearman, J. W.; Kitching, M. O.; Ramos-Montoya, A.; Neal, D. E.; Ley, S. V. ACS Chem. Biol. 2009, 4, 503–525. doi:10.1021/cb900038e
93. Battilocchio, C.; Deadman, B. J.; Nikbin, N.; Kitching, M. O.; Baxendale, I. R.; Ley, S. V.Chem. – Eur. J. 2013, 19, 7917–7930. doi:10.1002/chem.201300696
94. Deadman, B. J.; Ley, S. V.; Browne, D. L.; Baxendale, I. R.; Ley, S. V.Chem. Eng. Technol. 2015, 38, 259–264. doi:10.1002/ceat.201400445
95. Battilocchio, C.; Baxendale, I. R.; Biava, M.; Kitching, M. O.; Ley, S. V.Org. Process Res. Dev. 2012, 16, 798–810. doi:10.1021/op300084z

The synthesis of active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) using continuous flow chemistry

Marcus BaumannEmail of corresponding author and Ian R. BaxendaleEmail of corresponding author
Department of Chemistry, Durham University, South Road, DH1 3LE Durham, United Kingdom
Email of corresponding author Corresponding author email
Associate Editor: J. A. Murphy
Beilstein J. Org. Chem.2015,11, 1194–1219.
EP 0477049; FR 2665898; JP 1992244065; US 5420141; US 5607958; US 5616592; US 5635526; US 5744491; US 5744493
The condensation of 2′,6′-dimethoxyacetophenone (I) with diethyl oxalate (II) by means of sodium methoxide in refluxing methanol gives the dioxobutyrate (III), which is cyclized with 7-chloroquinoline-4-hydrazine (IV) in refluxing acetic acid yielding the pyrazole derivative (V). The hydrolysis of the ester group of (V) with KOH in refluxing methanol/water affords the corresponding carboxylic acid (VI), which is finally treated with SOCl2 in refluxing toluene and condensed with 2-aminoadamantane-2-carboxylic acid.
Patent ID Date Patent Title
US8642566 2014-02-04 Therapeutic approaches for treating neuroinflammatory conditions
US7927613 2011-04-19 Pharmaceutical co-crystal compositions
US7790905 2010-09-07 Pharmaceutical propylene glycol solvate compositions
US2007243257 2007-10-18 PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION COMPRISING A SOLID DISPERSION WITH A POLYMER MATRIX CONTAINING A CONTINUOUS POLYDEXTROSE PHASE AND A CONTINUOUS PHASE OF A POLYMER OTHER THAN POLYDEXTROSE
US6284277 2001-09-04 Stable freeze-dried pharmaceutical formulation
US6172239 2001-01-09 Substituted 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolecarboxamides active on neurotensin receptors, their preparation and pharamaceutical compositions containing them
US5965579 1999-10-12 Substituted 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolecarboxamides active on neurotensin receptors, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US5955474 1999-09-21 Use of neurotensin antagonists for the treatment of edematous conditions
US5939449 1999-08-17 Substituted 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolecarboxamides active on neurotensin receptors, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US5936123 1999-08-10 Hydrazine derivative compounds as intermediates for preparing substituted 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolecarboxamides active on neurotensin receptors
Patent ID Date Patent Title
US5925661 1999-07-20 Substituted 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolecarboxamides active on neurotensin receptors, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US5744491 1998-04-28 3-amidopyrazole derivatives, process for preparing these and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US5744493 1998-04-28 3-amidopyrazole derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US5723483 1998-03-03 Substituted 1-phenyl-3-pyrazolecarboxamides active on neurotensin receptors, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US5635526 1997-06-03 3-amidopyrazole derivatives, process for preparing these and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US5616592 1997-04-01 3-amidopyrazole derivatives, process for preparing these and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US5607958 1997-03-04 3-amidopyrazole derivatives, process for preparing these and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
US5585497 1996-12-17 Substituted 1-naphthyl-3-pyrazolecarboxamides which are active on neurotensin
US5561234 1996-10-01 1-(7-chloroquinolin-4-yl)pyrazole-3-carboxamide N-oxide derivatives, method of preparing them, and their pharmaceutical compositions
US5523455 1996-06-04 Substituted 1-naphthyl-3-pyrazolecarboxamides which are active on neurotensin, their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
Patent ID Date Patent Title
EP0699438 1996-03-06 Use of neurotensin antagonists for the preparation of diuretic drugs Use of neurotensin antagonists for the preparation of diuretic drugs
US5420141 1995-05-30 3-amidopyrazole derivatives, process for preparing these and pharmaceutical composites containing them
Meclinertant
SR-48692 structure.png
Systematic (IUPAC) name
2-([1-(7-Chloro-4-quinolinyl)-5-(2,6-dimethoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrazole-3-carbonyl]amino)admantane-2-carboxylic acid
Identifiers
CAS Number 146362-70-1 Yes
PubChem CID 119192
IUPHAR/BPS 1582
UNII 5JBP4SI96H Yes
ChEMBL CHEMBL506981
Chemical data
Formula C32H31ClN4O5
Molar mass 587.064

References

  1. Gully D, Canton M, Boigegrain R, Jeanjean F, Molimard JC, Poncelet M, Gueudet C, Heaulme M, Leyris R, Brouard A (January 1993).“Biochemical and pharmacological profile of a potent and selective nonpeptide antagonist of the neurotensin receptor”. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America. 90 (1): 65–9. doi:10.1073/pnas.90.1.65. PMC 45600free to read. PMID 8380498.
  2.  Gully D, Jeanjean F, Poncelet M, Steinberg R, Soubrié P, Le Fur G, Maffrand JP (1995). “Neuropharmacological profile of non-peptide neurotensin antagonists”. Fundamental & Clinical Pharmacology. 9 (6): 513–21. doi:10.1111/j.1472-8206.1995.tb00528.x.PMID 8808171.
  3.  Rostene W, Azzi M, Boudin H, Lepee I, Souaze F, Mendez-Ubach M, Betancur C, Gully D (April 1997). “Use of nonpeptide antagonists to explore the physiological roles of neurotensin. Focus on brain neurotensin/dopamine interactions”. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences. 814: 125–41. doi:10.1111/j.1749-6632.1997.tb46151.x. PMID 9160965.
  4. Jump up^ Jolas T, Aghajanian GK (August 1997). “Neurotensin and the serotonergic system”. Progress in Neurobiology. 52 (6): 455–68.doi:10.1016/S0301-0082(97)00025-7. PMID 9316156.
  5. Jump up^ Dobner PR, Deutch AY, Fadel J (June 2003). “Neurotensin: dual roles in psychostimulant and antipsychotic drug responses”. Life Sciences.73 (6): 801–11. doi:10.1016/S0024-3205(03)00411-9. PMID 12801600.
  6. Jump up^ Chen L, Yung KK, Yung WH (September 2006). “Neurotensin selectively facilitates glutamatergic transmission in globus pallidus”.Neuroscience. 141 (4): 1871–8. doi:10.1016/j.neuroscience.2006.05.049. PMID 16814931.
  7. Jump up^ Petkova-Kirova P, Rakovska A, Della Corte L, Zaekova G, Radomirov R, Mayer A (September 2008). “Neurotensin modulation of acetylcholine, GABA, and aspartate release from rat prefrontal cortex studied in vivo with microdialysis”. Brain Research Bulletin. 77 (2–3): 129–35. doi:10.1016/j.brainresbull.2008.04.003. PMID 18721670.
  8. Jump up^ Petkova-Kirova P, Rakovska A, Zaekova G, Ballini C, Corte LD, Radomirov R, Vágvölgyi A (December 2008). “Stimulation by neurotensin of dopamine and 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT) release from rat prefrontal cortex: possible role of NTR1 receptors in neuropsychiatric disorders”.Neurochemistry International. 53 (6–8): 355–61. doi:10.1016/j.neuint.2008.08.010. PMID 18835308.
  9. Jump up^ Griebel G, Moindrot N, Aliaga C, Simiand J, Soubrié P (December 2001). “Characterization of the profile of neurokinin-2 and neurotensin receptor antagonists in the mouse defense test battery”. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews. 25 (7–8): 619–26. doi:10.1016/S0149-7634(01)00045-8. PMID 11801287.
  10. Jump up^ Tirado-Santiago G, Lázaro-Muñoz G, Rodríguez-González V, Maldonado-Vlaar CS (October 2006). “Microinfusions of neurotensin antagonist SR 48692 within the nucleus accumbens core impair spatial learning in rats”. Behavioral Neuroscience. 120 (5): 1093–102. doi:10.1037/0735-7044.120.5.1093. PMID 17014260.
  11.  Felszeghy K, Espinosa JM, Scarna H, Bérod A, Rostène W, Pélaprat D (December 2007). “Neurotensin receptor antagonist administered during cocaine withdrawal decreases locomotor sensitization and conditioned place preference”. Neuropsychopharmacology. 32 (12): 2601–10. doi:10.1038/sj.npp.1301382. PMC 2992550free to read. PMID 17356568.
  12.  Lévesque K, Lamarche C, Rompré PP (October 2008). “Evidence for a role of endogenous neurotensin in the development of sensitization to the locomotor stimulant effect of morphine”.European Journal of Pharmacology. 594 (1–3): 132–8. doi:10.1016/j.ejphar.2008.07.048. PMID 18706409.

//////////////////////Flow synthesis, Meclinertant, SR48692, Reminertant,  SR 48692, 146362-70-1

COC1=C(C(=CC=C1)OC)C2=CC(=NN2C3=C4C=CC(=CC4=NC=C3)Cl)C(=O)NC5(C6CC7CC(C6)CC5C7)C(=O)O


Filed under: flow synthesis Tagged: 146362-70-1, FLOW SYNTHESIS, Meclinertant, Reminertant, SR 48692, SR48692

ALMOREXANT REVISITED

$
0
0

Almorexant.png

Almorexant; ACT-078573;  (R)-2-((S)-6,7-Dimethoxy-1-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenethyl)-3,4-dihydroisoquinolin-2(1H)-yl)-N-methyl-2-phenylacetamide;

Almorexant (INN, codenamed ACT-078573) is an orexin antagonist, functioning as a competitive receptor antagonist of the OX1 and OX2 orexin receptors, which was being developed by the pharmaceutical companies Actelion and GSK for the treatment of insomnia. Development of the drug was abandoned in January 2011.[1]

Development

Originally developed by Actelion, from 2007 almorexant was being reported as a potential blockbuster drug, as its novel mechanism of action (orexin receptor antagonism) was thought to produce better quality sleep and fewer side effects than the traditionalbenzodiazepine and z drugs which dominated the multibillion-dollar insomnia medication market.[2][3]

In 2008, pharmaceutical giant GlaxoSmithKline bought the development and marketing rights for almorexant from Actelion for an initial payment of $147 million.[4] The deal was worth a potential $3.2billion if the drug were to successfully complete clinical development and obtain FDA approval.[5] GSK and Actelion continued to develop the drug together, and completed a Phase IIIclinical trial in November 2009.[6]

However, in January 2011 Actelion and GSK announced they were abandoning the development of almorexant because of its side effect profile.[1][7]

Mechanism of action

Almorexant is a competitive, dual OX1 and OX2 receptor antagonist and selectively inhibits the functional consequences of OX1 and OX2 receptor activation, such as intracellular Ca2+ mobilization.

str1

Image result for ACTELION

Image result for ALMOREXANT

Image result for ALMOREXANT

PAPER

http://pubs.rsc.org/en/content/articlelanding/2013/ob/c3ob40655e#!divAbstract

An enantioselective synthesis of almorexant, a potent antagonist of human orexin receptors, is presented. The chiral tetrahydroisoquinoline core structure was prepared via iridium-catalysed asymmetric intramolecular allylic amidation. Further key catalytic steps of the synthesis include an oxidative Heck reaction at room temperature and a hydrazine-mediated organocatalysedreduction.

Graphical abstract: Enantioselective synthesis of almorexant via iridium-catalysed intramolecular allylic amidation

Image result for ALMOREXANT

Image result for ALMOREXANT

Image result for ALMOREXANT

PATENT

https://www.google.com/patents/EP2227454A2?cl=en

Reaction scheme 5:

Figure imgf000017_0001

7*CH3COOH

Figure imgf000017_0002

Step 11 : synthesis of (2R)-2-{(-/S)-6,7-dimethoxy-1 -[2-(4-thfluoromethyl-phenyl)- ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1 /-/-isoquinolin-2-yl}-Λ/-methyl-2-phenyl-acetamide (compound 8)

Figure imgf000030_0002

To the solution of the compound 7 in MIBK are added 1.2 equivalents of the compound 6, 1.1 equivalents caustic soda and 1.1 equivalents potassium carbonate and heated to 70-90 0C. After full conversion the solution is cooled to RT and water is added. Phase separation is followed by a second washing of the organic phase with water and again phase separation. Step 12: synthesis of (2R)-2-{(-/S)-6,7-dimethoxy-1 -[2-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- ethyl]-3,4-dihydro-1 /-/-isoquinolin-2-yl}-/\/-nnethyl-2-phenyl-acetannide hydrochloride acid (compound I)

Figure imgf000031_0001

To the organic phase of step 11 is added 1 equivalent aqueous hydrochloric acid and then the water removed by azeotropic distillation in vacuo. The precipitate is dissolved by addition of 2-propanol at 75 0C. Concentration of the solution leads to crystallisation and the suspension is then cooled to RT. To ensure complete crystallisation, the suspension is aged at RT, then filtered and washed with a MIBK-2-propanol mixture. The product is dried in vacuo at 50 0C.

PAPER

Abstract Image

Several methods are presented for the enantioselective synthesis of the tetrahydroisoquinoline core of almorexant (ACT-078573A), a dual orexin receptor antagonist. Initial clinical supplies were secured by the Noyori Ru-catalyzed asymmetric transfer hydrogenation (Ru-Noyori ATH) of the dihydroisoquinoline precursor. Both the yield and enantioselectivity eroded upon scale-up. A broad screening exercise identified TaniaPhos as ligand for the iridium-catalyzed asymmetric hydrogenation with a dedicated catalyst pretreatment protocol, culminating in the manufacture of more than 6 t of the acetate salt of the tetrahydroisoquinoline. The major cost contributor was TaniaPhos. By switching the dihydroisoquinoline substrate of the Ru-Noyori ATH to its methanesulfonate salt, the ATH was later successfully reduced to practice, delivering several hundreds of kilograms of the tetrahydroisoquinoline, thereby reducing the catalyst cost contribution significantly. The two methods are compared with regard to green and efficiency metrics.

Catalytic Asymmetric Reduction of a 3,4-Dihydroisoquinoline for the Large-Scale Production of Almorexant: Hydrogenation or Transfer Hydrogenation?

DSM Innovative Synthesis BV, P.O. Box 18, 6160 MD Geleen, The Netherlands
DSM Fine Chemicals Austria, St. Peter Strasse 25, 4021 Linz, Austria
§ GlaxoSmithKline, Medicines Research Centre, Gunnels Wood Road, Stevenage SG1 2NY, United Kingdom
Actelion Pharmaceuticals Ltd., Gewerbestrasse 16, 4123 Allschwil, Switzerland
Org. Process Res. Dev., 2013, 17 (12), pp 1531–1539

Image result for ALMOREXANT

Image result for ALMOREXANT

References

External links

Almorexant
Almorexant.svg
Systematic (IUPAC) name
(2R)-2-[(1S)- 6,7-dimethoxy- 1-{2-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethyl}- 3,4-dihydroisoquinolin-2(1H)-yl]- N-methyl- 2-phenylacetamide
Clinical data
Routes of
administration
Oral
Pharmacokinetic data
Metabolism Hepatic
Identifiers
CAS Number 871224-64-5 
ATC code none
PubChem CID 23727689
IUPHAR/BPS 2886
ChemSpider 21377865 Yes
UNII 9KCW39P2EI Yes
ChEMBL CHEMBL455136 Yes
Chemical data
Formula C29H31F3N2O3
Molar mass 512.6 g/mol (free base)

///////Almorexant,  ACT-078573

CNC(=O)C(C1=CC=CC=C1)N2CCC3=CC(=C(C=C3C2CCC4=CC=C(C=C4)C(F)(F)F)OC)OC


Filed under: Uncategorized Tagged: ACT-078573, Almorexant

1, 2-Bis(4-(4-4-nitrophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)ethanone for androgen sensitive prostatic disorders

$
0
0

str1

 

str1

1, 2-Bis(4-(4-4-nitrophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)ethanone

Molecular Formula: C22H26N6O5
Molecular Weight: 454.47904 g/mol

str1

CAS 330633-91-5

CDRI-?

For treatment of androgen sensitive prostatic disorders

1,2-bis[4-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanone.png

1, 2-Bis(4-(4-4-nitrophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)ethanone

Graphical abstract: Design, synthesis and biological profiling of aryl piperazine based scaffolds for the management of androgen sensitive prostatic disorders

In the quest for novel scaffolds for the management of androgen sensitive prostatic disorders like prostate cancer and benign prostatic hyperplasia, a series of twenty-six aryl/heteroaryl piperazine derivatives have been described. Three compounds, 8a, 8c and 9a, exhibited good activity profiles against an androgen sensitive prostate cancer cell line (LNCaP) with EC50values of 9.8, 7.6 and 11.2 μM, respectively. These compounds caused a decrease in luciferase activity and a decline in PSA and Ca2+ levels, which are indicative of their anti-androgenic and α1A-adrenergic receptor blocking activities, respectively.

Compound 9a reduced the prostate weight of rats (47%) and in pharmacokinetic analysis at 10 mg kg−1 it demonstrated an MRT of ∼14 h post dose, exhibiting high levels in prostate. Compound 9a docked in a similar orientation to hydroxyflutamide on an androgen receptor and showed strong π–π interactions. These findings reveal that compound 9a is a promising candidate for management of prostatic disorders with anti-androgenic and α1A-blocking activities.

Design, synthesis and biological profiling of aryl piperazine based scaffolds for the management of androgen sensitive prostatic disorders

*Corresponding authors
aMedicinal & Process Chemistry Division, CSIR-Central Drug Research Institute, Sector 10, Jankipuram ext., Lucknow-226031, India
E-mail: vl_sharma@cdri.res.in, vlscdri@gmail.com
Fax: +91 522 2771941
Tel: +91 522 2772450 Ext. 4671
bEndocrinology Division, CSIR-Central Drug Research Institute, Lucknow-226031, India
cPharmacokinetics and Metabolism Division, CSIR-Central Drug Research Institute, Lucknow-226031, India
dMolecular & Structural Biology Division, CSIR-Central Drug Research Institute, Lucknow-226031, India
eAcademy of Scientific and Innovative Research (AcSIR), New Delhi-110001, India
Med. Chem. Commun., 2016, Advance Article

DOI: 10.1039/C6MD00426A, http://pubs.rsc.org/en/Content/ArticleLanding/2016/MD/C6MD00426A?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=feed&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+rss%2FMD+%28RSC+-+Med.+Chem.+Commun.+latest+articles%29#!divAbstract

1, 2-Bis(4-(4-4-nitrophenyl)piperazin-1-yl)ethanone (9a) To the mixture of 8a (0.3 g, 1.06 mmol) and Et3N (0.3 mL, 2.12 mmol) in CHCl3 (5 mL) was added 1-(4-nitrophenyl)piperazine (7a, 0.320 g, 1.59 mmol) in 5 mL CHCl3 dropwise within 1 h. After complete addition reaction mixture was further stirred in an oil bath at 80-85 °C for 15 h. The reaction mixture was cooled, washed with water (5 mL × 3) and the organic layer was separated. Combined organic layer was dried (anhyd. Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure in rotavapor. The solid obtained was purified by recrystallization using EtOAc/Hexane which furnished yellow crystals (yield 81%);

mp: 156-157 °C; IR (KBr)  (cm-1): 3019, 2399, 1640, 1597, 1506, 1423, 1330;

1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3):  8.14-8.09 (4H, m), 6.84-6.81 (4H, m), 3.84-3.83 (4H, m), 3.49-3.44 (8H, m), 3.33 (2H, s), 2.72 (4H, t, J = 5.0 Hz);

13C NMR (75.4 MHz, CDCl3):  167.7, 154.7, 154.3, 138.8, 138.4, 125.9, 125.8, 112.9, 112.7, 60.8, 52.5, 46.9, 46.7, 44.6;

HRMS (ESI positive) m/z calcd. for C22H26N6O5 [M+H]+ : 455.2043, found: 455.2034;

Anal calcd. for C22H26N6O5: C, 58.14; H, 5.77; N, 18.49, found: C, 58.31; H, 5.92; N, 18.66.

str1

str1

SONAL GUPTA

Medicinal & Process Chemistry Division, CSIR-Central Drug Research Institute, Sector 10, Jankipuram ext., Lucknow-226031, India

Image result for Medicinal & Process Chemistry Division, CSIR-Central Drug Research InstituteImage result for Medicinal & Process Chemistry Division, CSIR-Central Drug Research Institute

str1

Dr. VISHNU LAL SHARMA

http://www.cdriindia.org/VL_Sharma.htm

Dr. VISHNU LAL SHARMA

Senior Principal Scientist (CSIR-CDRI ) / Professor (AcSIR)
Lab No. CSS-SF-201, Medicinal and Process Chemistry Division
Central Drug Research Institute,
B.S. 10/1, Sector 10, Jankipuram Extension, Sitapur Road
Lucknow- 226031

Educational Qualifications M.Sc (Organic Chemistry, Lucknow University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh, 1978)
Ph.D. (Chemistry, Lucknow University, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh, 1985)
Date of Birth February 7th, 1958
E- Mail vl_sharma@cdri.res.in, vlscdri@gmail.com
Phone No. +91-0522-2772450/550, Ext. 4671.
Mobile No. +91-9415074195
Fax No. +91-522-2771941
Research Experience (Area) Medicinal chemistry, Organic chemistry.
Google Scholar https://scholar.google.co.in/citations?user=cAsQaiYAAAAJ&hl=en
Research gate https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Vishnu_Sharma13
 POST-DOCTORAL RESEARCH (ABROAD)
•
University of Dusseldorf, Dusseldorf, Germany, Oct., 1994 to Dec., 1994
CURRENT AREAS OF INTEREST
•
Medicinal Chemistry, Synthetic organic chemistry and Process chemistry.
•
The research focused in my group is related to design and synthesis of small molecule libraries of biomedical importance and development of new methodologies and process developments of candidate drugs.
no image
From left to right upper row: Dr. S.T.V.S. Kiran Kumar, Dr. Lalit Kumar, Dr. V.L. Sharma, Dr. Nand Lal, Dr. Amit Sarswat
Lower row: Dhanaraju Mandalapu, Sonal Gupta, Mrs. Tara Rawat (S.T.O.), Dr. Veenu bala, Dr. Santosh Jangir
THESIS SUPERVISED
•
Seven (7) students for their Ph.D.
•
Twenty two (22) students for their Post Graduation degrees
FORMER Ph.D. STUDENTS
•
Dr. S.T.V.S. Kiran Kumar, 2006,Research Scientist at University of Virginia Charlottesville, Virginia.
•
Dr. Lalit Kumar, 2011, KIMIA Biosciences Pvt.Ltd., Rajasthan, India .
•
Dr. Amit Sarswat, 2011, Postdoctoral Fellow, University Health Network, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.
•
Dr. Nand Lal, 2012, Scientist E1 at HLL-Lifecare Limited, Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala, India.
•
Dr. Santosh Jangir, 2014.
•
Dr. Veenu bala, 2014, Assistant Professor at Mohan Lal Sukhdia University, Rajasthan, India.
•
Ms. Sonal Gupta, 2015.
FORMER PROJECT ASSISTANTS
•
Ms. Mala Singh (2014-2016)
PRESENT Ph.D. STUDENTS
•
Mr. Dhanaraju Mandalapu (CSIR-SRF; 2012-present)
FORMER POSTGRADUATE STUDENTS
•
M. Jay Kothari (1997)
•
A.N. Misra (1997)
•
Ritu Chadda (1998)
•
Arun Kumar Misra (2000)
•
S.Nitya (2003)
•
Vishwanath Pratap Gupta (2004)
•
Divya (2006)
•
Charu Mahawar (2007)
•
Desh Deepak Pandey (2008)
•
Priyanka Pandey (2010)
•
Sumit Kumar (2010)
•
Sourabh Maheswari (2011)
•
Kartheek Nandikonda (2012)
•
Naveen Gupta (2012)
•
Pallavi Nayak (2012)
•
Neetika (2013)
•
Vikas Kumar (2013)
•
Neha Yadav (2013)
•
Subhadra Thakur (2014)
•
Jitendra Kumar (2015)
•
Suyash Tewari (2015)
•
Anjali Misra (2015)
MEMBERSHIP OF SOCIETES :
1. The Uttar Pradesh Association for Advancement of Science, Lucknow (India)
2. Indian Chemical Society (Calcutta)
3. Chemical Research Society of India, (Bangalore)
PROJECTS:
Reproductive Health Research: Male Reproductive Health and Contraception
1 Co – Principal Investigator: “Designed synthesis, evaluation and identification of novel, dually-effective spermicidal agents with anti-Trichomonal activity for ‘prophylactic’ contraception” (July 2014 – ongoing ), Funded by DHR, Indian council of Medical Research (ICMR), New Delhi.
2 Co-Principal Investigator: “Preclinical development of S,S’-Disulfanediylbis(pyrrolidinopropane-2,1-diyl) bis (piperidinothiocarbamate) as a vaginal contraceptive” (July 2011 – June 2013), Funded by Indian council of Medical Research (ICMR), New Delhi.
3 Principal Investigator: “Designed synthesis and biological evaluation of novel agents for management of benign prostatic hyperplasia” (November 2012 – October 2015), Funded by Indian council of Medical Research (ICMR), New Delhi.
PUBLICATIONS & PATENTS-
Total number of peer reviewed publications- 69 (Sixty Nine )
Total number of patents: (1 World patent and 4 National patents) – 5 (Five)
Citations to all publications: -Sum of times cited – 486, h-index- 12
SELECTED PUBLICATIONS
Dhanaraju Mandalapu, Deependra Kumar Singh, Sonal Gupta, Vishal M. Balaramnavar, Mohammad Shafiq, Dibyendu Banerjee, Vishnu Lal Sharma. Discovery of monocarbonyl curcumin hybrids as a novel class of human DNA ligase I inhibitors: in silico design, synthesis and biology. RSC Advances, 2016, 6, 26003.
Subhashis Pal, Kainat Khan, Shyamsundar Pal China, MonikaMittal, Konica porwal, Richa Shrivastava, Isha Taneja, Zakir Hossain, Dhanaraju Mandalapu, Jiaur R. Gayen, Muhammad Wahajuddin, Vishnu Lal Sharma, Arun K. Trivedi, Sabyasachi Sanyal, Smrati Bhadauria, Madan M. Godbole , Sushil K. Gupta, Naibedya Chattopadhyay. Theophylline, a methylxanthine drug induces osteopenia and alters calciotropic hormones and prophylactic vitamin D treatment protects against these changes in rats. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology, 2016, 295, 12-25.
Bhavana Kushwaha, Dhanaraju Mandalapu, Veenu Bala, Lokesh Kumar, Aastha Pandey, Deepti Pandey, Santosh Kumar Yadav, Pratiksha Singh, P.K. Shukla, Jagdamba P. Maikhuri, Satya N. Sankhwar, Vishnu L. Sharma, Gopal Gupta. Ammonium salts of carbamodithioic acid as potent vaginal trichomonacides and fungicides. International Journal of Antimicrobial Agents, 2016, 47, 36-47.
Dhanaraju Mandalapu, Nand Lal, Lokesh Kumar, Bhavana Kushwaha, Sonal Gupta, Lalit Kumar, Veenu Bala, Santosh K. Yadav, Pratiksha Singh, Nidhi Singh, Jagdamba P. Maikhuri, Satya N. Sankhwar, Praveen K. Shukla, Imran Siddiqi, Gopal Gupta, Vishnu L. Sharma. Innovative Disulphide Esters of Dithiocarbamic acid as Women Controlled Contraceptive Microbicides: A Bioisosterism Approach. ChemMedChem, 2015, 10, 1739-1753.
Rachumallu Ramakrishna, Santosh kumar Puttrevu, Manisha Bhateria,Veenu Bala,Vishnu L. Sharma, Rabi Sankar Bhatta. Simultaneous determination of azilsartan and chlorthalidone in rat and human plasma by liquid chromatography-electrospray tandemmass spectrometry. Journal of Chromatography B, 2015,990, 185–197.
Hardik Chandasana, Yashpal S. Chhonkera, Veenu Bala, Yarra D. Prasad ,Telaprolu K. Chaitanya, Vishnu L. Sharma, Rabi S. Bhatta. Pharmacokinetic bioavailability, metabolism and plasma proteinbinding evaluation of NADPH-oxidase inhibitor apocynin using LC–MS/MS. Journal of Chromatography B, 2015, 985, 180–188.
Rajeev Kumar, Vikas Verma, Vikas Sharma, Ashish Jain, Vishal Singh, Amit Sarswat , Jagdamba P. Maikhuri, Vishnu L. Sharma, Gopal Gupta. A precisely substituted benzopyran targets androgen refractory prostate cancer cells through selective modulation of estrogen receptors. Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology, 2015, 283, 187-197.
Nand Lal, Amit Sarswat, Lalit Kumar, Karthik Nandikonda, Santosh Jangir, Veenu Bala, Vishnu Lal Sharma. Synthesis of Dithiocarbamates Containing Disulfide Linkage Using Cyclic Trithiocarbonate and Amines under Solvent–Catalyst Free Condition. Journal of Heterocyclic Chemistry, 2015, 52, 156-162.
Veenu Bala, Santosh Jangir, Dhanaraju Mandalapu, Sonal Gupta, Yashpal S. Chhonker, Nand Lal, Bhavana Kushwaha, Hardik Chandasana, Shagun Krishna, Kavita Rawat, Jagdamba P. Maikhuri, Rabi S. Bhatta, Mohammad I. Siddiqi,Rajkamal Tripathi, Gopal Gupta, Vishnu L. Sharma. Dithiocarbamate- Thiourea Hybrids Useful as Vaginal Microbicides Also Show Reverse Transcriptase Inhibition: Design, Synthesis, Docking and Pharmacokinetic studies. Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2015, 25, 881-886.
Gopal Gupta, Santosh Jangir and Vishnu Lal Sharma. Targeting post-ejaculation sperm for value-added contraception. Current Molecular Pharmacology, 2014, 7, 167-174.
Veenu Bala, Santosh Jangir, Vikas Kumar, Dhanaraju Mandalapu, Sonal Gupta, Lalit Kumar, Bhavana Kushwaha, Yashpal S. Chhonker, Atul Krishna, Jagdamba P. Maikhuri, Praveen K. Shukla, Rabi S. Bhatta, Gopal Gupta, Vishnu L. Sharma. Design and synthesis of substituted morpholin/piperidin-1-yl-carbamodithioates as promising vaginal microbicides with spermicidal potential. Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2014, 24, 5782-5786.
Veenu Bala, Gopal Gupta, Vishnu Lal Sharma. Chemical and Medicinal Versatility of Dithiocarbamates: An Overview. Mini Review Medicinal Chemistry, 2014, 14, 1021–1032.
Rakesh Kumar Asthana, Rasna Gupta, Nidhi Agrawal, Atul Srivastava, Upma Chaturvedi, Sanjeev Kanojiya, Ashok Kumar Khanna, Gitika Bhatia, Vishnu Lal Sharma. Evaluation of antidyslipidemic effect of mangiferin and amarogentin from swertia chirayita extract in hfd induced charles foster rat model and in vitroantioxidant activity and their docking studies. International Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences and Research, 2014, 5(9), 3734-3740.
Santosh Jangir, Veenu Bala, Nand Lal, Lalit Kumar, Amit Sarswat, Amit Kumar, Hamidullah, Karan S. Saini, Vikas Sharma, Vikas Verma, Jagdamba P. Maikhuri, Rituraj Konwar, Gopal Gupta, Vishnu L. Sharma. Novel alkylphospholipid-DTC hybrids as promising agents against endocrine related cancers acting via modulation of Akt-pathway. European Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2014,85, 638-647.
Hardik Chandasana, Yashpal S. Chhonker, Veenu Bala, Yarra Durga Prasad,Vishnu L. Sharma, Rabi S. Bhatta. A rapid and sensitive LC-MS/MS analysis of diapocynin in rat plasma to investigate in vitro and in vivo pharmacokinetics.Analytical Methods 2014, 6, 7075-82.
Yashpal S. Chhonker, Hardik Chandasanaa, Veenu Bala, Lokesh Kumar,Vishnu Lal Sharma, Gopal Gupta, Rabi S. Bhatta. Quantitative determination of microbicidal spermicide ‘nonoxynol-9’ in rabbit plasma and vaginal fluid using LC–ESI–MS/MS: Application to pharmacokinetic. Journal of Chromatography B, 2014, 965, 127–132.
Mittal M, Khan K, Pal S, Porwal K, China SP, Barbhuyan TK, Bhagel KS, Rawat T, Sanyal S, Bhaduria S, Sharma VL, Chattopadhyay N. The Thiocarbamate Disulphide Drug, Disulfiram Induces Osteopenia in Rats by Inhibition of Osteoblast Function Due to Suppression of Acetaldehyde Dehydrogenase Activity.Toxicological Sciences, 2014, 239, 257-270.
Santosh Jangir, Veenu Bala, Nand Lal, Lalit Kumar, Amit Sarswat, Lokesh Kumar, Bhavana Kushwaha, Pratiksha Singh, Praveen K. Shukla, Jagdamba P. Maikhuri, Gopal Gupta, Vishnu L. Sharma. A unique dithiocarbamate chemistry during design & synthesis of novel sperm-immobilizing agents. Organic & Biomolecular Chemistry, 2014, 12 , 3090-3099.
Amit Anthwal, U. Chinna Rajesh, M.S.M. Rawat, Bhavana Kushwaha, Jagdamba P. Maikhuri, Vishnu L. Sharma, Gopal Gupta, Diwan S. Rawat. Novel metronidazole-chalcone cojugates with potential to counter drug resistance inTrichomona vaginalis. European Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2014, 79, 89-94.
Ashish Jain, Lokesh Kumar, Bhavana Kushwaha, Monika Sharma, Aastha Pandey, Vikas Verma, Vikas Sharma, Vishal Singh, Tara Rawat, Vishnu L. Sharma, Jagdamba P. Maikhuri, Gopal Gupta. Combining a synthetic spermicide with a natural trichomonacide for safe, prophylactic contraception. Human Reproduction, 2014, 29, 242-252.
Lalit Kumar, Nand Lal, Vikash Kumar, Amit Sarswat, Santosh Jangir, Veenu Bala, Lokesh Kumar, Bhavana Kushwaha, Atindra K. Pandey, Mohammad I. Siddiqi, Praveen K. Shukla, Jagdamba P. Maikhuri, Gopal Gupta, Vishnu L. Sharma. Azole-carbodithioate hybrids as vaginal anti-Candida contraceptive agents: design, synthesis and docking studies. European Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2013,70, 68-77.
Monika Sharma, Lokesh Kumar, Ashish Jain, Vikas Verma, Vikas Sharma, Bhavna Kushwaha, Nand Lal, Lalit Kumar, Tara Rawat, AK Dwivedi, JP Maikhuri, VL Sharma, Gopal Gupta. Designed chemical intervention with thiols for prophylactic contraception. PLOS-One, 2013, 8 (6), page 67365.
Lalit Kumar, Ashish Jain, Nand Lal, Amit Sarswat, Santosh Jangir, Lokesh Kumar, Priyanka Shah, Swatantra K. Jain, Jagdamba P. Maikhuri, Mohammad I. Siddiqi, Gopal Gupta, Vishnu L. Sharma. Potentiating metronidazole scaffold against resistant trichomonas: Design, synthesis, biology and 3D–QSAR analysis. ACS Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2012, 3 (2), 83-87.
Kumar R, Verma V, Sarswat A, Maikhuri JP, Jain A, Jain RK, Sharma VL, Dalela D, Gupta G. Selective estrogen receptor modulators regulate stromal proliferation in human benign prostatic hyperplasia by multiple beneficial mechanisms-action of two new agents. Investigational New Drugs, 2012, 30, 582-593.
Ashish Jain, Nand Lal, Lokesh Kumar, Vikas Verma, Rajiv Kumar, Lalit Kumar, Vishal Singh, Raghav K. Mishra, Amit Sarswat, S. K. Jain, J. P. Maikhuri, V. L. Sharma, Gopal Gupta. Novel trichomonacidal spermicides. Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy, 2011, 55 (9), 4343-4351.
Nand Lal, Lalit Kumar, Amit Sarswat, Santosh Jangir, Vishnu Lal Sharma. Synthesis of S-(2-thioxo-1,3-dithiolan-4-yl)methyl-dialkylcarbamothioate and S-thiiran-2-ylmethyl-dialkylcarbamothioate via Intermolecular O−S Rearrangement in Water. Organic Letters, 2011, 13 (9), 2330-2333.
Amit Sarswat, Rajeev Kumar, Lalit Kumar, Nand Lal, Smiriti Sharma, Yenamandra S. Prabhakar, Shailendra K. Pandey, Jawahar Lal, Vikas Verma, Ashish Jain, Jagdamba P. Maikhuri, Diwakar Dalela, Kirti, Gopal Gupta, Vishnu L. Sharma. Arylpiperazines for Management of Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia: Design, Synthesis, Quantative Structure – Activity Relationships, and Parmacokinetic Studies. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2011, 54 (1), 302-311.
Lalit Kumar, Amit Sarswat, Nand Lal, Ashish Jain, Sumit Kumar, S.T.V.S. Kiran Kumar, Jagdamba P. Maikhuri, Atindra K. Pandey, Praveen K. Shukla, Gopal Gupta, Vishnu L. Sharma. Design and Synthesis of 3-(azol-1-yl)phenylprapanes as spermicide for prophylactic contraception . Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 2011, 21(1), 176-181.
LIST OF PATENTS
1 Kalpana Bhandari, V.L. Sharma and S. Ray. “An improved process for the synthesis of 3,4-disubstituted-1,5-dihydro-2H-3-pyrrolin-2-one” Indian PatentAppl. 323/Del/01 dt 23.3.2001.
2 A.K.Dwivedi, V.L.Sharma, N.Kumaria, Kiran Kumar, G.Gupta, J.P.Maikhuri, J.D.Dhar, Pradeep Kumar, A.H.Ansari, P.K.Shukla, M.Kumar, Raja Roy , K.P.Madhusudanan, R.C.Gupta, Pratima Srivastava, R.Pal, and S.Singh. “Novel spermicidal and antifungal agents” Indian Patent 245815 dt 25.01.2011 ; Appl. No.1792/Del/04 dt 22.09.2004.
3 Vishanu Lal Sharma, Nand Lal, Amit Sarswat, Santosh Jangir, Veenu Bala, Lalit Kumar, Tara Rawat, Ashish Jain, Lokesh Kumar, Jagdamba Prasad Maikhuri, Gopal Gupta. “ Carbodithioates and process for preparation thereof ” NF No. 0030/NF2013/IN, Indian Patent Appl. no.0373/DEL/2013 dated 08.02.2013.
4 Vishanu Lal Sharma, Nand Lal, Amit Sarswat, Santosh Jangir, Veenu Bala, Lalit Kumar, Tara Rawat, Ashish Jain, Lokesh Kumar, Jagdamba Prasad Maikhuri, Gopal Gupta, “ Carbodithioates with spermicidal activity and process for preparation thereof ” PCT Patent no. WO 2014122670 August 14, 2014.
5 Dhanaraju Mandalapu, Rajesh K. Arigela, Tara Rawat, and Vishnu L. Sharma, “An Improved Process For Preparation Of 4-Substituted amino-2,3-polymethylenequinoline hydrochloride ” Indian Patent IN 201611003055 dated: 28.01.2016.

 

Image result for Medicinal & Process Chemistry Division, CSIR-Central Drug Research Institute

From left to right upper row: Dr. S.T.V.S. Kiran Kumar, Dr. Lalit Kumar, Dr. V.L. Sharma, Dr. Nand Lal, Dr. Amit Sarswat
Lower row: Dhanaraju Mandalapu, Sonal Gupta, Mrs. Tara Rawat (S.T.O.), Dr. Veenu bala, Dr. Santosh Jangir

///////////aryl piperazine, androgen sensitive prostatic disorders, 330633-91-5, CDRI-?

c1(ccc(cc1)[N+]([O-])=O)N2CCN(CC2)C(=O)CN3CCN(CC3)c4ccc(cc4)[N+]([O-])=O

 


Filed under: Preclinical drugs, Uncategorized Tagged: 330633-91-5, androgen sensitive prostatic disorders, aryl piperazine, cdri

DDD 107498

$
0
0

str1

 

DDD 107498, DDD 498

PATENT WO 2013153357,  US2015045354

6-Fluoro-2-[4-(morpholinomethyl)phenyl]-N-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)quinoline-4-carboxamide

6-Fluoro-2-[4-(4-morpholinylmethyl)phenyl]-N-[2-(1-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl]-4-quinolinecarboxamide

4-Quinolinecarboxamide, 6-fluoro-2-[4-(4-morpholinylmethyl)phenyl]-N-[2-(1-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl]-

CAS 1469439-69-7

CAS 1469439-71-1 SUCCINATE

MF C27H31FN4O2
MW 462.559043 g/mol
      6-fluoro-2-[4-(morpholin-4-ylmethyl)phenyl]-N-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)quinoline-4-carboxamide
  • Originator Medicines for Malaria Venture; University of Dundee
  • Class Small molecules
  • Mechanism of Action Protein synthesis inhibitors

Highest Development Phases

  • No development reported Malaria

Most Recent Events

  • 16 Jul 2016 No recent reports of development identified for preclinical development in Malaria in United Kingdom
  • 01 Apr 2015 DDD 498 licensed to Merck Serono worldwide for the treatment of Malaria
Inventors Ian Hugh Gilbert, Neil Norcross, Beatriz Baragana Ruibal, Achim Porzelle
Original Assignee University Of Dundee

str1Image result for School of Life Sciences University of Dundee

Prof Ian Gilbert:

Head of Biological Chemistry and Drug Discovery

BCDD, College of Life Sciences, University of Dundee, DD1 5EH, UK
Tel: +44 (0) 1382-386240

 

University of Dundee

Image result for School of Life Sciences University of Dundee

 

Image result for School of Life Sciences University of Dundee

SCHEMBL15322600.pngDDD498

 

str1

 

Merck Serono and MMV sign agreement to develop potential antimalarial therapy

Agreement further diversifies MMV’s partner base, strengthening our antimalarial research and development portfolio

01 April 2015

Photo © Merck Serono

Merck Serono, the biopharmaceutical business of Merck, and MMV announced today that an agreement has been signed for Merck Serono to obtain the rights to the investigational antimalarial compound DDD107498 from MMV. This agreement underscores the commitment of Merck Serono to provide antimalarials for the most vulnerable populations in need.

“This agreement strengthens our Global Health research program and our ongoing collaboration with Medicines for Malaria Venture,” said Luciano Rossetti, Executive Vice President, Global Head of Research & Development at Merck Serono. “MMV is known worldwide for its major contribution to delivering innovative antimalarial treatments to the most vulnerable populations suffering from this disease, and at Merck Serono we share this goal.”

DDD107498 originated from a collaboration between MMV and the University of Dundee Drug Discovery Unit, led by Prof. Ian Gilbert and Dr. Kevin Read. The objective of the clinical program is to demonstrate whether the investigational compound exerts activity on a number of malaria parasite lifecycle stages, and remains active in the body long enough to offer potential as a single-dose treatment against the most severe strains of malaria.

While development and commercialization of the compound is under Merck Serono’s responsibility, MMV will provide expertise in the field of malaria drug development, including its clinical and delivery expertise, and provide access to its public and private sector networks in malaria-endemic countries.

Merck Serono has a dedicated Global Health R&D group working to address key unmet medical needs related to neglected diseases, such as schistosomiasis and malaria, with a focus on pediatric populations in developing countries. Its approach is based on public-private partnerships and collaborations with leading global health institutions and organizations in both developed and developing countries.

“Working with partners like Merck Serono is critical to the progress of potential antimalarial compounds, like DDD107498, through the malaria drug pipeline,” said Dr. Timothy Wells, Chief Scientific Officer at MMV. “Their Global Health Program is gaining momentum and we need more compounds to tackle malaria, a disease that places a huge burden on the world’s most vulnerable populations. DDD107498 holds great promise and we look forward to working with the Merck Serono team through the development phase.”

According to the World Health Organization, there were an estimated 198 million cases of malaria worldwide in 2013, and an estimated 584,000 deaths, primarily in young children from the developing world. The launch of the not-for-profit research foundation, MMV, in 1999 and a number of collaborations and partnerships, including those with Merck Serono, has contributed to reducing the major gap in malaria R&D investment and subsequent dearth of new medicines.

“It’s hugely encouraging to see the German pharmaceutical industry increasing their engagement in the development of novel antimalarials,” said global malaria expert Prof. Dr. Peter Kremsner, Director of the Institute for Tropical Medicine at the University of Tübingen, Germany. “The Merck Serono and MMV collaboration to develop DDD107498 is a great step. It’s a compound that offers lots of promise so I’m excited to see how it progresses.

str1str2

Scots scientists in ‘single dose’ malaria treatment breakthrough

An antimalarial drug that could treat patients was discovered by Dundee university scientists

Scientists have discovered an antimalarial compound that could treat malaria patients in a single dose and help prevent the spread of the disease from infected people.

The compound DDD107498 also has the potential to treat patients with malaria parasites resistant to current medications, researchers say.

Scientists hope it could lead to treatments and protection against the disease, which claimed almost 600,000 lives amid 200 million reported cases in 2013.

The compound was identified through a collaboration between the University of Dundee’s drug discovery unit (DDU) and the Medicines for Malaria Venture (MMV), a separate organisation.

The compound is now undergoing further safety testing with a view to entering human clinical trials within the next year.

Details of the discovery have been published in the journal Nature.

Professor Ian Gilbert, head of chemistry at the DDU, who led the team that discovered the compound, said: “The publication describes the discovery and profiling of this exciting new compound.

“It reveals that DDD107498 has the potential to treat malaria with a single dose, prevent the spread of malaria from infected people and protect a person from developing the disease in the first place.

“There is still some way to go before the compound can be given to patients. However, we are very excited by the progress that we have made.”

The World Health Organisation reports that there were 200 million clinical cases of malaria in 2013, with 584,000 people dying from the disease. Most of these deaths were children under the age of five and pregnant women.

MMV chief executive officer Dr David Reddy said: “Malaria continues to threaten almost half of the world’s population – the half that can least afford it.

“DDD107498 is an exciting compound since it holds the promise to not only treat but also protect these vulnerable populations.

“The collaboration to identify and progress the compound, led by the drug discovery unit at the University of Dundee, drew on MMV’s network of scientists from Melbourne to San Diego.”The publication of the research is an important step and a clear testament to the power of partnership.”

MMV selected DDD107498 to enter preclinical development in October 2013 following the recommendation of its expert scientific advisory committee.

Since then, with MMV’s leadership, large quantities of the compound have been produced and it is undergoing further safety testing with a view to entering human clinical trials within the next year.

Merck Serono has recently obtained the right to develop and, if successful, commercialise the compound, with the input of MMV’s expertise in the field of malaria drug development and access and delivery in malaria-endemic countries.

Dr Michael Chew from the Wellcome Trust, which provides funding for the DDU and MMV, said: “The need for new antimalarial drugs is more urgent than ever before, with emerging strains of the parasite now showing resistance against the best available drugs.

“These strains are already present at the Myanmar-Indian border and it’s a race against time to stop resistance spreading to the most vulnerable populations in Africa.

“The discovery of this new antimalarial agent, which has shown remarkable potency against multiple stages of the malaria lifecycle, is an exciting prospect in the hunt for viable new treatments.”

PAPER

 

Abstract Image

Figure

Discovery of a Quinoline-4-carboxamide Derivative with a Novel Mechanism of Action, Multistage Antimalarial Activity, and Potent in Vivo Efficacy

Drug Discovery Unit, Division of Biological Chemistry and Drug Discovery, School of Life Sciences, University of Dundee, Dundee, DD1 5EH, U.K.
Cell and Molecular Biology, Department of Life Sciences, Imperial College, London, SW7 2AZ, U.K.
§ School of Medicine, University of California, San Diego, 9500 Gilman Drive, La Jolla, California 92093, United States
Eskitis Institute, Griffith University, Brisbane Innovation Park, Nathan Campus, Brisbane, QLD 4111, Australia
Swiss Tropical and Public Health Institute, Swiss TPH, Socinstrasse 57, 4051 Basel, Switzerland
#University of Basel, CH-4003 Basel, Switzerland
Medicines for Malaria Venture, International Centre Cointrin, Entrance G, 3rd Floor, Route de Pré-Bois 20, P.O. Box 1826, CH-1215, Geneva 15, Switzerland
J. Med. Chem., Article ASAP
DOI: 10.1021/acs.jmedchem.6b00723
*K.D.R.: phone, +44 1382 388 688; e-mail, k.read@dundee.ac.uk., *I.H.G.: phone, +44 1382 386 240; e-mail,i.h.gilbert@dundee.ac.uk.
Figure
Conditions: (a) morpholine, Et3N, DCM, 16 h, 72% yield; (b) MeMgBr, toluene, reflux, 4 h and then a 10% aqueous HCl, reflux, 1 h, 70% yield; (c) NBS, benzoyl peroxide, dichlorobenzene, 140 °C, 16 h, 70% yield; (d) morpholine, K2CO3, acetonitrile, 40 °C, 16 h, 64% yield; (e) 5-fluoroisatin, KOH, EtOH, 120 °C, microwave, 20 min, 30–76% yield; (f) amine, CDMT, N-methylmorpholine, DCM, 20–61% yield.

// https://tpc.googlesyndication.com/pagead/js/r20160906/r20110914/abg.js//

 

A single-dose treatment against malaria worked in mice to cure them of the disease. The drug also worked to block infection in healthy mice and to stop transmission, according to a study published in Nature today. The fact that the drug can act against so many stages of malaria is pretty new, but what’s even more exciting is the compound’s mode of action: it kills malaria in a completely new way, researchers say. The feature would make it a welcome addition to our roster of antimalarials — a roster that’s threatened by drug resistance.

RESEARCHERS SIFTED THROUGH A LIBRARY OF ABOUT 4,700 COMPOUNDS TO FIND THIS ONE

Malaria is an infectious disease that’s transmitted through mosquito bites; it’s also a leading cause of death in a number of developing countries. Approximately 3.4 billion people live in areas where malaria poses a real threat. As a result, there were 207 million cases of malaria in 2012 — and 627,000 deaths. There are drugs that can be used to prevent malaria, and even treat it, but drug resistance is halting the use of certain treatments in some areas.

A long search

Searching for a new drug is all about trial and error. To find this particular compound, researchers sifted through a library of about 4,700 compounds, testing them to see if they were capable of killing the malaria parasite in a lab setting. When they found something that worked, they tweaked the drug candidate to see if it could perform more effectively. “We went through a lot of these cycles of testing and designing new compounds,” says Ian Gilbert, a medicinal chemist at the University of Dundee in the UK, and a co-author of the study. “Eventually we optimized to the compound which is the subject of the paper.” For now, that compound’s unwieldy name is DDD107498.

To make sure DDD107498 really had potential, the researchers tested it on mice that had already been infected with malaria. A single dose was enough to provoke a 90 percent reduction in the number of parasites in their blood. The scientists also gave the compound to healthy mice that were subsequently exposed to malaria. DDD107498 helped the mice evade infection with a single dose, but it’s unclear how long that effect would last in humans. Finally, the researchers looked at whether the compound could prevent the transmission from an infected mouse to a mosquito. A day after receiving the treatment, mice were put in contact with mosquitoes. The scientists noted a 91 percent reduction in infected mosquitoes.

“IT HAS THE ABILITY TO BE A ONE-DOSE [DRUG], IN COMBINATION WITH ANOTHER MOLECULE.”

“What’s exciting about this molecule is obviously the fact that it has the ability to be a one-dose [drug], in combination with another molecule to cure blood stage malaria,” says Kevin Read, a drug researcher also at the University of Dundee and a co-author of the study. The fact that the compound has the ability to block transmission and protect against infection is equally thrilling. But the way in which DDD107498 kills malaria might be its most interesting feature. It halts the production of proteins — which are necessary for the parasite’s survival. No other malaria drug does that right now, Read says. “So, in principle, there’s no resistance out there already to this mechanism.”

The drug hasn’t been tested in humans yet, so it may not be nearly as good in the field. But Read says DDD107498 looks promising. “From all the pre-clinical or non-clinical data we’ve generated, it is comparable or better than any of the current marketed anti-malarials in those studies.” And at $1 per treatment, the price of the drug should fall “within the range of what’s acceptable,” he says.

“It looks like an excellent study, and the results look very important,” says Philip Rosenthal, a malaria drug researcher at The University of California-San Francisco who didn’t participate in the study. This is a big shift for Rosenthal’s field. Five years ago, “we had very little going on in anti-malarial drug discovery,” he says. Now, there’s quite a bit going on for malaria researchers, and a number of promising compounds are moving along. DDD107498 “is another player, and it’s got a number of positive features,” he says.

OTHER TREATMENTS HAVE TO BE TAKEN FOR A FEW DAYS

One of the features is the drug’s potency. It’s very active against cultured malaria parasites, Rosenthal says. But what’s perhaps most intriguing about DDD107498 is that the drug works against the mechanism that enables protein synthesis the malaria parasite’s cells. No other malaria drug does that right now, Read says. “Considering challenges of treating malaria, which is often in rural areas and developing countries, a single dose would be a big plus,” he says. “In addition, because of it’s long half life, it may also work to prevent malaria with once a week dosing, which is also a benefit.”

Still, no drug is perfect. The data suggests that DDD107498 doesn’t kill malaria as quickly as some other drugs, Rosenthal says. And when the researchers tested it to see how long it might take for resistance to develop, the results weren’t as promising as he would like. The parasites figured out a way to become resistant to the compound “relatively easily,” he says. That shouldn’t be “deal-killer,” however. “Its slow onset of action probably means it should be combined with a faster-acting drug,” he says.

BUT IT’S SLOW-ACTING

The compound is going through safety testing now. If everything goes well, it should hit human trials within the next year, Read says. Chances are, it will have to be used in combination with other malaria drugs, Gilbert says. “All anti-malarials are given in combination because it slows down resistance.”

“When you’re treating infectious diseases, you know that drug resistance is always a potential problem, so having a number of choices to treat malaria is a good thing,” Rosenthal says. In this case, the drug’s new mode of action may hold lead to an entirely new weapon against malaria. “Obviously it’s got a long way to go,” Read says. But the compound is “very exciting,” nonetheless.

// https://tpc.googlesyndication.com/pagead/js/r20160906/r20110914/abg.js//

//

PATENT
str1 str2 str3 str4
Example 16-Fluoro-2-[4-(morpholinomethyl)phenyl]-N-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)quinoline-4-carboxamide, Example compound 1 in Scheme 2
str1
In a sealed microwave tube, a suspension of 2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)quinoline-4-carboxamide (preparation 4) (2.00 g, 6 mmol), [4-(morpholinomethyl)phenyl]boronic acid, hydrochloride, available from UORSY, (3.20 g, 12 mmol), potassium phosphate (2.63 g, 12 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) (0.21 g, 0.19 mmol) in DMF/Water 3/1 (40 ml) was heated at 130° C. under microwave irradiation for 30 min. The reaction was filtered through Celite™ and solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was taken up in DCM (150 ml) and washed twice with NaHCO3 saturated aqueous solution (2×100 ml). The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO4 and concentrate to dryness under reduced pressure. The reaction crude was purified by flash column chromatography using an 80 g silica gel cartridge and eluting with DCM (Solvent A) and MeOH (Solvent B) and the following gradient: 1 min hold 100% A, followed by a 30 min ramp to 10% B, and then 15 min hold at 10% B. The fractions containing product were pooled together and concentrated to dryness under vacuum to obtain the desired product as an off-white solid (1 g). The product was dissolved in methanol (100 ml) and 3-mercaptopropyl ethyl sulfide Silica (Phosphonics, SPM-32, 60-200 uM) was added. The suspension was stirred at room temperature over for 2 days and then at 50° C. for 1 h. After cooling to room temperature, the scavenger was filtered off and washed with methanol (30 ml). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was further purified by preparative HPLC. The fractions containing product were pooled together and freeze dried to obtain the desired product as a white solid (0.6 g, 1.3 mmol, Yield 20%).
1H NMR (500 MHz; CDCl3) δ 1.81-1.84 (m, 4H), 2.50-2.52 (m, 4H), 2.63 (brs, 4H), 2.82 (t, 2H, J=5.9 Hz), 3.61 (s, 2H), 3.71 (dd, 2H, J=5.4 Hz, J=11.4 Hz), 3.74-3.76 (m, 4H), 6.84 (brs, 1H), 7.52-7.57 (m, 3H), 7.97-8.00 (m, 2H), 8.13 (d, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 8.21 (dd, 1H, J=5.5 Hz, J=9.2 Hz) ppm. 19F NMR (407.5 MHz; CDCl3) δ−111.47 ppm.
Purity by LCMS (UV Chromatogram, 190-450 nm) 99%, rt=5.7 min, m/z 463 (M+H)+ HRMS (ES+) found 463.2501 [M+H]+, C27H32F1N4O2 requires 463.2504.
Example 26-Fluoro-2-[4-(morpholinomethyl)phenyl]-N-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)quinoline-4-carboxamide; fumaric acid salt, compound (IB) in Scheme 2
str1
The starting free base (example 1) (0.58 g, 1 mmol) was dissolved in dry ethanol (10 ml) and added dropwise to a stirred solution of fumaric acid (0.15 g, 1 mmol) in dry ethanol (9 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The white precipitate was filtered, washed with ethanol (20 ml) and then dissolved in 10 ml of water and freeze dried to obtain the desired salt as a white solid (0.601 g, 1 mmol, Yield 82%).
1H NMR (500 MHz; d6-DMSO) δ 1.83-1.86 (m, 4H), 2.41 (brs, 4H), 2.94 (brs, 4H), 3.03 (t, 2H, J=6.2 Hz), 3.57 (s, 2H), 3.60-3.65 (m, 6H), 6.47 (s, 2H), 7.51 (d, 2H, J=8.25), 7.74-7.78 (m, 1H), 8.06 (dd, 1H, J=2.9 Hz, J=10.4 Hz), 8.17 (dd, 1H, J=5.7 Hz, J=9.3 Hz), 8.24-8.26 (m, 3H), 9.24 (t, 1H, J=5.5 Hz) ppm. 19F NMR (407.5 MHz; d6-DMSO) δ-112.30 ppm.
Purity by LCMS (UV Chromatogram, 190-450 nm) 99%, rt=5.3 min, m/z 463 (M+H)+
Example 1AAlternative synthesis of 6-fluoro-2-[4-(morpholinomethyl)phenyl]-N-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)quinoline-4-carboxamide, Example compound 1A in Scheme 4
str1
To a stirred suspension of 6-fluoro-2-[4-(morpholinomethyl)phenyl]quinoline-4-carboxylic acid (preparation 7) (2.20 g, 6 mmol) in DCM (100 ml) at room temperature, 2-chloro-4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazine (CDMT) (1.26 g, 7 mmol) and 4-methylmorpholine (NMO) (1.33 ml, 12 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h and then 2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethanamine (0.77 ml, 6 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for further 3 h. The reaction mixture was washed with NaHCO3 saturated aqueous solution (2×100 ml) and the organic phase was separated, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was absorbed on silica gel and purified by flash column chromatography using an 80 g silica gel cartridge and eluting with DCM (Solvent A) and MeOH (Solvent B) and the following gradient: 2 min hold 100% A followed by a 30 min ramp to 10% B and then 15 min hold at 10% B. The desired fractions were concentrated to dryness under vacuum to obtain the crude product as a yellow solid (95% purity by LCMS). The sample was further purified by a second column chromatography using a 40 g silica gel cartridge, eluting with DCM (Solvent A) and 10% NH3-MeOH in DCM (Solvent B) and the following gradient: 2 min hold 100% A, followed by a 10 min ramp to 23% B and then 15 min hold at 23% B. The desired fractions were concentrated to dryness under vacuum to obtain product as a white solid (1 g). Re-crystallisation form acetonitrile (18 ml) yielded the title compound as a white solid (625 mg, 1.24 mmol, 20%).
1H NMR (500 MHz; CDCl3) δ 1.81-1.84 (m, 4H), 2.50-2.52 (m, 4H), 2.63 (brs, 4H), 2.82 (t, 2H, J=5.9 Hz), 3.61 (s, 2H), 3.71 (dd, 2H, J=5.4 Hz, J=11.4 Hz), 3.74-3.76 (m, 4H), 6.84 (brs, 1H), 7.52-7.57 (m, 3H), 7.97-8.00 (m, 2H), 8.13 (d, 2H, J=8.2 Hz), 8.21 (dd, 1H, J=5.5 Hz, J=9.2 Hz) ppm.
1H NMR (500 MHz; d6-DMSO) δ 1.72-1.75 (m, 4H), 2.41 (brs, 4H), 2.56 (brs, 4H), 2.67 (t, 2H, J=6.6 Hz), 3.49-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 3.60-3.61 (m, 4H), 7.52 (d, 2H, J=8.3 Hz), 7.73-7.77 (m, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H, J=2.9 Hz, J=10.4 Hz), 8.18-8.21 (m, 2H), 8.26 (d, 2H, J=8.3 Hz), 8.85 (t, 1H, J=6.6 Hz) ppm.
13C NMR (125 MHz; d6-DMSO3) δ 23.2, 38.4, 53.2, 53.5, 54.5, 62.1, 66.2, 109.0, 109.1, 117.3, 120.1, 120.3, 124.1, 124.2, 127.1, 129.4, 132.2, 132.3, 136.8, 139.9, 142.8, 145.2, 155.3, 159.0, 161.0, 166.1 ppm.
19F NMR (500 MHz; d6-DMSO) δ-112.47 ppm.
Purity by LCMS (UV Chromatogram, 190-450 nm) 99%, rt=5.0 min, m/z 463 (M+H)+
PATENT
WO 2016033635
Patent
WO 2013153357

SCHEME 1

Figure imgf000018_0001

SCHEME 2

Figure imgf000019_0001

Preparation 4Yield: 54% Preparation 3

Yield: 27%

Figure imgf000019_0002

SCHEME 4 B

Figure imgf000021_0001

Yield: 72% Yield: 70% Preparation 6

Figure imgf000021_0002

Example 1 : 6-Fluoro-2-r4-(morpholinomethyl)phenyll-N-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)quinoline- 4-carboxamide, Example compound 1 in Scheme 2

Figure imgf000050_0002

In a sealed microwave tube, a suspension of 2-chloro-6-fluoro-N-(2-pyrrolidin-1- ylethyl)quinoline-4-carboxamide (preparation 4) (2.00 g, 6 mmol), [4- (morpholinomethyl)phenyl]boronic acid, hydrochloride, available from UORSY, (3.20 g, 12 mmol), potassium phosphate (2.63 g, 12 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) (0.21 g, 0.19 mmol) in DMF/Water 3/1 (40 ml) was heated at 130°C under microwave irradiation for 30 min. The reaction was filtered through Celite™ and solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was taken up in DCM (150 ml) and washed twice with NaHC03 saturated aqueous solution (2 x 100 ml). The organic layer was separated, dried over MgS04and concentrate to dryness under reduced pressure. The reaction crude was purified by flash column chromatography using an 80 g silica gel cartridge and eluting with DCM (Solvent A) and MeOH (Solvent B) and the following gradient: 1 min hold 100% A, followed by a 30 min ramp to 10 % B, and then 15 min hold at 10% B. The fractions containing product were pooled together and concentrated to dryness under vacuum to obtain the desired product as an off-white solid (1 g). The product was dissolved in methanol (100 ml) and 3-mercaptopropyl ethyl sulfide Silica (Phosphonics, SPM-32, 60- 200 uM) was added. The suspension was stirred at room temperature over for 2 days and then at 50°C for 1 h. After cooling to room temperature, the scavenger was filtered off and washed with methanol (30 ml). The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the product was further purified by preparative HPLC. The fractions containing product were pooled together and freeze dried to obtain the desired product as a white solid (0.6 g, 1.3 mmol, Yield 20%).

1 H NMR (500 MHz; CDCI3) δ 1.81-1.84 (m, 4H), 2.50-2.52 (m, 4H), 2.63 (brs, 4H), 2.82 (t, 2H, J = 5.9 Hz), 3.61 (s, 2H), 3.71 (dd, 2H, J = 5.4 Hz, J = 1 1.4 Hz), 3.74-3.76 (m, 4H), 6.84 (brs, 1 H), 7.52-7.57 (m, 3H), 7.97-8.00 (m, 2H), 8.13 (d, 2H, J = 8.2 Hz), 8.21 (dd, 1 H, J = 5.5 Hz, J = 9.2 Hz) ppm . 19 F NMR (407.5 MHz; CDCI3) δ -11 1.47 ppm. Purity by LCMS (UV Chromatogram, 190-450nm) 99 %, rt = 5.7 min, m/z 463 (M+H)+ HRMS (ES+) found 463.2501 [M+H]+, C27H32F1 N402 requires 463.2504.

Example 2: 6-Fluoro-2-[4-(morpholinomethyl)phenyl1-N-(2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)quinoline- 4-carboxamide; fumaric acid salt, compound (IB) in Scheme 2

Figure imgf000051_0001

The starting free base (example 1) (0.58 g, 1 mmol) was dissolved in dry ethanol (10 ml) and added dropwise to a stirred solution of fumaric acid (0.15 g, 1 mmol) in dry ethanol (9 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The white precipitate was filtered, washed with ethanol (20 ml) and then dissolved in 10 ml of water and freeze dried to obtain the desired salt as a white solid (0.601 g, 1 mmol, Yield 82%).

1 H NMR (500 MHz; d6-DMSO) δ 1.83-1.86 (m, 4H), 2.41 (brs, 4H), 2.94 (brs, 4H), 3.03 (t, 2H, J = 6.2 Hz), 3.57 (s, 2H), 3.60-3.65 (m, 6H), 6.47 (s, 2H), 7.51 (d, 2H, J = 8.25), 7.74-7.78 (m, 1 H), 8.06 (dd, 1 H, J = 2.9 Hz, J = 10.4 Hz), 8.17 (dd, 1 H, J = 5.7 Hz, J = 9.3 Hz), 8.24-8.26 (m, 3H), 9.24 (t, 1 H, J = 5.5 Hz) ppm. 19 F NMR (407.5 MHz; d6- DMSO) δ -112.30 ppm.

Purity by LCMS (UV Chromatogram, 190-450nm) 99 %, rt = 5.3 min, m/z 463 (M+H)+

Example 1A: Alternative synthesis of 6-fluoro-2-[4-(morpholinomethyl)phenyl1-N-(2- pyrrolidin-1-ylethyl)quinoline-4-carboxamide, Example compound 1A in Scheme 4

Figure imgf000052_0001

To a stirred suspension of 6-fluoro-2-[4-(morpholinomethyl)phenyl]quinoline-4-carboxylic acid (preparation 7) (2.20 g, 6 mmol) in DCM (100 ml) at room temperature, 2-chloro- 4,6-dimethoxy-1 ,3,5-triazine (CDMT) (1.26 g, 7 mmol) and 4-methylmorpholine (NMO) (1.33 ml, 12 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h and then 2-pyrrolidin-1-ylethanamine (0.77 ml, 6 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for further 3 h. The reaction mixture was washed with NaHC03 saturated aqueous solution (2x 100 ml) and the organic phase was separated, dried over MgS04 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was absorbed on silica gel and purified by flash column chromatography using an 80 g silica gel cartridge and eluting with DCM (Solvent A) and MeOH (Solvent B) and the following gradient: 2 min hold 100% A followed by a 30 min ramp to 10 %B and then 15 min hold at 10%B. The desired fractions were concentrated to dryness under vacuum to obtain the crude product as a yellow solid (95% purity by LCMS). The sample was further purified by a second column chromatography using a 40 g silica gel cartridge, eluting with DCM (Solvent A) and 10% NH3-MeOH in DCM (Solvent B) and the following gradient: 2 min hold 100% A, followed by a 10 min ramp to 23 % B and then 15 min hold at 23% B. The desired fractions were concentrated to dryness under vacuum to obtain product as a white solid (1 g). Re-crystallisation form acetonitrile (18 ml) yielded the title compound as a white solid (625 mg, 1.24 mmol, 20%).

1 H NMR (500 MHz; CDCI3) δ 1.81-1.84 (m, 4H), 2.50-2.52 (m, 4H), 2.63 (brs, 4H), 2.82 (t, 2H, J = 5.9 Hz), 3.61 (s, 2H), 3.71 (dd, 2H, J = 5.4 Hz, J = 1 1.4 Hz), 3.74-3.76 (m, 4H), 6.84 (brs, 1 H), 7.52-7.57 (m, 3H), 7.97-8.00 (m, 2H), 8.13 (d, 2H, J = 8.2 Hz), 8.21 (dd, 1 H, J = 5.5 Hz, J = 9.2 Hz) ppm .

1 H NMR (500 MHz; d6-DMSO) δ 1.72-1.75 (m, 4H), 2.41 (brs, 4H), 2.56 (brs, 4H), 2.67 (t, 2H, J = 6.6 Hz), 3.49-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.56 (s, 2H), 3.60-3.61 (m, 4H), 7.52 (d, 2H, J = 8.3 Hz), 7.73-7.77 (m, 1 H), 8.07 (dd, 1 H, J = 2.9 Hz, J = 10.4 Hz), 8.18-8.21 (m, 2H), 8.26 (d, 2H , J = 8.3 Hz), 8.85 (t, 1 H, J = 6.6 Hz) ppm.

13C NMR (125 MHz; d6-DMS03) 5 23.2, 38.4, 53.2, 53.5, 54.5, 62.1 , 66.2, 109.0, 109.1 , 1 17.3, 120.1 , 120.3, 124.1 , 124.2, 127.1 , 129.4, 132.2, 132.3, 136.8, 139.9, 142.8, 145.2, 155.3, 159.0, 161 .0, 166.1 ppm.

19 F NM R (500 MHz; d6-DMSO) δ -1 12.47 ppm.

Purity by LCMS (UV Chromatogram, 190-450nm) 99 %, rt = 5.0 min, m/z 463 (M+H)+

PAPER
A Quinoline Carboxamide Antimalarial Drug Candidate Uniquely Targets Plasmodia at Three Stages of the Parasite Life Cycle
Angewandte Chemie, International Edition (2015), 54, (46), 13504-13506
original image

Putting a stop to malaria: Phenotypic screening against malaria parasites, hit identification, and efficient lead optimization have delivered the preclinical candidate antimalarial DDD107498. This molecule is distinctive in that it has potential for use as a single-dose cure for malaria and shows a unique broad spectrum of activity against the liver, blood, and mosquito stages of the parasite life cycle.

 Prof. P. M. O’Neill Department of Chemistry, University of Liverpool Liverpool, L69 7ZD (UK) E-mail: pmoneill@liverpool.ac.uk Prof. S. A. Ward Liverpool School of Tropical Medicine, Pembroke Place Liverpool, L3 5QA (UK)
 str1

Professor Ian Gilbert FRSC

Design and synthesis of potential therapeutic agents
Position:
Professor of Medicinal Chemistry and Head of the Division of Biological Chemistry and Drug Discovery
Address:
College of Life Sciences, University of Dundee, Dundee
Full Telephone:
+44 (0) 1382 386240, int ext 86240

Dr Neil Norcross

Position:
Medicinal Chemist
Address:
College of Life Sciences, University of Dundee, Dundee
Full Telephone:
(0) , int ext
Image result for Beatriz Baragana Ruibal
La investigadora asturiana Beatriz Baragaña, en La Pola. / PABLO NOSTI
Image result for Achim Porzelle

Achim Porzelle

REFERENCES

///////////DDD107498, DDD 107498, PRECLINICAL, DUNDEE, MALARIA, DDD 498, Achim Porzelle, Ian Gilbert, MERCK SERENO, Beatriz Baragaña, Medicines for Malaria Venture,  University of Dundee, Neil Norcross, 1469439-69-7, 1469439-71-1 , SUCCINATE

Fc1ccc2nc(cc(c2c1)C(=O)NCCN1CCCC1)-c1ccc(cc1)CN1CCOCC1


Filed under: Malaria, Preclinical drugs Tagged: 1469439-69-7, 1469439-71-1, Achim Porzelle, Beatriz Baragaña, DDD 107498, DDD 498, DDD107498, DUNDEE, Ian Gilbert, Malaria, Medicines for Malaria Venture, MERCK SERENO, Neil Norcross, preclinical, SUCCINATE, University of Dundee
Viewing all 2025 articles
Browse latest View live